Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

one+of+the+king's

  • 101 सु _su

    1
    सु I. 1 U. (सुवति-ते) To go, move. -II. 1, 2 P. (सवति, सौति) To possess power or supremacy. -III. 5. U. (सुनोति, सुनुते; सुत; the स् of सु is changed to ष् after any preposition ending in इ or उ)
    1 To press out or extract juice.
    -2 To distil.
    -3 To pour out, sprinkle, make a libation.
    -4 To perform a sacrifice especially the Soma (sacrifice).
    -5 To bathe.
    -6 To churn. -Desid. (सुषूषति-ते) -- With उद् to excite, agitate. -प्र to produce, beget.
    2
    सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:--
    1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि.
    -2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c.
    -3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22.
    -4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v.
    -5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c.
    -6 Worthy of respect or reverence.
    -7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress.
    -Comp. -अक्ष a.
    1 having good eyes.
    -2 having keen organs, acute.
    -अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely.
    -अच्छ a. see s. v.
    -अन्त a. having happy end, ending well.
    -अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v.
    -अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v.
    -आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful.
    - आगत see s. v.
    -आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172.
    -आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22.
    -इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41.
    -उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (
    -क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका).
    (-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97.
    -2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to some- thing else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f.
    1 a hymn.
    -2 praise, a word of praise.
    -उक्तिः f.
    1 a good or friendly speech.
    -2 a good or clever saying.
    -3 a correct sentence.
    -उत्तर a.
    1 very superior.
    -2 well towards the north.
    -उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (
    -नम्) vigorous effort or exertion.
    -उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic.
    - उपसदन a. easy to be approached.
    -उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments.
    -कण्टका the aloe plant.
    -कण्ठ a. sweet- voiced. (
    -ण्ठी) the female cuckoo.
    -कण्डुः itch.
    -कन्दः 1 an onion.
    -2 a yam.
    -3 a sort of grass.
    -कन्दकः onion.
    -कर a. (
    -रा or
    -री f.)
    1 easy to be done, practi- cable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'.
    -2 easy to be managed. (
    -रः) a good-natured horse. (
    -रा) a tractable cow. (
    -रम्) charity, benevolence.
    -कर्मन् a.
    1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good.
    -2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman.
    -कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,)
    -कलिल a. well filled with.
    -कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7.
    -कल्पित a. well equip- ped or armed.
    -कल्य a. perfectly sound.
    -काण्डः the Kāravella plant.
    -काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper.
    -काण्डिन् a.
    1 having beautiful stems.
    -2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee.
    -काष्ठम् fire-wood.
    -कुन्दकः an onion.
    -कुमार a.
    1 very delicate or soft, smooth.
    -2 beautifully young or youthful.
    (-रः) 1 a beautiful youth.
    -2 a kind of sugar-cane.
    -3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक).
    -4 a kind of mustard.
    -5 the wild Cham- paka.
    (-रा) 1 the double jasmine.
    -2 the plantain.
    -3 the great-flowered jasmine.
    -कुमारकः 1 a beauti- ful youth.
    -2 rice (शालि).
    (-कम्) 1 the Tamāla- patra.
    -2 a particutar part of the ear.
    -कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine.
    -कृत् a.
    1 doing good, benevolent.
    -2 pious, virtuous, righteous.
    -3 wise, learned.
    -4 for- tunate, lucky.
    -5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.)
    1 a skilful worker.
    -2 N. of Tvaṣṭri.
    -कृत a.
    1 done well or properly.
    -2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2.
    -3 well made or constructed.
    -4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended.
    -5 virtuous, righteous, pious.
    -6 lucky, fortunate.
    (-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17.
    -2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16.
    -3 fortune, auspiciousness.
    -4 recompense, reward.
    -5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29.
    -कृतिः f.
    1 well-doing, a good act.
    -2 kindness, virtue.
    -3 practice of penance.
    -4 auspiciousness.
    -कृतिन् a.
    1 acting well or kindly.
    -2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16.
    -3 wise, learned.
    -4 benevolent.
    -5 fortunate, lucky.
    -कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45.
    -केश(स)रः the citron tree.
    -क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of Indra.
    -4 of Mitra and Varuṇa.
    -5 of the sun.
    -6 of Soma.
    -क्रयः a fair bargain.
    -क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb.
    -खल्लिका luxurious life.
    -ग a.
    1 going gracefully or well.
    -2 graceful, elegant.
    -3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148.
    -4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (
    -गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34.
    (-गम्) 1 ordure, feces.
    -2 happiness.
    -गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well.
    -गणकः a good calculator or astronomer.
    -गत a.
    1 well-gone or passed.
    -2 well-bestowed. (
    -तः) an epithet of Buddha.
    -गतिः 1 Welfare, hap- piness.
    -2 a secure refuge.
    -गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume.
    -2 sulphur.
    -3 a trader.
    (-न्धम्) 1 sandal.
    -2 small cumin seed.
    -3 a blue lotus.
    -4 a kind of fragrant grass. (
    -न्धा) sacred basil.
    -गन्धकः 1 sulphur.
    -2 the red Tulasee.
    -3 the orange.
    -4 a kind of gourd,
    -गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B.
    -गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva.
    -गन्धि a.
    1 sweet-smelling, fra- grant, redolent with perfumes.
    -2 virtuous, pious.
    (-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance.
    -2 the Supreme Being.
    -3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (
    -न्धि n.)
    1 the root of long pepper.
    -2 a kind of fragrant grass.
    -3 cori- ander seed. ˚त्रिफला
    1 nutmeg.
    -2 areca nut.
    -3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat.
    -गन्धिकः 1 incense.
    -2 sulphur.
    -3 a kind of rice. (
    -कम्) the white lotus.
    -गम a.
    1 easy of access, accessible.
    -2 easy.
    -3 plain, intelligible.
    -गरम् cinnabar.
    -गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above.
    -गात्री a beautiful woman.
    -गृद्ध a. intensely longing for.
    -गृह a. (
    -ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39.
    -गृहीत a.
    1 held well or firmly, grasped.
    -2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a.
    1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhi- ṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1.
    -ग्रासः a dainty mor- sel.
    -ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck.
    (-वः) 1 a hero.
    -2 a swan.
    -3 a kind of weapon.
    -4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -5 of Śiva.
    -6 of Indra.
    -7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8.
    -ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued.
    -घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (
    -षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16.
    -चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.)
    1 discerning or wise man, learned man.
    -2 The glomerous fig-tree.
    -चरित, -चरित्र a.
    1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116.
    -2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (
    -तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds.
    -2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (
    -ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife.
    -चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree.
    -चित्रकः 1 a king fisher.
    -2 a kind of speckled snake.
    -चित्रा a kind of gourd.
    -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration.
    -चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long.
    -चिरायुस् m. a god, deity.
    -चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs.
    -चेतस् a.
    1 well-minded.
    -2 wise.
    -चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; well- disposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2.
    -चेलकः a fine cloth.
    -च्छद a. having beautiful leaves.
    -छत्रः N. of Śiva. (
    -त्रा) the river Sutlej.
    -जन a.
    1 good, virtuous, respectable.
    -2 kind, benevolent.
    (-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man.
    -2 a gentleman.
    -3 N. of Indra's charioteer.
    -जनता 1 goodness, kind- ness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82.
    -2 a number of good men.
    -3 bravery.
    -जन्मन् a.
    1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34.
    -2 legitimate, lawfully born.
    -जलम् a lotus.
    -जल्पः 1 a good speech.
    -2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥
    -जात a.
    1 well-grown, tall.
    -2 well made or produced.
    -3 of high birth.
    -4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8.
    -5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31.
    -डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्).
    -तनु a.
    1 having a beautiful body.
    -2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin.
    -3 emaciated. (
    -नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24.
    -तन्त्री a.
    1 well-stringed.
    -2 (hence) melodious.
    -तपस् a.
    1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3.
    -2 having great heat. (-m.)
    1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite.
    -2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance.
    -तप्त a.
    1 greatly harassed, afflicted.
    -2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239.
    -तमाम् ind. most excellently, best.
    -तराम् ind.
    1 bet- ter, more excellently.
    -2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24.
    -3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3.
    -4 consequently.
    -तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco.
    -तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा).
    -तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regi- ons below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33.
    -2 the foundation of a large building.
    -तान a. melodious.
    -तार a.
    1 very bright.
    -2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2.
    -3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (
    -रः) a kind of perfume. (
    -रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence.
    -तिक्तकः the coral tree.
    -तीक्ष्ण a.
    1 very sharp.
    -2 very pungent.
    -3 acutely painful.
    (-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree.
    -2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor.
    -2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed.
    -तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall.
    (-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree.
    -2 the culminating point of a planet.
    -तुमुल a. very loud.
    -तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (
    -नः) a well-pointed arrow.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 very sharp.
    -2 very bright, or splendid.
    -3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun.
    -दक्षिण a.
    1 very sincere or upright.
    -2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31.
    -3 very skilful.
    -4 very polite. (
    -णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1.
    -दण्डः a cane, ratan.
    -दत् a. (
    -ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37.
    -दन्तः 1 a good tooth.
    -2 an actor; a dancer. (
    -न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter.
    -दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः).
    -दर्शन a. (
    -ना or
    -नी f.)
    1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome.
    -2 easily seen. (
    -नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of mount Meru.
    -4 a vul- ture. (
    -नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (
    -नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa.
    -दर्शना 1 a handsome wo- man.
    -2 a woman.
    -3 an order, a command.
    -4 a kind of drug.
    -दास् a. very bountiful.
    -दान्तः a Buddhist.
    -दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.)
    1 a cloud.
    -2 a moun- tain.
    -3 the sea.
    -4 N. of Indra's elephant.
    -5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory.
    -दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift.
    -2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions.
    -3 one who offers such a gift.
    -दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day.
    -2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense.
    -दिह् a. well-polished, bright.
    -दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (
    -र्घा) a kind of cucumber.
    -दुराधर्ष a.
    1 very hard to get.
    -2 quite intolerable.
    -दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced.
    -दुरासद a. unapproachable.
    -दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested.
    -दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind.
    -दुर्मर्ष a. quite in- tolerable.
    -दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare.
    -दुश्चर a.
    1 inaccessible.
    -2 very painful.
    -दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured.
    -दुष्प्रभः a chameleon.
    -दूर a. very distant or remote. (
    -सुदूरम् means
    1 to a great distance.
    -2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12.
    -सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance').
    -दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact.
    -दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman.
    -देशिकः a good guide.
    -धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.)
    1 a good archer or bowman.
    -2 Ananta, the great serpent.
    -3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23.
    -धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.)
    1 the hall or palace of Indra.
    -2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family.
    -धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27.
    -2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34.
    -धात a. well cleaned.
    -धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow).
    -धित a. Ved.
    1 perfect, secure.
    -2 kind, good.
    -3 happy, prosperous.
    -4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon).
    -धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (
    -धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good under- standing, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः
    1 a particu- lar kind of royal palace.
    -2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (
    -स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या
    1 a woman.
    -2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female com- panions.
    -3 a sort of pigment.
    -ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18.
    -नन्दः a kind of royal palace.
    -नन्दा 1 N. of a woman.
    -2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B.
    -3 yellow pigment; L. D. B.
    -नयः 1 good conduct.
    -2 good policy.
    - नयन a. having beau- tiful eyes. (
    -नः) a deer.
    (-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes.
    -2 a woman in general.
    -नाभ a.
    1 having a beautiful navel.
    -2 having a good nave or cen- tre.
    (-भः) 1 a mountain.
    -2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (
    -भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24.
    -नालम् a red water-lily.
    -निःष्ठित a. quite ready.
    -निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (
    -तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately.
    -निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka.
    -निरूहणम् a good purgative.
    -निर्णिक्त a. well polished.
    -निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू).
    -निहित a. well-established.
    -नीत a.
    1 well-con- ducted, well-behaved.
    -2 polite, civil.
    (-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour.
    -2 good policy or prodence.
    -नीतिः f.
    1 good conduct, good manners, propriety.
    -2 good policy.
    -3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v.
    -नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, vir- tuous, good.
    (-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11.
    -3 Ved. a good leader.
    -नील a. very black or blue. (
    -लः) the pomegranate tree. (
    -ला) common flax.
    (-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem.
    -नु n. water.
    -नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes.
    -पक्व a.
    1 well-cooked.
    -2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (
    -क्वः) a sort of fra- grant mango.
    -पठ a. legible.
    -पत्नी a woman having a good husband.
    -पत्र a.
    1 having beautiful wings.
    -2 well-feathered (an arrow).
    -पथः 1 a good road.
    -2 a good course.
    -3 good conduct.
    -पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road.
    -पद्मा orris root.
    -परीक्षित a. well-examined.
    -पर्ण a. (
    -र्णा or
    -र्णी f.)
    1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11.
    -2 having good or beautiful leaves.
    (-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun.
    -2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine charac- ter.
    -3 any supernatural bird.
    -4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44.
    -5 a cock.
    -6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55.
    -7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23.
    -पर्णकः = सुपर्ण.
    -पर्णा, -पर्णी f.
    1 a number of lotuses.
    -2 a pool abounding in lotuses.
    -3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa.
    -पर्यवदात a. very clean.
    -पर्याप्त a.
    1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76.
    -2 well-fitted.
    -पर्वन् a. well- jointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.)
    1 a bam- boo.
    -2 an arrow.
    -3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76.
    -4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight).
    -5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass.
    -पलायित a.
    1 completely fled or run away.
    -2 skilfully retreated.
    -पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण).
    -पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle.
    -2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person.
    -पाद् (
    -पाद् or
    -पदी f.) having good or handsome feet.
    -पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष).
    -2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu.
    -पालि a. distinguished.
    -पीतम् 1 a carrot.
    -2 yellow sandal. (
    -तः) the fifth Muhūrta.
    -पुंसी a woman having a good husband.
    -पुरम् a strong fortress.
    -पुष्प a. (
    -ष्पा or
    -ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers.
    (-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree.
    -2 the Śirīṣa tree. (
    -ष्पी) the plantain tree.
    (-ष्पम्) 1 cloves.
    -2 the menstrual excretion.
    -पुष्पित a.
    1 well blossomed, being in full flower.
    -2 having the hair thrilling or bristling.
    -पूर a.
    1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25.
    -2 well-filling. (
    -रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर).
    -पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree.
    -पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34.
    -प्रकाश a.
    1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245.
    -2 public, notorious.
    -प्रतर्कः a sound judgment.
    -प्रतिभा spirituous liquor.
    -प्रतिष्ठ a.
    1 standing well.
    -2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous.
    (-ष्ठा) 1 good position.
    -2 good reputation, fame, celebrity.
    -3 esta- blishment, erection.
    -4 installation, consecration.
    -प्रतिष्ठित a.
    1 well-established.
    -2 consecrated.
    -3 ce- lebrated. (
    -तः) the Udumbara tree.
    -प्रतिष्णात a.
    1 thoroughly purified.
    -2 well-versed in.
    -3 well-investi- gated, clearly ascertained or determined.
    -प्रतीक a.
    1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2.
    -2 having a beau- tiful trunk.
    (-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter.
    -4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31.
    -प्रपाणम् a good tank.
    -प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (
    -भा) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6.
    -2 the earliest dawn.
    -प्रभावः omnipotence.
    -प्रमाण a. large-sized.
    -प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer.
    -प्रयोगः 1 good management or ap- plication.
    -2 close contact.
    -3 dexterity.
    -प्रलापः good speech, eloquence.
    -प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera.
    -प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (
    -दः) N. of Śiva.
    -प्रातम् a fine morning.
    -प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (
    -यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables.
    (-या) 1 a charming woman.
    -2 a beloved mistress.
    -प्रौढा a marriageable girl.
    -फल a.
    1 very fruitful, very productive.
    -2 very fertile.
    (-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree.
    -2 the jujube.
    -3 the Karṇikāra tree.
    -4 a kind of bean.
    (-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd.
    -2 the plan- tain tree.
    -3 a variety of brown grape.
    -4 colocynth.
    -फेनः a cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः sesamum.
    -बभ्रु a. dark-brown.
    -बल a. very powerful.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 N. of the father of Śakuni.
    -बान्धवः N. of Śiva.
    -बाल a. very childish.
    -बाहु a.
    1 handsome- armed.
    -2 strong-armed. (
    -हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29.
    -बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69.
    (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 the poppy.
    -बोध a.
    1 easily apprehended or understood. (
    -धः) good information or advice.
    -ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.
    -2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice.
    -भग a.
    1 very fortu- nate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured.
    -2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9.
    -3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3.
    -4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5.
    -5 illustrious.
    (-गः) 1 borax.
    -2 the Aśoka tree.
    -3 the Champaka tree.
    -4 red amarnath. (
    -गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a.
    1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96.
    -2 vain, flattering oneself.
    -भगा 1 a woman beloved by her hus- band, a favourite wife.
    -2 an honoured mother.
    -3 a kind of wild jasmine.
    -4 turmeric.
    -5 the Priyaṅgu creeper.
    -6 the holy basil.
    -7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9.
    -8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals.
    -9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favou- rite wife.
    -भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree.
    -भटः a great war- rior, champion, soldier.
    -भट्टः a learned man.
    -भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (
    -द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (
    -द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu.
    -भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god.
    -2 the Bilva tree.
    -भाषित a.
    1 spoken well or eloquent.
    (-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2.
    -2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ.
    -3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्).
    -भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging.
    -2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c.
    -भीरकः the Palāśa tree.
    -भीरुकम् silver.
    -भूतिः 1 well-being, wel- fare.
    -2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa.
    -भूतिकः the Bilva tree.
    -भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of con- ception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354.
    -भृत a.
    1 well-paid.
    -2 heavily laden.
    -भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (
    -भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.)
    -मङ्गल a.
    1 very auspicious.
    -2 abounding in sacrifices.
    -मति a. very wise. (
    -तिः f.)
    1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship.
    -2 a favour of the gods.
    -3 a gift, blessing.
    -4 a prayer, hymn.
    -5 a wish or desire.
    -6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons.
    -मदनः the mango tree.
    -मदात्मजा a celestial damsel.
    -मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words.
    -मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted.
    -मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman.
    -मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful.
    (-नः) 1 wheat.
    -2 the thorn-apple. (
    -ना) the great-flowered jasmine.
    -मनस् a.
    1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1.
    -2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence
    -सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.)
    1 a god, divinity.
    -2 a learned man.
    -3 a student of the Vedas.
    -4 wheat.
    -5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.)
    1 the great-flowered jasmine.
    -2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg.
    -मनस्क a. cheerful, happy.
    -मन्तु a.
    1 advising well.
    -2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser.
    -मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha.
    -मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate.
    -मर्दित a. much harassed.
    -मर्षण a. easy to be borne.
    -मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna.
    -मुख a. (
    -खा or
    -खी f.)
    1 having a beautiful face, lovely.
    -2 pleasing.
    -3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42.
    -4 favour- able, kind.
    -5 well-pointed (as an arrow).
    -6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance.
    (-खः) 1 a learned man.
    -2 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1.
    -4 of Śiva.
    (-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail.
    -2 a kind of building.
    (-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman.
    -2 a mirror.
    -मूलकम् a carrot.
    -मृत a. stone-dead.
    -मेखलः the Muñja grass.
    -मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea.
    -मेरुः 1 the sac- red mountain Meru, q. v.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -यन्त्रित a.
    1 well-governed.
    -2 self-controlled.
    -यमाः a parti- cular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2.
    -यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage.
    -यामुनः 1 a palace.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -युक्तः N. of Śiva.
    -योगः 1 a favourable junc- ture.
    -2 good opportunity.
    -योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v.
    -रक्त a.
    1 well coloured.
    -2 im- passioned.
    -3 very lovely.
    -4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33.
    -रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk.
    -2 a kind of mango tree.
    -रङ्गः 1 good colour.
    -2 the orange.
    -3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense).
    (-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders.
    -2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker.
    -रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant.
    -रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree.
    -रञ्जनः the betel nut tree.
    -रत a.
    1 much sported.
    -2 playful.
    -3 much enjoyed.
    -4 compassionate, tender.
    (-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment.
    -2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली
    1 a female messenger, a go-between.
    -2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19.
    -रतिः f. great enjoyment or satis- faction.
    -रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury.
    -2 sweet.
    -3 elegant (as a composition). (
    -सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (
    -सा) N. of Durgā. (
    -सा, -सम्) the sacred basil.
    (-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh.
    -2 fragrant grass.
    -राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.)
    1 a good king.
    -2 a divinity.
    -राजिका a small house-lizard.
    -राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison.
    -2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra.
    -रूप a.
    1 well-formed, handsome, love- ly; सुरूपा कन्या.
    -2 wise, learned. (
    -पः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -रूहकः a horse resembling an ass.
    -रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14.
    -रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (
    -भम्) tin.
    -लक्षण a.
    1 having auspicious or beautiful marks.
    -2 fortunate.
    (-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining.
    -2 a good or auspicious mark.
    -लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43.
    -लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment.
    -लभ a.
    1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6.
    -2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4.
    -3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible.
    -लिखित a. well registered.
    -लुलित a.
    1 moving playfully.
    -2 greatly hurt, injured.
    -लोचन a. fine-eyed. (
    -नः) a deer.
    (-ना) 1 a beauti- ful woman.
    -2 N. of the wife of Indrajit.
    -लोहकम् brass.
    -लोहित a. very red. (
    -ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth.
    -2 correct utterance. (
    -क्त्रः) N. of Śiva.
    -वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent.
    -वयस् f. a hermaphrodite.
    -वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali.
    -वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3.
    -2 linseed.
    -वर्चसः N. of Śiva.
    -वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant.
    -वर्ण see s. v.
    -वर्तित 1 well rounded.
    -2 well arranged.
    -वर्तुलः a water-melon.
    -वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season.
    -2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense).
    -वह a.
    1 bearing well, patient.
    -2 patient, enduring.
    -3 easy to be borne-
    (-हा) 1 a lute.
    -2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1.
    -वासः 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a pleasant dwelling.
    -3 an agreeable perfume or odo- ur.
    -वासकः a water-melon.
    -वासरा cress.
    -वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house.
    -2 a married woman whose husband is alive.
    -विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (
    -न्तः) a hero. (
    -न्तम्) heroism.
    -विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure.
    -विचक्षण a. very clever, wise.
    -विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman.
    -विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments.
    -2 a king.
    -विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute.
    -विदत् m. a king
    -विदत्रम् 1 a household, family.
    -2 wealth.
    -3 grace, favour.
    -विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apart- ments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (
    -ल्लम्) the wo- men's apartments, harem.
    -विदल्ला a married woman.
    -विध a. of a good kind.
    -विधम् ind. easily.
    -विधिः a good rule, ordinance.
    -विनीत a.
    1 well trained, modest.
    -2 well executed. (
    -ता) a tractable cow.
    -विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated.
    -विभक्त a. well pro- portioned, symmetrical.
    -विरूढ a.
    1 fully grown up or developed.
    -2 well ridden.
    -विविक्त a.
    1 solitary (as a wood).
    -2 well decided (as a question).
    -विहित a.
    1 well-placed, well-deposited.
    -2 well-furnished, well- supplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1.
    -3 well done or performed.
    -4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16.
    -वी(बी)ज a. having good seed.
    (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 the poppy. (
    -जम्) good seed.
    -वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium.
    -2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38.
    -वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel.
    -वीर्य a.
    1 having great vigour.
    -2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous.
    (-र्यम्) 1 great heroism
    -2 abundance of heroes.
    -3 the fruit of the jujube. (
    -र्या) wild cotton.
    -वृक्तिः f.
    1 a pure offering.
    -2 a hymn of praise.
    -वृत्त a.
    1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77.
    -2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (
    -त्तम्) a good or virtuous conduct; भर्तुश्चिन्तानुवर्तित्वं सुवृत्तं चानुजीविनाम् Pt.1.69. (
    -त्ता) a sort of grape.
    -वेल a.
    1 tranquil, still.
    -2 humble, quiet. (
    -लः) N. of the Trikūṭa mountain.
    -व्रत a. strict in the observance of religious vows, strictly virtuous or religious. (
    -तः) a religious student.
    (-ता) 1 a virtuous wife.
    -2 a tractable cow, one easily milked.
    -शंस a. well spoken of, famous, glorious, commendable.
    -शक a. capable of being easily done.
    -शर्मन् (m., f.) a person desiring intercourse (Uṇ.4. 165].
    -शल्यः the Khadira tree.
    -शाकम् undried ginger.
    -शारदः N. of Śiva.
    -शासित a. kept under control, well-controlled.
    -शिक्षित a. well-taught, trained, well- disciplined.
    -शिखः fire.
    (-खा) 1 a peacock's crest.
    -2 a cock's comb.
    -शीतम् yellow sandal-wood.
    -शीम a. cold, frigid. (
    -मः) coldness
    -शील a. good-tempered, amiable.
    (-ला) 1 N. of the wife of Yama.
    -2 N. of one of the eight favourite wives of Kriṣṇa.
    -शेव a. full of happiness; pleasant to be resorted; एष पन्था उरुगायः मुशेवः Ait. Br.7.13.11.
    -शोण a. dark-red.
    -श्रीका the gum olibanum tree.
    -श्रुत a.
    1 well heard.
    -2 versed in the Vedas.
    -3 gladly heard (also an ex- clamation at a श्राद्ध); पित्रे स्वदितमित्येव वाच्यं गोष्ठे तु सुश्रुतम् Ms.3.254. (
    -तः) N. of the author of a system of medicine, whose work, together with that of Charaka, is regardad as the oldest medical authority, and held in great esteem in India even to this day.
    -श्लिष्ट a.
    1 well-arranged or united.
    -2 well-fitted; Māl.1.
    -श्लेषः close union or embrace.
    -श्लोक्य a. very famous; तेजीयसामपि ह्येतन्न सुश्लोक्यं जगद्गुरो Bhāg.3.12.31.
    -संवीत a.
    1 well-girt; स ददर्श ततः श्रीमान् सुग्रीवं हेमपिङ्गलम् । सुसंवीतम्... Rām.4.16.15.
    -2 well dressed.
    -संवृतिः good concealment. a. well-concealed; परितप्तो$प्यपरः सुसंवृतिः Śi.16.23.
    -संस्कृत a.
    1 well cooked or prepared.
    -2 kept in good order; सुसंस्कृतोपस्करया व्यये चामुक्तहस्तया Ms.5.15.
    -संगृहीत a.
    1 well controlled or governed; सुसंगृहीतराष्ट्रो हि पार्थिवः सुखमेधते Ms.7.113.
    -2 well received.
    -3 well kept.
    -4 well abridged.
    -संध a. true to a promise.
    -संनत a. well-directed (as an arrow).
    -सत्या N. of the wife of Janaka.
    -सदृश् a. agreeable to look at.
    -समाहित a.
    1 well arranged, beautifully adorned; very beautiful; ऋतुकालं प्रतीक्षन्ते नार्थिनः सुसमाहिते । संगमं त्वहमिच्छामि त्वया सह सुमध्यमे ॥ Rām.1.48.18.
    -2 completely loaded; तद्यथानः सुसमा- हितमुत्सर्जद्यायात् Bṛi. Up.4.3.35.
    -3 Very intent, attentive.
    -समीहित a. much desired.
    - सरण N. of Śiva.
    -सह a.
    1 easy to be borne.
    -2 bearing or enduring well. (
    -हः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -सहाय a. having a good companion; प्रणेतुं शक्यते दण्डः सुसहायेन धीमता Ms.7.31.
    -साधित a. well trained or educated.
    -सार a. having good sap or essence.
    (-रः) 1 good sap, essence, or substance.
    -2 competence.
    -3 the red-flowering Kha- dira tree.
    -सारवत् n. crystal.
    -सिकता 1 good sand.
    -2 gravel.
    -3 sugar.
    -सुरप्रिया jasmine.
    -सेव्य a. to be well or easily followed (as a road).
    -सौभगम् con- jugal felicity.
    -स्थ a.
    1 well-suited, being in a good sense.
    -2 in health, healthy, faring well.
    -3 in good or prosperous circumstances, prosperous.
    -4 happy, fortunate. (
    -स्थम्) a happy state, well-being; प्रह्लाद सुस्थरूपोसि पश्यन् व्यसनमात्मनः Mb.12.222.12; सुस्थे को वा न पण्डितः H.3.114.
    -स्थित a. in the same sense as सुस्थ. (
    -तम्) a house with a gallery on all sides.
    -स्थितिः (also सुस्थता) f.
    1 good condition, well-being, welfare, happiness.
    -2 health, convalescence.
    -स्थिर a.
    1 stable.
    -2 resolute, cool.
    -स्नातः 1 one who bathes at the end of a sacrifice; L. D. B.
    -2 well purified by bathing.
    -स्मित a. pleasantly smiling. (
    -ता) a woman with a pleased or smiling countenance.
    -स्वपनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वर a.
    1 melodious, harmonious.
    -2 loud. ˚यन्त्रकम् a kind of musical instrument; युता सुस्वरयन्त्रकैः Śukra.1.247.
    -हित a.
    1 very fit or suitable, appro- priate.
    -2 beneficial, salutary.
    -3 friendly, affection- ate.
    -4 satisfied; सहस्रनेत्रः सुहितत्वमाप न Rām. ch.2.64. (
    -ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -हृद् a. having a kind heart, cordial, friendly, loving, affectionate; सुहृदः सुहृदो$न्यांश्च दुर्हृदश्चापि दुर्हृदः । सम्यक्प्रवृत्तान् पुरुषान्नसम्यगनुपश्यतः ॥ Mb.3.28.36. (-m.)
    1 a friend; सुहृदः पश्य वसन्त किं स्थितम् Ku.4.27; मन्दायन्ते न खलु सुहृदामभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4.
    -2 an ally. ˚भेदः
    1 the separation of friends.
    -2 N. of the 2nd book of the हितोपदेश; मित्रलाभः सुहृद्भेदो विग्रहः संधिरेव च । पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते ॥ H. Pr.9. ˚वाक्यम् the counsel of a friend.
    -हृदः a friend.
    -हृदय a.
    1 good-hearted.
    -2 dear, affectionate, loving.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > सु _su

  • 102 ÓÐAL

    (pl. óðul), n. ancestral property, patrimony, inheritance (in land); family homestead; native place; flýja óðul sín, to abandon one’s home, go into exile.
    * * *
    n., pl. óðul; in Norse MSS. it is usually contracted before a vowel (whence arose the forms öðli eðli), and owing to a peculiarity in the Norse sound of ð an r is inserted in contracted forms, örðla, orðlom, N. G. L. passim: [akin to aðal, öðli, eðli, = nature; öðlask = adipisci; oðlingr, q. v.; A. S. êðel = patrimony; it is also the parent word of Germ. edel, adel, = noble, nobility, for the nobility of the earliest Teut. communities consisted of the land-owners. From this word also originated mid. Lat. allodium, prob. by inverting the syllables for the sake of euphony (all-od = od-al); oðal or ethel is the vernacular Teut. form, allodium the Latinised form, which is never found in vernacular writers; it may be that the transposition of syllables was due to the th sound in oðal; and hence, again, the word feudal is a compd word, fee-odal, or an odal held as a fee or feif from the king, and answering to heið-launað óðal of the Norse law (heið = fee = king’s pay), N. G. L. i. 91.]
    B. Nature, inborn quality, property, = aðal, eðli, öðli, q. v.; this seems to be the original sense, þat er eigi at réttu mannsins óðal, Sks. 326 B; þat er helzt byrjar til farmanns óðals, a seaman’s life, 52; þat er kaupmanna óðal (= mercatorum est), 28; jörlum öllum óðal batni, Gh. 21.
    II. a law term, an allodium, property held in allodial tenure, patrimony. The condition which in the Norse law constitutes an oðal was either an unbroken succession from father to son (er afi hefir afa leift) through three or more generations, N. G. L. i. 91, 237, Gþl. 284; or unbroken possession for thirty or more years, N. G. L. i. 249; or sixty years, Gþl. 284; or it might be acquired through brand-erfð (q. v.), through weregild, barn-fóstr (q. v.); and lastly heið-launað óðal, an allodial fief, was granted for services rendered to the king, see N. G. L. i. 91: the oðal descended to the son, and was opp. to útjarðir ( out-lands), and lausa-fé ( movables), which descended to the daughter, Gþl. 233; yet even a woman, e. g. a baugrygr (q. v.), could hold an oðal, in which case she was called óðals-kona, 92, jörð komin undir snúð ok snældu = an estate come under the rule of the spindle, N. G. L. i. 237; the allit. phrase, arfr ok óðal, 31, Gþl. 250: brigða óðal, N. G. L. i. 86; selja óðal, to sell one’s óðal, 237. The oðal was in a certain sense inalienable within a family, so that even when parted with, the possessor still retained a title (land-brigð, máldagi á landi). In the ancient Scandin. communities the inhabited land was possessed by free oðalsmen (allodial holders), and the king was the lord of the people, but not of the soil. At a later time, when the small communities were merged into great kingdoms, through conquest or otherwise, the king laid hold of the land, and all the ancient oðals were to be held as a grant from the king; such an attempt of king Harold Fairhair in Norway and the earls of Orkney in those islands is recorded in Hkr. Har. S. Hárf. ch. 6, Eg. ch. 4, cp. Ld. ch. 2, Orkn. ch. 8, 30, 80 (in Mr. Dasent’s Ed.); cp. also Hák. S. Goða ch. 1. Those attempts are recorded in the Icel. Sagas as acts of tyranny and confiscation, and as one of the chief causes for the great emigration from the Scandinavian kingdoms during the 9th century (the question of free land here playing the same part as that of free religion in Great Britain in the 17th century). The attempt failed in Norway, where the old oðal institution remains in the main to the present day. Even the attempts of king Harold were, according to historians (Konrad Maurer), not quite analogous to what took place in England after the Conquest, but appear to have taken something like the form of a land-tax or rent; but as the Sagas represent it, it was an attempt towards turning the free odal institution into a feudal one, such as had already taken place among the Teutons in Southern Europe.
    III. gener. and metaph. usages, one’s native land, homestead, inheritance; the land is called the ‘oðal’ of the reigning king, á Danr ok Danpr dýrar hallir, æðra óðal, en ér hafit, Rm. 45; eignask namtú óðal þegna, allan Noreg, Gauta spjalli, Fms. vi. 26 (in a verse); banna Sveini sín óðul, St. Olave will defend his óðal against Sweyn, 426 (in a verse); flýja óðul sín, to fly one’s óðal, go into exile, Fms. iv. 217; flýja óðul eðr eignir, vii. 25; koma aptr í Noreg til óðala sinna, 196; þeim er þar eru útlendir ok eigi eigu þar óðul, who are strangers and not natives there, Edda 3; öðlask Paradísar óðal, the inheritance of Paradise, 655 viii. 2; himneskt óðal, heavenly inheritance, Greg. 68; njóta þeirra gjafa ok óðala er Adam var útlægr frá rekinn, Sks. 512: allit., jarl ok óðal, earl (or franklin) and odal, Gh. 21.
    2. spec. phrase, at alda óðali, for everlasting inheritance, i. e. for ever and ever, D. N. i. 229: contr., at alda öðli, id., Grág. i. 264, D.I. i. 266; til alda óðals, for ever, iii. 88: mod., frá, alda öðli, from time immemorial.
    C. COMPDS: óðalsborinn, óðalsbréf, óðalsbrigð, óðalsjörð, óðalskona, óðalsmaðr, óðalsnautr, óðalsneyti, óðalsréttr, óðalsskipti, óðalstuptir, óðalsvitni.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ÓÐAL

  • 103 गो _gō

    गो m. f. (Nom. गौः) [गच्छत्यनेन, गम् करणे डो Tv.]
    1 Cattle, kine (pl.)
    -2 Anything coming from a cow; such as milk, flesh, leather &c.
    -3 The stars; वि रश्मिभिः ससृजे सूर्यो गाः Rv.7.36.1.
    -4 The sky.
    -5 The thunder- bolt of Indra; Ki.8.1.
    -6 A ray of light; नान्यस्तप्ता विद्यते गोषु देव Mb.1.232.11; बालो$यं गिरिशिखरेषु चारयन् गाः त्रैलोक्यं तिमिरभरेण दुष्टमेतत् (रविः नैर्मल्यं नयति) । Rām. Ch. 7.6.
    -7 A diamond.
    -8 Heaven.
    -9 An arrow. -f.
    1 A cow; जुगोप गोरूपधरामिवोर्वीम् R.2.3; क्षीरिण्यः सन्तु गावः Mk.1.6.
    -2 The earth; दुदोह गां स यज्ञाय R.1.26; गामात्तसारां रघुरप्यवेक्ष्य 5.26;11.36; Bg.15.13; सेको$- नुगृह्णातु गाम् Mu.3.2; Me.3; cf. also the quotation for (
    -6).
    -3 Speech, words; कुलानि समुपेतानि गोभिः पुरुषतो$- र्थतः Mb.5.28; रघोरुदारामपि गां निशम्य R.5.12;2.59; Ki.4.2.
    -4 The goddess of speech, Sarasvatī.
    -5 A mother.
    -6 A quarter of the compass.
    -7 Water; सायं भेजे दिशं पश्चाद्गविष्ठो गां गतस्तदा Bhāg.1.1.36; also pl.; Bhāg.11.7.5.
    -8 The eye; गोकर्णा सुमुखी कृतेन इषुणा गोपुत्रसंप्रेषिता Mb.8.9.42.
    -9 A region of the sky. -m. A bull, an ox; असंजातकिणस्कन्धः सुखं स्वपिति गौर्गडिः K. P.1; Ms.4.72; cf. चरद्गव.
    -2 The hair of the body.
    -3 An organ of sense; अदान्तगोभिर्विशतां तमिस्रं पुनः पुनश्चर्वितचर्वणानाम् Bhāg..7.5.3.
    -4 The sign Taurus of the zodiac; Bṛi. S.49.
    -5 The sun.
    -6 The number 'nine' (in math.).
    -7 The moon.
    -8 A singer.
    -9 A billion.
    -1 A cow-sacrifice
    -11 A house; cf. गौर्वज्रं गौः प्रभा भूमिर्वाणी तोयं त्रिविष्टपम् । धेनुर्बस्तो वृषो दिग्गौर्नेत्रं लज्जा गुरू रमा ॥ इन्द्रियं श्रीरुमा... Enm.
    -Comp. -कण्टकः, -कम् 1 a road or spot trodden down by oxen and thus made im- passable.
    -2 the cow's hoof.
    -3 the print of a cow's hoof.
    -कर्ण a. having cow's ears.
    (-र्णः) 1 a cow's ear; गोकर्णसदृशौ कृत्वा करावाबद्धसारणौ Ks.6.57.
    -2 a mule.
    -3 a snake; Mb.8.9.42.
    -4 a span (from the tip of the thumb to that of the ring-finger); गोकर्णशिथिल- श्चरन् Mb.2.68.75; तालः स्मृतो मध्यमया गोकर्णश्चाप्यनामया Brahmāṇḍa P.
    -5 N. of a place of pilgrimage in the south, sacred to Śiva. श्रितगोकर्णनिकेतमीश्वरम् R.8.33.
    -6 a kind of deer.
    -7 a kind of arrow; Mb.8.9.42.
    -किराटा -किराटिका the Sārikā bird.
    -किलः, -कीलः 1 a plough
    -2 a pestle.
    -कुलम् 1 a herd of kine; वृष्टिव्याकुलगोकुलावनरसादुद्धृत्य गोवर्धनम् Gīt.4; गोकुलस्य तृषा- र्तस्य Mb.
    -2 a cow-house.
    -3 N. of a village (where Kṛiṣṇa was brought up).
    -कुलिक a.
    1 one who does not help a cow in the mud.
    -2 squint-eyed.
    -कुलोद्भवा an epithet of Durgā.
    -कृतम् cow-dung.
    -क्षीरम् cow's milk.
    -क्षुरम्, -रकम् a cow's hoof.
    -खरः a beast (पशु); यत्तीर्थबुद्धिः सलिले न कर्हिचिज्जनेष्वभिज्ञेषु स एव गोखरः Bhāg.1.84.13.
    -खा a nail.
    -गृष्टिः a young cow which has had only one calf.
    -गोयुगम् a pair of oxen.
    -गोष्ठम् a cow-pen, cattle-shed.
    -ग्रन्थिः 1 dried cowdung.
    -2 a cow-house.
    -ग्रहः capture of cattle (गवालम्भ); Mb.12.265.2.
    -ग्रासः the ceremony of offering a morsel (of grass) to a cow when performing an expiatory rite.
    -घातः, -घातकः, -घातिन् m. a cow-killer.
    -घृतम् 1 rain-water.
    -2 clarified butter coming from a cow.
    -घ्न a.
    1 destructive to cows.
    -2 one who has killed a cow.
    -3 one for whom a cow is killed, a guest.
    -चन्दनम् a kind of sandal-wood.
    -चर a.
    1 grazed over by cattle.
    -2 frequenting, dwelling, resorting to, haunting पितृसद्मगोचरः Ku.5.77.
    -3 within the scope, power, or range of; अवाङ्मनसगोचरम् R.1.15; so बुद्धि˚, दृष्टि˚, श्रवण˚ स्वगोचरे दीप्ततरा बभूव Bu. Ch.1.13.
    -4 moving on earth.
    -5 accessible to, attainable; त्याग- सूक्ष्मानुगः क्षेम्यः शौचगो ध्यागोचरः Mb.12.236.12.
    -6 circulating, having a particular meaning, prevalent.
    (-रः) 1 the range of cattle, pasturage; उपारताः पश्चिम- रात्रिगोचरात् Ki.4.1.
    -2 (a) a district, department, province, sphere. (b) an abode, dwelling-place, a place of resort; Śi.1.21; Ms.1.39.
    -3 range of the organs of sense, an object of sense; श्रवणगोचरे तिष्ठ be within ear-shot; नयनगोचरं या to become visible.
    -4 scope, range, in general; हर्तुर्याति न गोचरम् Bh.2.16.
    -5 (fig.) grip, hold, power, influence, control; कः कालस्य न गोचरा- न्तरगतः Pt.1.146; गोचरीभूतमक्ष्णोः U.6.26; Māl.5.24; अपि नाम मनागवतीर्णो$सि रतिरमणबाणगोचरम् Māl.1.
    -6 horizon.
    -7 field for action, scope; इन्द्रियाणि हयानाहुर्विषयांस्तेषु गोचरान् Kaṭh.3.4.
    -8 the range of the planets from the Lagna or from each other.
    ˚पीडा in- auspicious position of stars within the ecliptic; गोचर- पीडायामपि राशिर्बलिभिः शुभग्रहैर्दृष्टः (पीडां न करोति) Bṛi.S.41.13. (गोचरीकृ to place within the range (of sight), make current).
    -चर्मन् n.
    1 a cow's hide.
    -2 a particular measure of surface thus defined by Vasiṣṭha:-- दशहस्तेन वंशेन दशवंशान् समन्ततः । पञ्च चाभ्यधिकान् दद्यादेतद्गोचर्म चोच्यते ॥ ˚वसनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -चर्या seeking food like a cow; गोचर्यां नैगमश्चरेत् Bhāg.11.18.29.
    -चारकः cowherd.
    -चरणम् the tending or feeding of cows; Bhāg.1.38.8.
    -ज a.
    1 born in the earth (rice &c.).
    -2 produced by milk; अब्जा गोजा...... Kaṭh.5.2.
    -जरः an old ox or bull; नाद्रियन्ते यथापूर्वं कीनाशा इव गोजरम् Bhāg.3.3.13.
    -जलम् the urine of a bull or cow.
    -जागरिकम् auspi- ciousness, happiness. (
    -कः) a preparer of food, baker.
    -जात a. born in the heaven (gods); गोजाता अप्या मृळता च देवाः Rv.6.5.11.
    -जिह्वा N. of a plant (Mar. पाथरी).
    -जिह्विका the uvula.
    -जीव a. living on cattle (milk- man); Hch.1.7.
    -तल्लजः an excellent bull or cow.
    -तीर्थम् a cowhouse.
    -त्रम् [गां भूमिं त्रायते त्रै-क]
    1 a cow-pen.
    -2 a stable in general.
    -3 a family, race, lineage; गोत्रेण माठरो$स्मि Sk.; so कौशिकगोत्राः, वसिष्ठगोत्राः &c.; Ms.3.19,9.141.
    -4 a name, appellation; जगाद गोत्र- स्खलिते च का न तम् N.1.3; Ś.6.5; see ˚स्खलित below; मद्गोत्राङ्कं विरचितपदं गेयमुद्गातुकामा Me.88.
    -5 a multitude.
    -6 increase.
    -7 a forest.
    -8 a field.
    -9 a road.
    -1 possessions, wealth.
    -11 an umbrella, a parasol.
    -12 knowledge of futurity.
    -13 a genus, class, species.
    -14 a caste, tribe, caste according to families. (
    -त्रः) a mountain; 'गोत्रं नाम्नि कुले$प्यद्रौ' इति यादवः; Śi.9.8. Hence गोत्रोद्दलनः means Indra; cf. इन्द्रे तु गोत्रोद्दलनः कुलघ्ने गिरिदारणे Nm.
    (-त्रा) 1 a multitude of cows.
    -2 the earth.
    ˚उच्चारः recitation of family pedigree.
    ˚कर्तृ, -कारिन् m. the founder of a family.
    ˚कीला the earth.
    ˚ज a. born in the same family, gentile, a relation; Bhāg.3.7.24; Y.2.135.
    ˚पटः a genealogical table, pedigree.
    ˚प्रवरः the oldest member or founder of a family.
    -भिद् m. an epithet of Indra; हृदि क्षतो गोत्रभिदप्यमर्षणः R.3.53;6.73; Ku.2.52.
    ˚स्खलनम्, ˚स्खलितम् blundering or mistaking in calling (one) by his name, calling by a wrong name; स्मरसि स्मर मेखलागुणैरुत गौत्रस्खलितेषु बन्धनम् Ku.4.8.
    -द a. giving cows; Ms.4.231. (
    -दः) brain. (
    -दा) N. of the river Godāvarī.
    -दत्र a. Ved. giving cows. (
    -त्रः) an epithet of Indra. (
    -त्रम्) a crown (pro- tecting the head).
    -दन्त a. armed with a coat of mail.
    (-तम्) 1 yellow orpiment.
    -2 a white fossil substance.
    -दानम् 1 the gift of a cow.
    -2 the ceremony of tonsure or cutting the hair; रामलक्ष्मणयो राजन् गोदानं कारयस्व ह Rām.1.71.23; अथास्य गोदानविधेरनन्तरम् R.3. 33; (see Mallinātha's explanation of the word); कृत- गोदानमङ्गलाः U.1; अतोनं गोदानं दारकर्म च Kau. A.1.5; (Rām. explains the word differently).
    -3 the part of the head close to the right ear.
    -दाय a. intending to give cows.
    -दारणम् 1 a plough.
    -2 a spade, hoe.
    -दा, -दावरी N. of a river in the south.
    -दुह् m.,
    -दुहः 'cow-milker', a cowherd; सुदुघामिव गोदुहे R.1.4.1; चिरं निदध्यौ दुहतः स गोदुहः Śi.
    -दोहः 1 the milking of cows.
    -2 the milk of cows.
    -3 the time of milking cows.
    -दोहनम् 1 the time of milking cows.
    -2 the milking of cows; न लक्ष्यते ह्यवस्थानमपि गोदोहनं क्वचित् Bhāg.1.19. 4.
    -दोहनी a milk-pail.
    -द्रवः the urine of a bull or cow.
    -धनम् 1 a herd or multitude of cows, cattle.
    -2 possession of cows. (
    -नः) a broad-pointed arrow.
    -धरः a mountain.
    -धर्मः the law of cattle, rules relating to cattle; (open and unconcealed intercourse of the sexes); गोधर्मं सौरभेयाच्च सो$धीत्य निखिलं मुनिः । प्रावर्तत तदा कर्तुं श्रद्धावांस्तमशङ्कया ॥ Mb.1.14.26.
    -धुमः, -धूमः 1 wheat; Bṛi. Up.6.3.13.
    -2 the orange. ˚चूर्णम् wheat flour;
    -सम्भवम् a sour paste.
    -धूलिः 'dust of the cows', the time of sunset or evening twilight (so called be- cause cows, which generally return home at about sunset, raise up clouds of dust by their treading on the earth).
    -धेनुः a milch-cow with a calf.
    -भ्रः a mountain.
    -नन्दा an epithet of the wife of Śiva.
    -नन्दी the female of the Sārasa bird.
    -नर्दः 1 the (Indian) crane.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva (bellowing like a bull).
    -3 N. of a country.
    -नर्दीयः an epithet of Patañjali, author of the Mahābhāṣya.
    -नसः, -नासः 1 a kind of snake.
    -2 a kind of gem.
    -नसा the mouth of a cow.
    -नाथः 1 a bull.
    -2 an owner of land.
    -3 a herdsman.
    -4 an owner of kine.
    -नायः a cowherd; तद्यथा गोनायो$श्वनायः पुरुषनाय इत्येवं तदप आचक्षते$शनायेति Ch. Up.6.8.3.
    -नाशनः a wolf.
    -नासा the projecting snout of a cow or ox.
    -नासम् a kind of gem.
    -निष्यन्दः cow's urine.
    -पः 1 a cowherd (considered as belonging to a mixed tribe); गोपवेशस्य विष्णोः Me.15.
    -2 the chief of a cowpen.
    -3 the superintendent of a village.
    -4 a king.
    -5 a protector, guardian; Rv.1.61.1.
    ˚अनसी the wood of a thatch; गोपानसीषु क्षणमास्थितानाम् Śi.3.49.
    ˚अष्टमी the eighth day of the bright fortnight of Kārttika when Kṛiṣṇa is said to have worn the dress of a cowherd.
    ˚आटविका a cowherd.
    ˚कन्या 1 the daughter of a cowherd.
    -2 a nymph of Vṛindāvana.
    ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईशः the chief of herdsmen, an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa.
    ˚चापः the rainbow.
    ˚दलः the betel-nut tree.
    ˚भद्रम् the fibrous root of a water-lily.
    ˚रसः gum myrrh.
    ˚राष्ट्राः (pl.) N. of a people. ˚वधूः f. a cowherd's wife; Bhāg.1.9.4. ˚वधूटी a young cowherdess, a young wife of a cowherd; गोपवधूटीदुकूलचौराय Bhāṣā P.1.
    (-पकः) 1 the superin- tendent of a district.
    -2 myrrh.
    (-पिका) 1 a cowher- dess; Bhāg.1.9.14-15.
    -2 protectress. (
    -पी) a cowherd's wife (especially applied to the cowherdesses of Vṛindāvana, the companions of Kṛiṣṇa in his juvenile sports).
    -2 a milk-maid.
    -3 a protectress.
    -4 Nature, elementary nature.
    -पतिः 1 an owner of cows.
    -2 a bull.
    -3 a leader, chief.
    -4 the sun; नीहारमिव गोपतिः Bhāg.1.12.1; Mb.1.173.32.
    -5 Indra; सुराङ्गना गोपतिचापगोपुरं पुरम् (जहुः) Ki.8.1.
    -6 N. of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -7 N. of Śiva.
    -8 N. of Varuṇa; एष पुत्रो महाप्रज्ञो वरुणस्येह गोपतेः Mb.5.98.11.
    -9 a king; नासतो विद्यते राजन् स ह्यरण्येषु गोपतिः Mb.12.135.26.
    -पथः N. of a Brāhmaṇa of Av.
    -पर्वतम् the name of the place where Pāṇini is said to have performed penance and propitiated Śiva; गोपर्वतमिति स्थानं शम्भोः प्रख्यापितं मया । यत्र पाणिनिना लेभे वैयाकरणिकाग्ऱ्यता ॥ अरुणाचलमाहात्म्यम्- उत्तरार्धः 2 अ. 68 श्लो.
    -पशुः a sacrificial cow.
    -पाः m. Ved.
    1 a herdsman.
    -2 protector, or guardian; मन्द्राग्रे- त्वरी भुवनस्य गोपा Av.2.1.57.
    -पानसी a curved beam which supports a thatch; गोपानसी तु वलभिच्छादने वक्रदारुणि Ak.2.2.15.
    -पालः 1 a cowherd; Ms.4.253.
    -2 a king.
    -3 an epithet of Śiva.
    -4 an epithet of Kṛ&iṣṇa. ˚धानी a cow-pen, cow-shed.
    -पालकः 1 a cowherd.
    -2 a king.
    -3 an epithet of Śiva; also of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -पालिः an epithet of Śiva.
    -पालिका, -पाली the wife of a cowherd; पार्थः प्रस्थापयामास कृत्वा गोपालिकावपुः Mb.1.221.19.
    -पालितः N. of a lexicographer.
    -पित्तम् bile of cows, ox-bile (from which the yellow pigment गोरोचना is prepared; गोपित्ततो रोचना Pt.1.94.).
    -पीतः a species of wagtail.
    -पीथः protection; अस्माकमृषीणां गोपीथे न उरुष्यतम् Rv.5.65.6. (
    -थम्) a holy place, a place of pilgrimage.
    -पुच्छम् a cow's tail.
    -2 a particular point of an arrow.
    (-च्छः) 1 a sort of monkey; Bhāg.8.2.22.
    -2 a sort of necklace consisting of two or four or thirty-four strings.
    -3 a kind of drum.
    -पुटिकम् the head of Śiva's bull.
    -पुत्रः 1 a young bull.
    -2 an epithet of Karṇa.
    -पुरम् 1 a town-gate; उत्तुङ्गसौधसुरमन्दिरगोपुरम् Māl.9.1.
    -2 a principal gate; दधतमुच्चशिलान्तरगोपुराः Ki.5.5.
    -3 the ornamental gate- way of a temple.
    -पुरीषम् cowdung.
    -प्रकाण्डम् an ex- cellent cow or bull.
    -प्रचारः pasture-ground, pasturage for cattle; ग्राम्येच्छया गोप्रचारो भूमी राजवशेन वा Y.2.166.
    -प्रत (ता) रः 1 a ford for cattle.
    -2 a place of pilgrimage on the Śarayū; यद्गोप्रतरकल्पो$भूत्संमर्दस्तत्र मज्जताम् । अतस्तदाख्यया तीर्थं पावनं भुवि पप्रथे ॥ R.15.11.
    -प्रदानम् same as गोदान.
    -प्रवेशः the time when cows return home, sunset or evening-twilight; गोप्रवेशसमये Bṛi. S.24.35.
    -फणा 1 a bandage hollowed out so as to fit the chin or nose &c.
    -2 a sling.
    -बालः the hair of cows.
    -भुज् m. a king; गोभुजां वल्लभा लक्ष्मीः Rāj. T.5.6.
    -भृत् m.
    1 a mountain.
    -2 a king.
    -मक्षिका a gadfly.
    -मघ a. granting cattle or cows कदा गोमघा हवनानि गच्छाः Rv.6.35.3.
    -मंडलम् 1 the globe.
    -2 a multitude of cows.
    -मण़्डीरः a kind of an aquatic bird; L. D. B.
    -मतम् = गव्यूति q. v.
    -मतल्लिका a tract- able cow, an excellent cow; अरिर्मधोरैक्षत गोमतल्लिकाम् Śi.12.41.
    -मथः a cowherd.
    -मध्यमध्य a. slender in the waist.
    -महिषदा N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on कार्तिकेय.
    -मांसम् beef.
    -मायु 1 a kind of frog.
    -2 a jackal; अनुहंकुरुते घनध्वनिं न हि गोमायुरुतानि केसरी Śi.16. 25.
    -3 bile of a cow.
    -4 N. of a Gandharva.
    -मीनः a kind of fish.
    -मुखः, -मुखम् [गोर्मुखमिव मुखमस्य] a kind of musical instrument; Bg.1.13; गोमुखानां च शृङ्गाणाम- नीकद्वयवर्तिनाम् Śiva. B.24.55.
    (-खः) 1 a crocodile, shark.
    -2 a hole of a particular shape in a wall made by thieves.
    (-खम्) 1 a house built unevenly.
    -2 spreading unguents, smearing; 'गोमुखं कुटिलाकारे वाद्यभाण्डे विलेपने' इति विश्वः; यस्यामलिन्देषु न चक्रुरेव मुग्धाङ्गना गोमयगो- मुखानि Śi.3.48. (
    -खम्, -खी) a cloth-bag of the shape of a gnomon containing a rosary, the beads of which are counted by the hand thrust inside.
    -2 a house built unevenly.
    -3 a particular method of sitting (a योगासन) (
    -खी) the chasm in the Himālaya mountains through which the Ganges flows.
    -मूढ a. stupid as a bull.
    -मूत्रम् cow's urine.
    -मूत्रकः a variety of lapis lazuli (बैदूर्य); Kau. A.2.11.
    -कम् a particular attitude (मण्डल) in गदायुद्ध; दक्षिणं मण्डलं सव्यं गोमूत्रकमथापि च । व्यचर- त्पाण्डवो राजन्नरिं संमोहयन्निव ॥ Mb.9.58.23. -a. zigzagging, going unevenly.
    -मूत्रिका 1 an artificial verse, the second of which repeats nearly all the syllables of the first. (Malli. thus defines it:-- वर्णानामेकरूपत्वं यद्येकान्तरमर्धयोः गोमूत्रिकेति तत्प्राहुर्दुष्करं तद्विदो विदुः ॥ see Śi.19.46.)
    -2 a form of calculation.
    -मृगः a kind of ox (गवय).
    -मेदः a gem brought from the Himālaya and Indus, des- cribed as of four different colours:-- white, pale-yellow, red, and dark-blue.
    -मेदकः 1 see गोमेद.
    -2 a kind of poison (काकोल).
    -3 smearing the body with unguents.
    -मेधः, -यज्ञः a cow-sacrifice; Rām.7.25.8.
    -यानम्, -रथः a carriage drawn by oxen; Rām.2.82.26; Ms. 11.174.
    -युक्त a. drawn by oxen.
    -युतम् 1 a cattle station.
    -2 a measure of two Krośas (गव्यूत); गोयुते गोयुते चैव न्यवसत्पुरुषर्षभः Mb.14.65.22.
    -रक्षः 1 a cow- herd.
    -2 keeping or tending cattle.
    -3 the orange.
    -4 an epithet of Śiva. ˚जम्बू f. wheat.
    -रक्षणम् tending cattle (with religious faith).
    -रङ्कुः 1 a water-fowl
    -2 a prisoner.
    -3 a naked man, a mendicant wandering about without clothes.
    -4 a chanter.
    -रवम् saffron.
    -रसः cow's milk.
    -2 curds.
    -3 buttermilk.
    -4 the flavour of a sentence; को रसो गोरसं विना Udb. ˚जम् buttermilk.
    -राजः an excellent bull.
    -राटिका, -राटी the Sārikā bird.
    -रुतम् a measure of dis- tance equal to two Krośas.
    -रूपम् the form of a cow. (
    -पः) N. of Śiva.
    -रोचम् yellow orpiment.
    -रोचना a bright yellow pigment prepared from the urine or bile of a cow, or found in the head of a cow.
    -लवणम् a measure of salt given to a cow.
    -लाङ्गु- (गू) लः a kind of monkey with a dark body, red cheeks and a tail like that of a cow; गोलाङ्गूलः कपोलं छुरयति रजसा कौसुमेन प्रियायाः Māl.9.3.
    -लोकः a part of heaven, cow-world.
    -लोभिका, -लोभी 1 a prostitute.
    -2 white Dūrvā grass.
    -3 Zedoary.
    -4 N. of a shrub.
    -वत्सः a calf. ˚आदिन m. a wolf.
    -वधः the killing of a cow; Ms.11.59.
    -वर्धनः a celebrated hill in वृन्दावन the country about Mathurā. ('This hill was lifted up and supported by Kṛiṣṇa upon one finger for seven days to shelter the cowherds from a storm of rain sent by Indra to test Kṛiṣṇa's divinity.') ˚धरः, ˚धरिन् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -वरम् pounded cowdung.
    -वशा a barren cow.
    -वाटम्, -वासः a cow-pen.
    -वासन a. covered with an ox-hide.
    -विकर्तः, -विकर्तृ m.
    1 the killer of a cow; Mb.4.2.9.
    -2 a hus- bandman.
    -विततः a horse-sacrifice having many cows.
    -विन्दः 1 a cowkeeper, a chief herdsman.
    -2 N. of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -3 Bṛihaspati. ˚द्वादशी the twelfth day in the light half of the month of फाल्गुन
    -विष् f.,
    -विष्ठा cowdung.
    -विषाणिकः a kind of musical instrument; Mb.6.44.4.
    -विसर्गः day-break (when cows are let loose to graze in forests); Rām.7.111.9.
    -वीथिः f. N. of that portion of the moon's path which contains the asterisms भाद्रपदा, रेवती and अश्विनी, or according to some, हस्त, चित्रा and स्वाती Bṛi. S.9.2.
    -वीर्यम् the price received for milk.
    -वृन्दम् a drove of cattle.
    -वृन्दारकः an excellent bull or cow.
    -वृषः, -वृषभः an excellent bull; न तां शेकुर्नृपा वोढुमजित्वा सप्त गोवृषान् Bhāg 1.58.33. ˚ध्वजः an epithet of Śiva.
    -वैद्यः a quack docter.
    -व्रजः 1 a cow-pen.
    -2 a herd of cows.
    -3 a place where cattle graze.
    -व्रत, -व्रतिन् a. one who imitates a cow in fru- gality;...अत्र गोव्रतिनो विप्राः... ॥ यत्रपत्रशयो नित्यं येन केन- चिदाशितः । येन केनचिदाच्छन्नः स गोव्रत इहोच्यते ॥ Mb.5.99. 13-14.
    -शकृत् n. cowdung; Ms.2.182.
    -शतम् a present of a hundred cows to a Brāhmaṇa.
    -शालम्, -ला a cow-stall.
    -शीर्षः, -र्षम् a kind of sandal; Kau. A.2.11.
    -2 a kind of weapon (arrow ?); Mb.7.178. 23.
    -षड्गवम् three pairs of kine.
    -षन्, -षा a. Ved. acquiring or bestowing cows.
    -षा (सा) तिः 1 acquiring cattle; or fighting for cattle. गोषाता यस्य ते गिरः Rv.8.84.7.
    -2 giving cattle.
    -ष्टोमः a kind of sacri- fice fasting for one day.
    -संख्यः a cowherd.
    -सदृक्षः a species of ox (गवय).
    -सर्गः the time at which cows are usually let loose, day-break; see गोविसर्ग.
    -सवः a kind of cow-sacrifice (not performed in the Kali age); Mb.3.3.17.
    -सहस्रम् a kind of present (महादान). (
    -स्त्री) N. of two holidays on the fifteenth day of the dark half of कार्तिक and ज्येष्ठ.
    -सावित्री N. of a hymn (cf. गायत्री).
    -सूत्रिका a rope fastened at both ends having separate halters for each ox or cow.
    -स्तनः 1 the udder of a cow.
    -2 a cluster of blossoms, nosegay &c.
    -3 a pearl-necklace of four strings.
    -4 a kind of fort.
    -स्तना, -नी a bunch of grapes.
    -स्थानम्, -क्रम् a cow-pen.
    -स्वामिन् m.
    1 an owner of cows.
    -2 a religious mendicant.
    -3 an honorary title affixed to proper names; (e. g. वोपदेवगोस्वामिन्).
    -हत्या cow-slaughter.
    -हल्लम् (sometimes written हन्नम्) cow-dung.
    -हरः, -हरणम् stealing of cows; गोष्ठमुत्किरति गोहरं वदेत् Bṛi. S.89.9. (v. l.)
    -हित a. cherishing or protecting kine. (
    -तः) N. of Viṣṇu.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > गो _gō

  • 104 महा _mahā

    1
    महा A cow.
    2
    महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note: The number of compounds of which महा is the first mem- ber is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.)
    -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives.
    -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky.
    -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel.
    -2 a kind of rat.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain.
    -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity.
    -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead.
    -अध्वरः a great sacrifice.
    -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage.
    -2 cooking utensils. (
    -सी) a kitchen-maid. (
    -सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2.
    -अनिलः a whirl- wind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59.
    -अनुभाव a.
    1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3.
    -2 virtuous, righteous, just.
    (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person.
    -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century.
    -अन्तकः 1 death.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness.
    -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance.
    -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country.
    -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (
    -यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent.
    -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma.
    -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king).
    -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva.
    -अम्बुजम् a billion.
    -अम्ल a. very sour. (
    -म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest.
    -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (
    -र्घः) a kind of quail.
    -अर्घ्य a.
    1 valuable, precious.
    -2 invaluable; ines- timable; see महार्ह below.
    -अर्चिस् a. flaming high.
    -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 rich.
    -2 great, noble, dignified.
    -3 important, weighty.
    -4 significant.
    -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions.
    -अर्ह a.
    1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12.
    -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (
    -र्हम्) white sandal-wood.
    -अवरोहः the fig-tree.
    -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56.
    - अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4.
    -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby.
    -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता......
    -असिः a large sword.
    -असुरी N. of Durgā.
    -अह्नः the afternoon.
    -आकार a. extensive, large, great.
    -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (
    -ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree.
    -आत्मन् a.
    1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4.
    -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.)
    1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54.
    -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्).
    -आनकः a kind of large drum.
    -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss.
    -2 espe- cially, the great bliss of final beatitude.
    (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha.
    -आपगा a great river.
    -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (
    -म्भः) any great enterprize.
    -आलयः 1 a temple in general.
    -2 a sanctuary, an asylum.
    -3 a great dwelling.
    -4 a place of pilgrimage.
    -5 the world of Brahman.
    -6 the Supreme Spirit.
    -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity.
    -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight.
    -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādra- pada. (
    -या) N. of a particular deity.
    - आशय a. high- souled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्.
    (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7.
    -2 the ocean.
    -आस्पद a.
    1 occupying a great position.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight.
    -इच्छ a.
    1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33.
    -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37.
    -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7.
    -2 a chief or leader in general.
    -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52.
    -इभ्य a. very rich.
    -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16.
    -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4.
    -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree.
    -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī.
    -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति).
    -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55.
    (-री) 1 N. of Durgā.
    -2 a kind of bell-metal.
    -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63.
    -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (
    -लः) the Sārasa bird.
    -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36.
    -2 the god of love.
    -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं...... Mb.3.91.2.
    (-हः) 1 perseverance.
    -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38.
    -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17.
    -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conch- shell, shell.
    - उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity.
    (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence.
    -2 final beatitude.
    -3 a lord, master.
    -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App.
    -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja.
    -6 sour milk mixed with honey.
    -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या).
    - उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent.
    -(रम्) 1 a big belly.
    -2 dropsy.
    -उदार a.
    1 very generous or magnanimous.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते.
    -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hard- working.
    -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs).
    -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (
    -तः) the palmyra tree.
    -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank.
    -उपकारः a great obligation.
    -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher.
    -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98.
    -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (
    -स्कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17.
    -उल्का 1 a great meteor.
    -2 a great fire-brand.
    -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacri- ficial priests.
    -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence.
    -ऋषभः a great bull.
    -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage').
    -2 N. of Sacute;iva.
    -3 of Buddha.
    -ओघ a. having a strong current.
    -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37.
    -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (
    -ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour.
    -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (
    -सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी).
    -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी).
    -ओषधिः f.
    1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug.
    -2 the Dūrvā grass.
    -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं....
    -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea.
    -2 ginger.
    -3 garlic.
    -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ).
    -कच्छः 1 the sea.
    -2 N. of Varuṇa.
    -3 a mountain.
    -कन्दः garlic.
    -कपर्दः a kind of shell.
    -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree.
    -2 red garlic.
    -कम्बु a. stark naked. (
    -म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर a.
    1 large-handed.
    -2 having a large revenue.
    -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कला the night of the new moon.
    -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69.
    -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c.
    -2 an epithet of Śukra.
    -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ).
    -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (
    -ता) the earth.
    -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky.
    (-यः) 1 an elephant.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि).
    -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate.
    -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika.
    -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram.
    -2 N. of a cele- brated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -4 N. of a kind of gourd.
    -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29.
    -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form.
    -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-- रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas).
    -कीर्तनम् a house.
    -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent.
    -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (
    -लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent.
    -कुहः a species of parasitical worm.
    -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance.
    -केतुः N. of Śiva.
    -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 a large sheath.
    -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46.
    -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -क्षत्रपः a great satrap.
    -क्षीरः sugar-cane.
    -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara.
    -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?).
    -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्.
    -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa.
    -गदः fever.
    -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (
    -न्धः) a kind of cane. (
    -न्धम्) a kind of sandal- wood. (
    -न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva.
    -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी.
    -गल a. longnecked.
    -गवः Bos gavaeus.
    -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (
    -णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue.
    -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः).
    -गुल्मा the Soma plant.
    -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump.
    -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu.
    -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6.
    -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama.
    -ग्रीवः 1 a camel.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -ग्रीविन् m. a camel.
    -घूर्णा spirituous liquor.
    -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes).
    -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (
    -षम्) a market, fair. (
    -षः) a loud noise, clamour.
    -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial.
    -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch.
    -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -चपला a kind of metre.
    -चमूः f. a large army.
    -छायः the fig-tree.
    -जङ्घः a camel.
    -जटः an epithet of Śiva.
    -जटा 1 a great braid of hair.
    -2 the matted hair of Śiva.
    -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (
    -त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25.
    -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7.
    -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6.
    -4 the chief of a caste or trade.
    -5 a merchant, tradesman.
    -जवः an antelope.
    -जातीय a.
    1 rather large.
    -2 of an excellent kind.
    -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी)
    -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्ञानिन् m.
    1 a very learned man.
    -2 a great sage.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63.
    -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्वरः great affliction.
    -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a sacrificial fire.
    -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.).
    -तपस् m.
    1 a great ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल.
    -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess.
    -तिक्तः the Nimba tree.
    -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation.
    -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (
    -क्ष्णा) the marking- nut plant.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 possessed of great lustre or splendour.
    -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.)
    1 a hero, warrior.
    -2 fire.
    -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver.
    -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva.
    -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger.
    -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -दण्डः 1 a long arm.
    -2 a severe punishment.
    -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva.
    -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet.
    -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्.
    -दारु n. the devadāru tree.
    -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt.
    -दूषकः a kind of grain.
    -देवः N. of Śiva.
    (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī.
    -2 the chief queen.
    -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree.
    -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple.
    -धन a.
    1 rich.
    -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13.
    (-नम्) 1 gold.
    -2 incense.
    -3 a costly or rich dress.
    -4 agriculture, husbandry.
    -5 anything costly or precious.
    -6 great booty.
    -7 a great battle (Ved.).
    -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -धातुः 1 gold.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 lymph.
    -4 N. of Meru.
    -धी a. having a great understanding.
    -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox.
    -ध्वजः a camel.
    -ध्वनिक a. dead.
    -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh.
    -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु...... तनोति...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās.
    -नदः a great river.
    -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1.
    -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal.
    -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 N. of a river.
    -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता....
    -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells.
    -नलः a kind of reed.
    -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता.
    -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D.:-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥
    -नाडी sinew, tendon.
    -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar.
    -2 a great drum.
    -3 a thunder-cloud.
    -4 a shell.
    -5 an elephant.
    -6 a lion.
    -7 the ear.
    -8 a camel.
    -9 an epithet of Śiva. (
    -दम्) a musical instrument.
    -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda.
    -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा.
    -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls.
    -2 a great head or chief.
    -नासः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निद्र a. fast asleep. (
    -द्रा) 'the great sleep', death.
    -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen.
    -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists).
    -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम्
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -नीचः a washerman.
    -नील a. dark-blue. (
    -लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire.
    -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva.
    -नेमिः a crow.
    -न्यायः the chief rule.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 having many adherents.
    -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179.
    (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -2 a kind of duck. (
    -क्षी) an owl.
    -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre.
    -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥
    -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥
    -पटः the skin.
    -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3.
    -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death.
    -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven.
    -4 an epithet of Śiva.
    -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Ke- dāra.
    -6 the way to heaven.
    -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra.
    -पथिक a.
    1 undertaking great journeys.
    -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः)
    -पद्मः 1 a particular high number.
    -2 N. of Nārada.
    -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera.
    -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world.
    -5 an epithet of Nanda.
    -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera.
    (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus.
    -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda.
    -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch.
    -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon.
    -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324.
    -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58.
    -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154.
    -2 any great sin or transgression.
    -पात्रः a prime minister.
    -पादः an epithet of Śiva.
    -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked.
    -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P.
    -पुंसः a great man.
    -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7.
    -2 the Supreme Spirit.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1.
    -पुष्पः a kind of worm.
    -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions.
    -पृष्ठः a camel.
    -पोटगलः a kind of large reed.
    -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper.
    -प्रपञ्चः the great universe.
    -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (
    -भः) the light of a lamp.
    -प्रभुः 1 a great lord.
    -2 a king, sovereign.
    -3 a chief.
    -4 an epithet of Indra.
    -5 of Śiva
    -6 of Viṣṇu.
    -7 a great saint or holy man.
    -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inha- bitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत...... Ve.3.4.
    -प्रश्नः a knotty question.
    -प्रसादः 1 a great favour.
    -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः
    -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death.
    -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365.
    -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates.
    -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-- ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्.
    -3 a raven.
    -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K.
    -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit.
    -प्लवः a great flood, deluge;... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71.
    -फल a.
    1 bearing much fruit.
    -2 bringing much reward.
    (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd.
    -2 a kind of spear.
    (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward.
    -2 a testicle.
    -फेना the cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet.
    -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes.
    -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām
    (-लः) 1 wind, storm.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -3 a solid bamboo.
    -4 a palm.
    -5 a crocodile.
    -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (
    -लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara.
    -बाध a. causing great pain or damage.
    -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (
    -हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere.
    -2 the heart.
    -3 a water-jar, pitcher.
    -4 a hole, cave.
    -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas.
    -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva.
    -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum.
    -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain).
    -बुशः barley.
    -बृहती a kind of metre.
    -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit.
    -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa.
    -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg.
    -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā.
    -भाग a.
    1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, glo- rious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192.
    -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16.
    -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity.
    -2 great excel- lence or merit.
    -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (
    -तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous.
    -भाण्डम् a chief treasury.
    -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते
    -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary.
    -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini.
    -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni.
    -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू).
    -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu.
    -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly.
    -भुज a. long-armed, powerful.
    -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6.
    (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 a great creature.
    -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment.
    -2 a great coil or hood; great winding.
    -3 a serpent. (
    -गा) an epi- thet of Durgā.
    -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -मति a.
    1 high-minded.
    -2 clever. (
    -तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter.
    -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster.
    -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (
    -दः) an elephant in rut.
    -मनस्, -मनस्क a.
    1 high-minded, noble- minded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7.
    -2 liberal.
    -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v.
    -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas.
    -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell.
    -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier.
    -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess.
    -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi.
    -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās.
    -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky).
    -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor.
    -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c.
    -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.).
    -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha.
    -मात्र a.
    1 great in measure, very great or large.
    -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37.
    (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high state- official, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1.
    -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161.
    -3 a superintendent of elephants.
    (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister.
    -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher.
    -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess.
    -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6.
    -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent.
    -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya.
    -मायूरम् a particular drug. (
    -री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh.
    -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads.
    -मालः N. of Śiva.
    -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva.
    -मुखः a crocodile.
    -मुद्रा a parti- cular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga).
    -मुनिः 1 a great sage.
    -2 N. of Vyāsa.
    -3 an epithet of Buddha.
    -4 of Agastya.
    -5 the coriander plant. (
    -नि n.)
    1 coriander seed.
    -2 any medicinal herb or drug.
    -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -मूलम् a large radish. (
    -लः) a kind of onion.
    -मूल्य a. very costly. (
    -ल्यः) a ruby.
    -मृगः 1 any large animal.
    -2 an elephant,
    -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ.
    -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva.
    -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug.
    -मृधम् a great battle.
    -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P.
    -मेधा an epithet of Durgā.
    -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (
    -हा) an epithet of Durgā.
    -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.).
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19.
    -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated.
    -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares.
    -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promul- gated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान).
    -याम्यः an epi- thet of Viṣṇu.
    -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men.
    -योगिन् m.
    1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a cock.
    -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ.
    -रक्तम् coral.
    -रङ्गः a large stage.
    -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28.
    -2 the thorn-apple.
    -रजनम् 1 safflower.
    -2 gold.
    -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6.
    -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56.
    -रथः 1 a great chariot.
    -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥).
    -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ.
    -रवः a frog.
    -रस a. very savoury.
    (-सः) 1 a sugar- cane.
    -2 quicksilver.
    -3 a precious mineral.
    -4 the fruit of the date tree.
    -5 any one of the eight substan- ces given below:-- दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (
    -सम्) sour ricewater.
    -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184.
    -2 a respect- ful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb.
    -3 a deified Jaina teacher.
    -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, para- mount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree.
    -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.).
    -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign.
    -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night.
    -रात्रिः, -त्री f.
    1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः.
    -2 midnight.
    -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina.
    -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās.
    -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (
    -ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-- महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34.
    -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains.
    -रुज्, -ज a. very painful.
    -रुद्रः a form of Śiva.
    -रुरुः a species of antelope.
    -रूप a. mighty in form.
    (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 resin.
    -रूपकम् a kind of drama.
    -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight:-- उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥).
    -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (
    -द्री) an epithet of Durgā.
    -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9.
    -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्.
    -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival.
    -लयः 1 a great world destruction.
    -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्).
    -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (
    -ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -लोलः a crow.
    -लोहम् a magnet.
    -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century).
    -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva.
    -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana.
    -वरा Dūrvā grass.
    -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation.
    -वर्तनम् high wages;
    -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper.
    -2 a large creeping plant.
    -वसः the porpoise.
    -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence.
    -2 any continuous composition or literary work.
    -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c.
    -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25.
    -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावाता<?>तैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22.
    -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant.
    -वायुः 1 air (as an element).
    -2 stormy wind, hur- ricane, tempest.
    -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras.
    -विडम् a kind of factitious salt.
    -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy.
    -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः... ॥
    -विपुला a kind of metre.
    -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः.
    -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva.
    -विषः a serpent having two mouths.
    -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries).
    -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious.
    -वीचिः N. of a hell.
    -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior.
    -2 a lion.
    -3 the thunderbolt of Indra.
    -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -5 of Garuḍa.
    -6 of Hanumat.
    -7 a cuckoo.
    -8 a white horse.
    -9 a sacrificial fire.
    -1 a sacrificial vessel.
    -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti.
    -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful.
    (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brah- man.
    -2 the Supreme Being. (
    -र्या) the wild cotton shrub.
    -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun.
    -वृषः a great bull.
    -वेग a.
    1 very swift or fleet.
    (-गः) 1 great speed, excessive velocity.
    -2 an ape.
    -3 the bird Garuḍa.
    -वेघः a particular position of hands or feet (in the practice of Yoga).
    -वेल a. billowy.
    -व्याधिः f.
    1 a great disease.
    -2 a very bad kind of leprosy (black leprosy).
    -व्याहृतिः f. a great mystical word, i. e. भूर्, भुवस् and स्वर्.
    -व्रत a. very devotional, rigidly observing vows.
    (-तम्) 1 a great vow, a great reli- gious observance; a vow for not taking even water for a month; महाव्रतं चरेद्यस्तु Mb.12.35.22 (com. महाव्रतं मासमात्रं जलस्यापि त्यागः).
    -2 any great or funda- mental duty; प्राणैरपि हिता वृत्तिरद्रोहो व्याजवर्जनम् । आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59; क्रतौ महाव्रते पश्यन् ब्रह्मचारी- त्वरीरतम् N.17.23.
    -व्रतिन् m.
    1 a devotee, an ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -शक्तिः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Kārtikeya.
    -शङ्कुः the sine of the sun's eleva- tion.
    -शङ्खः 1 a great conch-shell; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं Bg.1.15; महाशङ्खमयी माला ताराविद्याजपे प्रिया Tantra.
    -2 the temporal bone, forehead.
    -3 a human bone.
    -4 a particular high number.
    -5 one of Kubera's treasures.
    -शठः a kind of thorn-apple.
    -शब्द a. making a loud sound, very noisy, boisterous.
    -शल्कः a kind of sea- crab or prawn; Ms.3.272.
    -शालः a great householder.
    -शालिः a kind of large and sweetsmelling rice.
    -शाल्वणम् ('great fomentation') N. of a remedy; Suśr.
    -शासन a.
    1 exercising great power.
    -2 whose commands are great; त्रैलोक्यघिपतित्वमेव विरसं यस्मिन् महा- शासने Bh.3.8.
    (-नम्) 1 the knowledge of Brahma as expounded in the Upaniṣadas.
    -2 great order of government.
    -शिरस् m. a kind of serpent.
    -शिवरात्रिः N. of a festival on the 14th day of the dark half of Māgha,
    -शुक्तिः f. a pearl-shell.
    -शुक्ला an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -शुभ्रम् silver.
    -शूद्रः (-द्री f.)
    1 a Sūdra in a high position.
    -2 a cowherd.
    -3 an upper servant. (
    -द्री) a female cow-keeper. (
    -द्रा) a Śudra woman in a high position.
    -शून्यम् a particular mental condi- tion of a Yogin.
    -शृङ्गः 1 a species of stag.
    -2 the शरभ animal.
    -श्मशानम् an epithet of Benares.
    -श्यामा the Sissoo tree. (Mar. शिसवी).
    -श्रमणः 1 an epithet of Buddha.
    -2 a Jain monk.
    -श्लक्ष्णा sand.
    -श्वासः a kind of asthma.
    -श्वेता 1 an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -2 of Durgā.
    -3 white sugar.
    -संहिता great combi- nation.
    -संक्रान्तिः f. the winter solstice.
    -सती a very chaste woman.
    -सत्ता absolute existence.
    -सत्यः an epithet of Yama.
    -सत्त्व a.
    1 noble.
    -2 very strong or powerful.
    -3 just, righteous.
    (-त्त्वः) 1 a large animal.
    -2 N. of Sākyamuni.
    -3 an epithet of Kubera.
    -संधिविग्रहः the office of the minister of peace and war.
    -सन्नः an epithet of Kubera.
    -सन्निः m. (in music) a kind of measure.
    -समुद्रः the great ocean.
    -सर्गः a great or completely new creation (after a complete destruction of the world).
    -सर्जः the bread- fruit or jack-tree.
    -साधनभागः a great executive officer.
    -सांतपनः a kind of very rigid penance; see Ms.11. 218.
    -सांधिविग्रहिकः a minister of peace and war.
    -सामन्तः a great vassal.
    -सामान्यम् the widest genera- lity.
    -सारः a kind of Khadira tree.
    -सारथिः an epithet of Aruṇa.
    -साहसम् great violence or outrage, great audacity.
    -साहसिकः a dacoit, highwayman, a daring robber.
    -सिंहः the fabulous animal called Śarabha.
    -सिद्धिः f. a kind of magical power.
    -सुखम् 1 great pleasure.
    -2 copulation. (
    -खः) a Buddha.
    -सुगन्धम् a fragrant unguent.
    -सुगन्धिः a kind of antidote.
    -सुधा silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -सुभिक्षम् good times.
    -सूक्तः the composer of the great Sūktas or hymns of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda.
    -सूक्ष्मा sand.
    -सूतः a mili- tary drum.
    -सेनः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya; महासेन- प्रसूतिं तद्ययौ शरवणं महत् Rām.7.16.1.
    -2 the commander of a large army. (
    -ना) a great army.
    -स्कन्धः a camel.
    -स्थली the earth.
    -स्थानम् a great position.
    -स्नेहः a combination of the 4 kinds of fat.
    -स्मृतिः the Ṣaḍaṅgas and Smṛitis; महास्मृतिं पठेद्यस्तु तथैवानुस्मृतिं शुभाम् Mb.12.2.3.
    -स्रोतस् n. the bowels.
    -स्रग्विन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वनः a kind of drum.
    -हंसः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -हविस् n. clarified butter.
    -हस्तः an epithet of Śiva.
    -हासः a loud or boisterous laughter, cachinnation.
    -हिमवत् m. N. of a mountain.
    -ह्रस्वा N. of a plant (Mar. कुहिली).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > महा _mahā

  • 105 persona

    f.
    1 person (individuo).
    vinieron varias personas several people came
    cien personas a hundred people
    en persona in person
    por persona per head
    ser buena persona to be a good person o sort
    persona mayor adult, grown-up
    persona non grata persona non grata
    2 party (law).
    persona física private individual
    persona jurídica legal entity o person
    3 person (grammar).
    la segunda persona del singular the second person singular
    * * *
    1 person
    \
    en persona in person
    persona física individual
    persona jurídica legal entity
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=individuo) person

    • en persona — in person, in the flesh

    • por persona — per person

    dos dólares por persona — two dollars per person, two dollars a head

    • tercera persona — third party

    persona de edad — elderly person, senior citizen

    persona de historia — † dubious individual

    persona no grata, persona non grata — persona non grata

    personas reales — frm royalty sing, king and queen

    2) (Jur)
    3) (Ling) person
    4) (Rel)
    PERSONA Mientras que persona en singular se traduce por person, el plural tiene dos traducciones: people y persons. ► People es la forma más utilizada, ya que persons se emplea solamente en el lenguaje formal o técnico. Las dos formas llevan el verbo en plural: Acaban de llegar tres personas preguntando por un tal Sr. Oliva Three people have just arrived asking for a Mr Oliva "Peso máximo: 8 personas" "Weight limit: 8 persons" Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( ser humano) person

    carga máxima: ocho personas — maximum capacity: eight persons

    ¿cuántas personas tiene a su cargo? — how many people do you have reporting to you?

    las personas interesadas... — all those interested...

    en persona — <ir/presentarse> in person

    la tarea recayó en la persona de... — the task was allocated to...

    por persona: 20 dólares por persona 20 dollars a head; sólo se venden dos entradas por persona — you can only get two tickets per person

    2) (Ling) person
    * * *
    = fellow, figure, hand, individual, man [men, -pl.], party, person, character, chap, self.
    Ex. From the skimming he had given their writings he knew that something like a chemical agent was working in Balzac's defenseless mind, and that the hapless fellow was trying not to succumb to it.
    Ex. Much potentially valuable historical material is lost to posterity because of the attitude to the collection of primary sources which always gives pride of place to the ephemeral as long as it is compiled by a well-known figure.
    Ex. Even with such a limitation and many later supplementations by various hands, by way of addition, correction and amplification, it falls far short of completeness.
    Ex. Note that these provisions do not include research reports which have been prepared within a government agency but specifically authored by an individual = Nótese que estas disposiciones no afectan a informes de investigaciones procedentes de una agencia gubernamental aunque realizados concretamente por un individuo.
    Ex. No less prestigious an authority than a Royal Commission was appointed to inquire into the charges brought against the man principally responsible for that volume.
    Ex. Enter a brief, plea, or other formal record of one party to a case under the heading for that party.
    Ex. Apart from the names of subjects, the names of corporate bodies, persons, chemicals, trade products, and trade names are some other possibilities.
    Ex. All the same, I think the incident improbable because he has been represented up till then as a cold, careful character.
    Ex. In practice, however, such democratic attitudes among the mighty seem to have as little effect on the behaviour of those who serve them as did the remark made by King George V at his Jubilee in 1935, 'I'm really quite an ordinary sort of chap'.
    Ex. Education should relate more effectively to personal development, to individual coping and to the development of the free self.
    ----
    * a cargo de una sola persona = one-man band.
    * Algo a cargo de una sola persona = one-person operation.
    * algunas personas = some people.
    * atendido por varias personas = multi-staffed.
    * biografía de personas célebres = celebrity biography.
    * círculo de personas afines e influyentes = network.
    * como persona que = as one who.
    * conjunto de personas que reciben un servicio = constituency.
    * contra toda persona = all comers.
    * crucial para la vida de una persona = lifesaving.
    * cualquier otra persona = anybody else.
    * cualquier persona = anyone, any Tom, Dick or Harry.
    * cuidados para personas de la tercera edad = elderly care, elder care [eldercare].
    * cuidados para personas mayores = elderly care, elder care [eldercare].
    * de persona = personal.
    * de personas con autoridad moral = authoritative.
    * de primera persona = first-person.
    * de una sola persona = one-man.
    * dirigido a las personas = people-centred, people-oriented.
    * dominio de las personas con más edad = senior power.
    * el consejo de otra persona = a second opinion.
    * el sueño de toda persona = the stuff dreams are made of.
    * en persona = in person, walk-in, in the flesh, face-to-face [face to face].
    * grupo de personas o cosas de la misma edad o categoría = peer group.
    * inicial del segundo nombre de pila de una persona = middle initial.
    * la mayoría de las personas = most people, the majority of the people.
    * la misma persona = one and the same person.
    * la opinión de otra persona = a second opinion.
    * lista de personas de contacto = contact list.
    * lista de personas y cometidos = duty roster.
    * mala persona = rotten apple, a bad lot.
    * ninguna otra persona = no one else.
    * oír por segundas personas = hear + second-hand.
    * orientado a la persona = human-oriented.
    * orientado al servicio de las personas = people-centred.
    * otra persona = somebody else, someone else, somebody else, not me.
    * para algunas personas = to some people.
    * para personas con intereses similares = birds-of-a-feather.
    * pasar de una persona a otra = pass around.
    * pérdida de persona querida = emotional loss.
    * persona a cargo = dependent.
    * persona aprensiva = apprehensive.
    * persona atrevida = risk taker.
    * persona audaz = risk taker.
    * persona aún por determinar = nomen nominandum [N.N.].
    * persona becada = fundee.
    * persona civil = civilian.
    * persona competente = a good sport.
    * persona común = ordinary person.
    * persona con ahorros = saver.
    * persona con ambición = high flyer [high flier, -USA], go-getter.
    * persona con doble personalidad = Jekyll and Hyde.
    * persona con éxito = successful person.
    * persona con iniciativa = go-getter.
    * persona con la mejor nota = top scorer, top scorer.
    * persona con llave = keyholder.
    * persona con mala ortografía = speller.
    * persona con mucha ambición = social climber.
    * persona con nivel cultural medio = middlebrow [middle-brow].
    * persona con problemas de aprendizaje = learning disabled person.
    * persona de acción = doer.
    * persona de adentro = insider.
    * persona de altos vuelos = high flyer [high flier, -USA].
    * persona de color = non-white [nonwhite], coloured man, coloured woman, coloured [colored, -USA].
    * persona de conducta desviada = deviant.
    * persona de confianza = good old boy, sounding board.
    * persona de contacto = contact, correspondent, contact person, named contact.
    * persona de edad avanzada = elderly person.
    * persona de éxito = successful person.
    * persona de fuera = outsider.
    * persona dejada = slob.
    * persona de la alta sociedad = socialite.
    * persona de la propia empresa = insider.
    * persona de la tercera edad = elder.
    * persona de nivel cultural bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].
    * persona de nivel intelectual bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].
    * persona de raza blanca = white.
    * persona de raza negra = black.
    * persona designada = nominee, designate.
    * persona designada para un cargo = appointee.
    * persona destacada = standout.
    * persona divorciada = divorcee.
    * persona emprendedora = go-getter.
    * persona encargada de actualizar = maintainer.
    * persona encargada de hacer los trabajos sucios = hatchetman.
    * persona encargada de las relaciones públicas = PR man [PR men, -pl.].
    * persona encargada de recabar fondos = fundraiser [fund-raiser].
    * persona en prácticas = trainee, intern.
    * persona entusiasta y trabajadora = eager beaver.
    * persona estúpida = no-brainer.
    * persona famosa = famous person.
    * persona ilusa = daydreamer.
    * persona influyente = influencer, mover and shaker, heavy weight [heavyweight].
    * persona informada = insider.
    * persona innovadora = innovator.
    * persona inquieta = fidget.
    * persona inscrita = registrant.
    * persona interesada = taker.
    * persona joven = youth.
    * persona mañosa = handyman [handymen, pl.].
    * persona más destacada = top person [top people, -pl.].
    * persona más relevante = top person [top people, -pl.].
    * persona mayor = elder.
    * persona medianamente cultivada = middlebrow [middle-brow].
    * persona muy ocupada = busy beaver, busy bee.
    * persona muy trabajadora = hard-working person.
    * persona nacida después del baby boom = baby buster.
    * persona nacida durante el baby boom = baby boomer.
    * persona nacida en el fin del milenio = Millennial.
    * persona nerviosa = fidget.
    * persona no experta = non-scholar.
    * persona no grata = persona non grata.
    * persona no muy lista pero trabajadora = plodder.
    * persona normal = ordinary person.
    * persona obsesiva con el trabajo = workoholic [workholic], workaholic.
    * persona o mecanismo que resuelve problemas = solver.
    * persona opuesta a = resister (of/against).
    * persona problemática = troublemaker.
    * persona que abandona Algo = quitter.
    * persona que apoya una moción o propuesta = seconder.
    * persona que asigna el trabajo = assigner.
    * persona que busca y vive de lo que encuentra en las playas = beachcomber.
    * persona que cambia de trabajo con demasiada frecuencia = job-hopper.
    * persona que concede una franquicia = franchiser [franchisor].
    * persona que contempla o mira algo = beholder.
    * persona que convoca una reunión = convener [convenor].
    * persona que cruza la carretera por un sitio no autorizado = jaywalker.
    * persona que da consuelo = comforter.
    * persona que deja un trabajo = leaver.
    * persona que desfigura Algo = defacer.
    * persona que desprecia u odia = despiser.
    * persona que desvela escándalos o corrupción = muckraker.
    * persona que duerme bien = good sleeper.
    * persona que elabora el plan de estudios = syllabus maker.
    * persona que escucha a escondidas = eavesdropper.
    * persona que escucha en secreto = eavesdropper.
    * persona que está a dieta = dieter.
    * persona que está aprendiendo a conducir = learner driver.
    * persona que está de picnic = picnicker.
    * persona que hace encajes = tatter.
    * persona que hace striptease = stripper.
    * persona que hace una cita bibliográfica = citator.
    * persona que hace un comentario = commenter.
    * persona que hace un préstamo = loaner.
    * persona que ha llegado donde está por su propio esfuerzo = self-made-man, the.
    * persona que ha viajado mucho = seasoned traveller.
    * persona que intenta averiguar y resolver problemas = troubleshooter.
    * persona que le desea suerte a otra = well-wisher.
    * persona que le gusta flirtear = flirt.
    * persona que llama = caller.
    * persona que no le gusta leer = aliterate.
    * persona que no pertenece a la familia = nonrelative [non-relative].
    * persona que no se sale del lugar donde vive = stay-at-home.
    * persona que nunca se deshace de nada = packrat, hoarder, magpie.
    * persona que obtiene una franquicia = franchisee.
    * persona que paga impuestos = taxpayer [tax-payer].
    * persona que permanece en un puesto de trabajo = stayer.
    * persona que pide asilo = asylum seeker.
    * persona que pone en práctica Algo = adopter.
    * persona que practica el sillonball = couch potato.
    * persona que recibe asesoramiento = counselee.
    * persona que recoge algo = picker.
    * persona que reparte el trabajo = assigner.
    * persona que rinde más de lo esperado = overachiever.
    * persona que rinde por debajo de su capacidad = underachiever.
    * persona que sabe contar anécdotas = raconteur.
    * persona que se cree Algo = biter.
    * persona que se cuida la línea = weight watcher.
    * persona que se dedica a una tarea monótona = harmless drudge.
    * persona que se dedica a una terea monótona = harmless drudge.
    * persona que se desarrolla tarde = late bloomer.
    * persona que se opone a Algo = opponent.
    * persona que se promociona a sí misma = self-promoter.
    * persona que se queja = complainant, complainer.
    * persona que sólo habla una lengua = monoglot.
    * persona que sufre de insomio = insomniac.
    * persona que tira basura al suelo = litterbug, litter lout.
    * persona que toma la última decisión = decider.
    * persona que utiliza la biblioteca = non-library user.
    * persona que va al cine = moviegoer [movie-goer].
    * persona que va por libre = outsider.
    * persona que ve = sighted person.
    * persona que ve/observa = watcher.
    * persona que visita un servicio voluntariamente en sus ratos libres = drop-in.
    * persona que viste a la antigua = frump.
    * persona reacia a la lectura = aliterate.
    * persona recta = mensch.
    * personas = humans, party, people, public.
    * personas como = the likes of.
    * personas con ceguera parcial = partially-sighted.
    * personas con deficiencias auditivas, las = hearing impaired, the.
    * personas con deficiencias mentales corregibles = educably mentally handicapped (EMH).
    * personas con discapacidades mentales, las = intellectually disabled, the.
    * personas con discapacidades mentales = intellectually disabled people.
    * personas con éxito, las = successful, the.
    * personas con problemas de lectura = print handicapped people, print handicapped, the.
    * personas con problemas de lectura de la letra impresa = print disabled people.
    * personas con problemas de vista, las = visually impaired, the, visually disabled, the, visually handicapped, the, visually impaired people (VIPs), visually challenged, the.
    * personas con problemas mentales = disturbed people.
    * personas con trastornos emocionales = disturbed people.
    * personas de color = coloured people.
    * personas de la tercera edad, las = elderly, the.
    * personas de piel blanca, las = fair skinned, the.
    * personas en desventaja = disadvantaged, the.
    * personas faltas de servicios, las = underserved, the.
    * personas famosas = those held up for praise.
    * personas importantes = those held up for praise.
    * persona sin hogar = waif, homeless man [homeless people, -pl.].
    * persona sin problemas de vista = sighted person.
    * persona sin techo = homeless man [homeless people, -pl.].
    * personas mayores = older people, elderly people.
    * personas molestas, las = nuisance, the.
    * personas muy activas, las = those on the go.
    * personas muy ocupadas, las = those on the go.
    * personas no invitadas, las = uninvited, the.
    * persona solitaria = lone wolf.
    * personas que no pueden salir de casa = homebound, the.
    * personas que siempre están viajando, las = those on the go.
    * personas que son duras de oído, las = hard of hearing, the.
    * personas relevantes = those held up for praise.
    * personas sin conocimientos técnicos, las = non-technical, the.
    * personas sin hogar = homelessness.
    * personas sin hogar, las = homeless, the.
    * personas sin techo = homelessness.
    * personas sin trabajo remunerado, los = unwaged, the.
    * persona subvencionada = fundee.
    * persona temerosa = risk taker.
    * persona típica, la = average man, the.
    * persona u organismo que recorta presupuestos o ayuda a reducir gastos = cost-cutter.
    * persona vaga y mal vestida = slob.
    * por persona = per person.
    * préstamo para otra persona = proxy borrowing.
    * primera persona = first person.
    * representación de personas profanas en la materia = lay representation.
    * ser la persona ideal para = be the best placed to.
    * ser la persona más indicada para = be in a position to.
    * ser la última persona del mundo que + Infinitivo = be one of the last people in the world to + Infinitivo.
    * tipo de persona = public.
    * todas las personas implicadas = all concerned.
    * trabajar como persona en prácticas = intern.
    * tráfico de personas = foot fall.
    * tropezar una persona con otra = fall over + each other's feet.
    * usuario en persona = walk-in user.
    * visión contada por una persona de adentro = insider's look, insider's perspective.
    * visión de una persona de adentro = insider's look, insider's perspective.
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( ser humano) person

    carga máxima: ocho personas — maximum capacity: eight persons

    ¿cuántas personas tiene a su cargo? — how many people do you have reporting to you?

    las personas interesadas... — all those interested...

    en persona — <ir/presentarse> in person

    la tarea recayó en la persona de... — the task was allocated to...

    por persona: 20 dólares por persona 20 dollars a head; sólo se venden dos entradas por persona — you can only get two tickets per person

    2) (Ling) person
    * * *
    = fellow, figure, hand, individual, man [men, -pl.], party, person, character, chap, self.

    Ex: From the skimming he had given their writings he knew that something like a chemical agent was working in Balzac's defenseless mind, and that the hapless fellow was trying not to succumb to it.

    Ex: Much potentially valuable historical material is lost to posterity because of the attitude to the collection of primary sources which always gives pride of place to the ephemeral as long as it is compiled by a well-known figure.
    Ex: Even with such a limitation and many later supplementations by various hands, by way of addition, correction and amplification, it falls far short of completeness.
    Ex: Note that these provisions do not include research reports which have been prepared within a government agency but specifically authored by an individual = Nótese que estas disposiciones no afectan a informes de investigaciones procedentes de una agencia gubernamental aunque realizados concretamente por un individuo.
    Ex: No less prestigious an authority than a Royal Commission was appointed to inquire into the charges brought against the man principally responsible for that volume.
    Ex: Enter a brief, plea, or other formal record of one party to a case under the heading for that party.
    Ex: Apart from the names of subjects, the names of corporate bodies, persons, chemicals, trade products, and trade names are some other possibilities.
    Ex: All the same, I think the incident improbable because he has been represented up till then as a cold, careful character.
    Ex: In practice, however, such democratic attitudes among the mighty seem to have as little effect on the behaviour of those who serve them as did the remark made by King George V at his Jubilee in 1935, 'I'm really quite an ordinary sort of chap'.
    Ex: Education should relate more effectively to personal development, to individual coping and to the development of the free self.
    * a cargo de una sola persona = one-man band.
    * Algo a cargo de una sola persona = one-person operation.
    * algunas personas = some people.
    * atendido por varias personas = multi-staffed.
    * biografía de personas célebres = celebrity biography.
    * círculo de personas afines e influyentes = network.
    * como persona que = as one who.
    * conjunto de personas que reciben un servicio = constituency.
    * contra toda persona = all comers.
    * crucial para la vida de una persona = lifesaving.
    * cualquier otra persona = anybody else.
    * cualquier persona = anyone, any Tom, Dick or Harry.
    * cuidados para personas de la tercera edad = elderly care, elder care [eldercare].
    * cuidados para personas mayores = elderly care, elder care [eldercare].
    * de persona = personal.
    * de personas con autoridad moral = authoritative.
    * de primera persona = first-person.
    * de una sola persona = one-man.
    * dirigido a las personas = people-centred, people-oriented.
    * dominio de las personas con más edad = senior power.
    * el consejo de otra persona = a second opinion.
    * el sueño de toda persona = the stuff dreams are made of.
    * en persona = in person, walk-in, in the flesh, face-to-face [face to face].
    * grupo de personas o cosas de la misma edad o categoría = peer group.
    * inicial del segundo nombre de pila de una persona = middle initial.
    * la mayoría de las personas = most people, the majority of the people.
    * la misma persona = one and the same person.
    * la opinión de otra persona = a second opinion.
    * lista de personas de contacto = contact list.
    * lista de personas y cometidos = duty roster.
    * mala persona = rotten apple, a bad lot.
    * ninguna otra persona = no one else.
    * oír por segundas personas = hear + second-hand.
    * orientado a la persona = human-oriented.
    * orientado al servicio de las personas = people-centred.
    * otra persona = somebody else, someone else, somebody else, not me.
    * para algunas personas = to some people.
    * para personas con intereses similares = birds-of-a-feather.
    * pasar de una persona a otra = pass around.
    * pérdida de persona querida = emotional loss.
    * persona a cargo = dependent.
    * persona aprensiva = apprehensive.
    * persona atrevida = risk taker.
    * persona audaz = risk taker.
    * persona aún por determinar = nomen nominandum [N.N.].
    * persona becada = fundee.
    * persona civil = civilian.
    * persona competente = a good sport.
    * persona común = ordinary person.
    * persona con ahorros = saver.
    * persona con ambición = high flyer [high flier, -USA], go-getter.
    * persona con doble personalidad = Jekyll and Hyde.
    * persona con éxito = successful person.
    * persona con iniciativa = go-getter.
    * persona con la mejor nota = top scorer, top scorer.
    * persona con llave = keyholder.
    * persona con mala ortografía = speller.
    * persona con mucha ambición = social climber.
    * persona con nivel cultural medio = middlebrow [middle-brow].
    * persona con problemas de aprendizaje = learning disabled person.
    * persona de acción = doer.
    * persona de adentro = insider.
    * persona de altos vuelos = high flyer [high flier, -USA].
    * persona de color = non-white [nonwhite], coloured man, coloured woman, coloured [colored, -USA].
    * persona de conducta desviada = deviant.
    * persona de confianza = good old boy, sounding board.
    * persona de contacto = contact, correspondent, contact person, named contact.
    * persona de edad avanzada = elderly person.
    * persona de éxito = successful person.
    * persona de fuera = outsider.
    * persona dejada = slob.
    * persona de la alta sociedad = socialite.
    * persona de la propia empresa = insider.
    * persona de la tercera edad = elder.
    * persona de nivel cultural bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].
    * persona de nivel intelectual bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].
    * persona de raza blanca = white.
    * persona de raza negra = black.
    * persona designada = nominee, designate.
    * persona designada para un cargo = appointee.
    * persona destacada = standout.
    * persona divorciada = divorcee.
    * persona emprendedora = go-getter.
    * persona encargada de actualizar = maintainer.
    * persona encargada de hacer los trabajos sucios = hatchetman.
    * persona encargada de las relaciones públicas = PR man [PR men, -pl.].
    * persona encargada de recabar fondos = fundraiser [fund-raiser].
    * persona en prácticas = trainee, intern.
    * persona entusiasta y trabajadora = eager beaver.
    * persona estúpida = no-brainer.
    * persona famosa = famous person.
    * persona ilusa = daydreamer.
    * persona influyente = influencer, mover and shaker, heavy weight [heavyweight].
    * persona informada = insider.
    * persona innovadora = innovator.
    * persona inquieta = fidget.
    * persona inscrita = registrant.
    * persona interesada = taker.
    * persona joven = youth.
    * persona mañosa = handyman [handymen, pl.].
    * persona más destacada = top person [top people, -pl.].
    * persona más relevante = top person [top people, -pl.].
    * persona mayor = elder.
    * persona medianamente cultivada = middlebrow [middle-brow].
    * persona muy ocupada = busy beaver, busy bee.
    * persona muy trabajadora = hard-working person.
    * persona nacida después del baby boom = baby buster.
    * persona nacida durante el baby boom = baby boomer.
    * persona nacida en el fin del milenio = Millennial.
    * persona nerviosa = fidget.
    * persona no experta = non-scholar.
    * persona no grata = persona non grata.
    * persona no muy lista pero trabajadora = plodder.
    * persona normal = ordinary person.
    * persona obsesiva con el trabajo = workoholic [workholic], workaholic.
    * persona o mecanismo que resuelve problemas = solver.
    * persona opuesta a = resister (of/against).
    * persona problemática = troublemaker.
    * persona que abandona Algo = quitter.
    * persona que apoya una moción o propuesta = seconder.
    * persona que asigna el trabajo = assigner.
    * persona que busca y vive de lo que encuentra en las playas = beachcomber.
    * persona que cambia de trabajo con demasiada frecuencia = job-hopper.
    * persona que concede una franquicia = franchiser [franchisor].
    * persona que contempla o mira algo = beholder.
    * persona que convoca una reunión = convener [convenor].
    * persona que cruza la carretera por un sitio no autorizado = jaywalker.
    * persona que da consuelo = comforter.
    * persona que deja un trabajo = leaver.
    * persona que desfigura Algo = defacer.
    * persona que desprecia u odia = despiser.
    * persona que desvela escándalos o corrupción = muckraker.
    * persona que duerme bien = good sleeper.
    * persona que elabora el plan de estudios = syllabus maker.
    * persona que escucha a escondidas = eavesdropper.
    * persona que escucha en secreto = eavesdropper.
    * persona que está a dieta = dieter.
    * persona que está aprendiendo a conducir = learner driver.
    * persona que está de picnic = picnicker.
    * persona que hace encajes = tatter.
    * persona que hace striptease = stripper.
    * persona que hace una cita bibliográfica = citator.
    * persona que hace un comentario = commenter.
    * persona que hace un préstamo = loaner.
    * persona que ha llegado donde está por su propio esfuerzo = self-made-man, the.
    * persona que ha viajado mucho = seasoned traveller.
    * persona que intenta averiguar y resolver problemas = troubleshooter.
    * persona que le desea suerte a otra = well-wisher.
    * persona que le gusta flirtear = flirt.
    * persona que llama = caller.
    * persona que no le gusta leer = aliterate.
    * persona que no pertenece a la familia = nonrelative [non-relative].
    * persona que no se sale del lugar donde vive = stay-at-home.
    * persona que nunca se deshace de nada = packrat, hoarder, magpie.
    * persona que obtiene una franquicia = franchisee.
    * persona que paga impuestos = taxpayer [tax-payer].
    * persona que permanece en un puesto de trabajo = stayer.
    * persona que pide asilo = asylum seeker.
    * persona que pone en práctica Algo = adopter.
    * persona que practica el sillonball = couch potato.
    * persona que recibe asesoramiento = counselee.
    * persona que recoge algo = picker.
    * persona que reparte el trabajo = assigner.
    * persona que rinde más de lo esperado = overachiever.
    * persona que rinde por debajo de su capacidad = underachiever.
    * persona que sabe contar anécdotas = raconteur.
    * persona que se cree Algo = biter.
    * persona que se cuida la línea = weight watcher.
    * persona que se dedica a una tarea monótona = harmless drudge.
    * persona que se dedica a una terea monótona = harmless drudge.
    * persona que se desarrolla tarde = late bloomer.
    * persona que se opone a Algo = opponent.
    * persona que se promociona a sí misma = self-promoter.
    * persona que se queja = complainant, complainer.
    * persona que sólo habla una lengua = monoglot.
    * persona que sufre de insomio = insomniac.
    * persona que tira basura al suelo = litterbug, litter lout.
    * persona que toma la última decisión = decider.
    * persona que utiliza la biblioteca = non-library user.
    * persona que va al cine = moviegoer [movie-goer].
    * persona que va por libre = outsider.
    * persona que ve = sighted person.
    * persona que ve/observa = watcher.
    * persona que visita un servicio voluntariamente en sus ratos libres = drop-in.
    * persona que viste a la antigua = frump.
    * persona reacia a la lectura = aliterate.
    * persona recta = mensch.
    * personas = humans, party, people, public.
    * personas como = the likes of.
    * personas con ceguera parcial = partially-sighted.
    * personas con deficiencias auditivas, las = hearing impaired, the.
    * personas con deficiencias mentales corregibles = educably mentally handicapped (EMH).
    * personas con discapacidades mentales, las = intellectually disabled, the.
    * personas con discapacidades mentales = intellectually disabled people.
    * personas con éxito, las = successful, the.
    * personas con problemas de lectura = print handicapped people, print handicapped, the.
    * personas con problemas de lectura de la letra impresa = print disabled people.
    * personas con problemas de vista, las = visually impaired, the, visually disabled, the, visually handicapped, the, visually impaired people (VIPs), visually challenged, the.
    * personas con problemas mentales = disturbed people.
    * personas con trastornos emocionales = disturbed people.
    * personas de color = coloured people.
    * personas de la tercera edad, las = elderly, the.
    * personas de piel blanca, las = fair skinned, the.
    * personas en desventaja = disadvantaged, the.
    * personas faltas de servicios, las = underserved, the.
    * personas famosas = those held up for praise.
    * personas importantes = those held up for praise.
    * persona sin hogar = waif, homeless man [homeless people, -pl.].
    * persona sin problemas de vista = sighted person.
    * persona sin techo = homeless man [homeless people, -pl.].
    * personas mayores = older people, elderly people.
    * personas molestas, las = nuisance, the.
    * personas muy activas, las = those on the go.
    * personas muy ocupadas, las = those on the go.
    * personas no invitadas, las = uninvited, the.
    * persona solitaria = lone wolf.
    * personas que no pueden salir de casa = homebound, the.
    * personas que siempre están viajando, las = those on the go.
    * personas que son duras de oído, las = hard of hearing, the.
    * personas relevantes = those held up for praise.
    * personas sin conocimientos técnicos, las = non-technical, the.
    * personas sin hogar = homelessness.
    * personas sin hogar, las = homeless, the.
    * personas sin techo = homelessness.
    * personas sin trabajo remunerado, los = unwaged, the.
    * persona subvencionada = fundee.
    * persona temerosa = risk taker.
    * persona típica, la = average man, the.
    * persona u organismo que recorta presupuestos o ayuda a reducir gastos = cost-cutter.
    * persona vaga y mal vestida = slob.
    * por persona = per person.
    * préstamo para otra persona = proxy borrowing.
    * primera persona = first person.
    * representación de personas profanas en la materia = lay representation.
    * ser la persona ideal para = be the best placed to.
    * ser la persona más indicada para = be in a position to.
    * ser la última persona del mundo que + Infinitivo = be one of the last people in the world to + Infinitivo.
    * tipo de persona = public.
    * todas las personas implicadas = all concerned.
    * trabajar como persona en prácticas = intern.
    * tráfico de personas = foot fall.
    * tropezar una persona con otra = fall over + each other's feet.
    * usuario en persona = walk-in user.
    * visión contada por una persona de adentro = insider's look, insider's perspective.
    * visión de una persona de adentro = insider's look, insider's perspective.

    * * *
    A
    1 (ser humano) person
    es una persona muy educada/simpática he's/she's a very polite/likable person
    había tres personas esperando there were three people waiting
    en el coche caben cinco personas the car can take five people
    [ S ] carga máxima: ocho personas o 500 kilos maximum capacity: eight persons or 500 kilos
    como persona no me gusta I don't like him as a person
    ¿cuántas personas tiene a su cargo? how many people do you have reporting to you?
    en la persona del Rey se concentra el poder civil y militar civil and military power resides in the King himself
    se rindió homenaje a los ex-combatientes en la persona de … tribute was paid to the war veterans who were represented by …
    las personas interesadas pueden presentarse mañana a las diez all those interested may come along tomorrow at ten o'clock
    es una persona de recursos she's a resourceful person, she's resourceful
    2 ( en locs):
    de persona a persona person to person
    en persona in person
    vino en persona a traerme la carta she brought me the letter in person
    conozco su obra, pero no lo conozco en persona I know his work, but I don't know him personally
    deberán presentarse en persona you must come personally o in person
    es el orden/la estupidez en persona he is orderliness/stupidity personified
    por persona: la comida salió a 20 dólares por persona the meal came to 20 dollars a head
    sólo se venden dos entradas por persona you can only get two tickets per person o per head
    hay dos trozos por persona there are two pieces each
    Compuestos:
    displaced person
    individual
    ● persona jurídica or moral
    legal entity
    individual
    ● persona no or non grata
    persona non grata
    B ( Ling) person
    la primera persona del singular/plural the first person singular/plural
    * * *

     

    Del verbo personarse: ( conjugate personarse)

    se persona es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

    persona sustantivo femenino


    dos o más personas two or more people;
    las personas interesadas … all those interested …
    b) ( en locs)

    ◊ en persona ‹ir/presentarse› in person;

    no lo conozco en persona I don't know him personally;
    por persona per person;
    solo se venden dos entradas por persona you can only get two tickets per person;
    la comida costó 20 dólares por persona the meal cost 20 dollars per o a head
    c) (Ling) person

    persona sustantivo femenino
    1 (individuo) person, people pl: es una persona muy sensible, he is a very sensitive person
    no es mala persona, he isn't a bad sort
    había demasiadas personas, there were too many people
    familiar persona mayor, grown-up
    persona non grata, persona non grata
    2 persona jurídica, legal entity
    3 Ling person
    tercera persona del singular, third person singular
    ♦ Locuciones: en persona, in person
    por persona, per person
    ' persona' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - abajo
    - abandonar
    - abandonada
    - abandonado
    - abierta
    - abierto
    - abordar
    - aborregarse
    - abrazarse
    - abrigada
    - abrigado
    - acaparar
    - acartonarse
    - acoger
    - acogedor
    - acogedora
    - acogida
    - acostarse
    - adaptable
    - adefesio
    - adusta
    - adusto
    - afanosa
    - afanoso
    - afianzarse
    - afortunada
    - afortunado
    - agobiante
    - aguatera
    - aguatero
    - ajena
    - ajeno
    - alcanzar
    - alevosa
    - alevoso
    - alhaja
    - alma
    - alquilar
    - alta
    - alto
    - alza
    - amén
    - amordazar
    - animar
    - animadversión
    - animal
    - animarse
    - anular
    - apaciguarse
    English:
    abandon
    - absence
    - accept
    - accessible
    - acquaintance
    - act up
    - action
    - activity
    - adaptable
    - address
    - adjust
    - adjustment
    - admit
    - adult
    - advance
    - affect
    - affluent
    - agreeable
    - air
    - airy
    - aloof
    - am
    - angry
    - annoyance
    - appealing
    - appoint
    - approach
    - approachable
    - approve of
    - armchair
    - armor
    - armour
    - around
    - arrival
    - articulate
    - ask
    - ask for
    - ass
    - assassin
    - assassination
    - assign
    - astute
    - attractive
    - available
    - awkward
    - ax
    - axe
    - baby
    - background
    - backward
    * * *
    1. [individuo] person;
    vinieron varias personas several people came;
    cien personas a hundred people;
    la persona responsable the person in charge;
    necesitan la mediación de una tercera persona they need the mediation of a third party;
    ser buena persona to be nice;
    ha venido el obispo en persona the bishop came in person;
    este niño es el demonio en persona this child is the very devil;
    de persona a persona person to person, one to one;
    por persona per head
    persona de contacto contact person;
    persona mayor adult, grown-up;
    persona non grata persona non grata
    2. Der party
    persona física natural o legal person;
    persona jurídica legal entity o person
    3. Gram person;
    la segunda persona del singular the second person singular
    4. Rel person
    * * *
    f person;
    quince personas fifteen people;
    persona (humana) human being;
    persona mayor elderly person buena/mala persona nice/nasty person;
    en persona in person
    * * *
    : person
    * * *
    persona n person person se usa sobre todo en singular. Para el plural se dice people
    ¿cuántas personas había? how many people were there?

    Spanish-English dictionary > persona

  • 106 अग्निः _agniḥ

    अग्निः [अङ्गति ऊर्ध्वं गच्छति अङ्ग्-नि,नलोपश्च Uṇ.4.5., or fr. अञ्च् 'to go.']
    1 Fire कोप˚, चिन्ता˚, शोक˚, ज्ञान˚, राज˚, &c.
    -2 The God of fire.
    -3 Sacrificial fire of three kinds (गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय and दक्षिण); पिता बै गार्हपत्यो$ ग्निर्माताग्निर्दक्षिणः स्मृतः । गुरुराहवनीयस्तु साग्नित्रेता गरीयसी ॥ Ms. 2.232.
    -4 The fire of the stomach, digestive faculty, gastric fluid.
    -5 Bile (नाभेरूर्ध्व हृदयादधस्तादामाशयमाचक्षते तद्गतं सौरं तेजः पित्तम् इत्याचक्षते).
    -6 Cauterization (अग्नि- कर्मन्).
    -7 Gold.
    -8 The number three. शराग्निपरिमाणम् (पञ्चत्रिंशत्) Mb.13.17.26.
    -9 N. of various plants: (a) चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica; (b) रक्तचित्रक; (c) भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium; (d) निम्बक Citrus Acida.
    -1 A mystical substitute for the letter र्. In Dvandva comp. as first member with names of deities, and with particular words अग्नि is changed to अग्ना, as ˚विष्णू, ˚मरुतौ, or to अग्नी, ˚पर्जन्यौ, ˚ वरुणौ, ˚षोमौ
    -11 पिङगला नाडी; यत्र तद् ब्रह्म निर्द्वन्द्वं यत्र सोमः, (इडा) सहाग्निना (अग्निः पिङ्गला) Mb.14.2.1.
    -12 Sacrificial altar, अग्निकुण्ड cf. Rām. 1.14.28.
    -13 Sky. अग्निर्मूर्धा Muṇḍ 2.1.4. [cf. L. ignis.
    [Agni is the God of Fire, the Ignis of the Latins and Ogni of the Slavonians. He is one of the most prominent deities of the Ṛigveda. He, as an immortal, has taken up his abode among mortals as their guest; he is the domestic priest, the successful accomplisher and protector of all ceremonies; he is also the religious leader and preceptor of the gods, a swift messenger employed to announce to the immortals the hymns and to convey to them the oblations of their worshippers, and to bring them down from the sky to the place of sacrifice. He is sometimes regarded as the mouth and the tongue through which both gods and men participate in the sacrifices. He is the lord, protector and leader of people, monarch of men, the lord of the house, friendly to mankind, and like a father, mother, brother &c. He is represented as being produced by the attrition of two pieces of fuel which are regarded as husband and wife. Sometimes he is considered to have been brought down from heaven or generated by Indra between two clouds or stones, created by Dyau, or fashioned by the gods collectively. In some passages he is represented as having a triple existence, which may mean his three- fold manifestations as the sun in heaven, lightning in the atmosphere, and as ordinary fire on the earth, although the three appearances are also elsewhere otherwise explained. His epithets are numberless and for the most part descriptive of his physical characteristics: धूमकेतु, हुतभुज्, शुचि, रोहिताश्व, सप्तजिह्व, तोमरधर, घृतान्न, चित्रभानु, ऊर्ध्वशोचिस्, शोचिष्केश, हरिकेश, हिरण्यदन्त, अयोदंष्ट्र &c. In a celebrated passage he is said to have 4 horns, 3 feet, 2 heads, and 7 hands. The highest divine functions are ascribed to Agni. He is said to have spread out the two worlds and + produced them, to have supported heaven, formed the mundane regions and luminaries of heaven, to have begotten Mitra and caused the sun to ascend the sky. He is the head and summit of the sky, the centre of the earth. Earth, Heaven and all beings obey his commands. He knows and sees all worlds or creatures and witnesses all their actions. The worshippers of Agni prosper, they are wealthy and live long. He is the protector of that man who takes care to bring him fuel. He gives him riches and no one can overcome him who sacrifices to this god. He confers, and is the guardian of, immortality. He is like a water-trough in a desert and all blessing issue from him. He is therefore constantly supplicated for all kinds of boons, riches, food, deliverance from enemies and demons, poverty, reproach, childlessness, hunger &c. Agni is also associated with Indra in different hymns and the two gods are said to be twin brothers.
    Such is the Vedic conception of Agni; but in the course of mythological personifications he appears as the eldest son of Brahmā and is called Abhimānī [Viṣṇu Purāṇa]. His wife was Svāhā; by her, he had 3 sons - Pāvaka, Pavamāna and Śuchi; and these had forty-five sons; altogether 49 persons who are considered identical with the 49 fires. He is also represented as a son of Aṅgiras, as a king of the Pitṛs or Manes, as a Marut and as a grandson of Śāṇḍila, and also as a star. The Harivaṁśa describes him as clothed in black, having smoke for his standard and head-piece and carrying a flaming javelin. He is borne in a chariot drawn by red horses and the 7 winds are the wheels of his car. He is accompanied by a ram and sometimes he is represented as riding on that animal. Agni was appointed by Brahamā as the sovereign of the quarter between the south and east, whence the direction is still known as Āgneyī. The Mahābhārata represents Agni as having exhausted his vigour and become dull by devouring many oblations at the several sacrifices made by king Śvetaki, but he recruited his strength by devouring the whole Khāṇḍava forest; for the story see the word खाण्डव].
    -Comp. -अ (आ) गारम् -रः, -आलयः, -गृहम् [अग्निकार्याय अगारम् शाक˚ त.] a fire- sanctuary, house or place for keeping the sacred fire; वसंश्चतुर्थो$ग्निरिवाग्न्यगारे R.5.25. रथाग्न्यगारं चापार्चीं शरशक्तिगदे- न्धनम् Mb.11.25.14.
    -अस्त्रम् fire-missile, a rocket,
    -आत्मक a. [अग्निरात्मा यस्य] of the nature of fire सोमा- त्मिका स्त्री, ˚कः पुमान्.
    -आधानम् consecrating the fire; so ˚आहिति.
    -आधेयः [अग्निराधेयो येन] a Brāhmana who maintains the sacred fire. (
    -यम्) =
    ˚आधानम्. -आहितः [अग्निराहितो येन, वा परनिपातः P.II.2.37.] one who maintains the sacred fire; See आहिताग्नि.
    -इध् m. (अग्नीध्रः) [अग्निम् इन्द्धे स अग्नीध्] the priest who kindles fire (mostly Ved).
    -इन्धनः [अग्निरिध्यते अनेन] N. of a Mantra. (नम्) kindling the fire; अग्नीन्धनं भैक्षचर्याम् Ms.2.18.
    -उत्पातः [अग्निना दिव्यानलेन कृतः उत्पातः] a fiery portent, meteor, comet &c. In Bṛ. S.33 it is said to be of five kinds: दिवि भुक्तशुभफलानां पततां रूपाणि यानि तान्युल्काः । धिष्ण्योल्का- शनिविद्युत्तारा इति पञ्चधा भिन्नाः ॥ उल्का पक्षेण फलं तद्वत् धिष्ण्याशनिस्त्रिभिः पक्षैः । विद्युदहोभिः ष़ड्भिस्तद्वत्तारा विपाचयति ॥ Different fruits are said to result from the appearances of these portents, according to the nature of their colour, position &c.
    -उद्धरणम्, -उद्धारः 1 producing fire by the friction of two araṇis.
    -2 taking out, before sun-rise, the sacred fire from its cover of ashes previous to a sacrifice.
    -उपस्थानम् worship of Agni; the Mantra or hymn with which Agni is worshipped (अग्निरुपस्थीयते$नेन) अग्निस्त्रिष्टुभ् उपस्थाने विनियोगः Sandhyā.
    -एधः [अग्निमेधयति] an incendiary.
    -कणः; -स्तोकः a spark.
    -कर्मन् n. [अग्नौ कर्म स. त.]
    1 cauterization.
    -2 action of fire.
    -3 oblation to Agni, worship of Agni (अग्निहोत्र); so ˚कार्य offering oblations to fire, feeding fire with ghee &c.; निर्वर्तिताग्निकार्यः K.16.; ˚र्यार्धदग्ध 39, Ms.3.69, अग्निकार्यं ततः कुर्यात्सन्ध्ययोरुभयोरपि । Y.1.25.
    -कला a part (or appearance) of fire; ten varieties are mentioned धूम्रार्चिरुष्मा ज्वलिनी ज्वालिनी विस्फु- लिङ्गिनी । सुश्री: सुरूपा कपिला हव्यकव्यवहे अपि ॥ यादीनां दश- वर्णानां कला धर्मप्रदा अमूः ।).
    -कारिका [अग्निं करोति आधत्ते करणे कर्तृत्वोपचारात् कर्तरि ण्वुल्]
    1 the means of consecrating the sacred fire, the Ṛik called अग्नीध्र which begins with अग्निं दूतं पुरो दधे. 2. = अग्निकार्यम्.
    -काष्ठम् अग्नेः उद्दीपनं काष्ठं शाक ˚त.] agallochum (अगुरु)
    -कुक्कुटः [अग्नेः कुक्कुट इव रक्तवर्णस्फुलिङ्गत्वात्] a firebrand, lighted wisp of straw.
    -कुण्डम [अग्नेराधानार्थं कुण्डम्] an enclosed space for keeping the fire, a fire-vessel.
    -कुमारः, -तनयः; सुतः 1 N. of Kārttikeya said to be born from fire; Rām.7. See कार्त्तिकेय.
    -2 a kind of preparation of medicinal drugs.
    -कृतः Cashew-nut; the plant Anacardium occidentale. [Mar.काजू]
    -केतुः [अग्नेः केतुरिव]
    1 smoke.
    -2 N. of two Rākṣasas on the side of Rāvaṇa and killed by Rāma.
    -कोणः -दिक् the south-east corner ruled over by Agni; इन्द्रो वह्निः पितृपतिर्नौर्ऋतो वरुणो मरुत् । कुबेर ईशः पतयः पूर्वादीनां दिशां क्रमात् ॥
    -क्रिया [अग्निना निर्वर्तिता क्रिया, शाक. त.]
    1 obsequies, funeral ceremonies.
    -2 branding; भेषजाग्निक्रियासु च Y.3.284.
    -क्रीडा [तृ. त.] fire-works, illuminations.
    -गर्भ a. [अग्निर्गर्भे यस्य] pregnant with or containing fire, having fire in the interior; ˚र्भां शमीमिव Ś 4.3. (
    --र्भः) [अग्निरिव जारको गर्भो यस्य]
    1 N. of the plant Agnijāra.
    -2 the sun stone, name of a crystal supposed to contain and give out fire when touched by the rays of the sun; cf Ś2.7.
    -3 the sacrificial stick अरणि which when churned, gives out fire.
    (-र्भा) 1 N. of the Śamī plant as containing fire (the story of how Agni was discovered to exist in the interior of the Śamī plant is told in chap. 35 of अनु- शासनपर्व in Mb.)
    -2 N. of the earth (अग्नेः सकाशात् गर्भो यस्यां सा; when the Ganges threw the semen of Śiva out on the Meru mountain, whatever on earth &c. was irradiated by its lustre, became gold and the earth was thence called वसुमती)
    -3 N. of the plant महा- ज्योतिष्मती लता (अग्निरिव गर्भो मध्यभागो यस्याः सा) [Mar. माल- कांगोणी]
    -ग्रन्थः [अग्निप्रतिपादको ग्रन्थः शाक. त.] the work that treats of the worship of Agni &c.
    -घृतम् [अग्न्युद्दीपनं घृतं शाक. त.] a kind of medicinal preparation of ghee used to stimulate the digestive power.
    -चित् m. अग्निं चितवान्; चि-भूतार्थे क्विप् P.III.2.91] one who has kept the sacred fire; यतिभिः सार्धमनग्निमग्निचित् R.8.25; अध्वरे- ष्वग्निचित्वत्सु Bk.5.11.
    -चयः, -चयनम्, -चित्या. arranging or keeping the sacred fire (अग्न्याधान); चित्याग्निचित्ये च P.III.1.132.
    -2 (
    -यः, -यनः) the Mantra used in this operation.
    -3 a heap of fire
    -चित्वत् [अग्निचयनम् अस्त्यस्मिन् मतुप्; मस्य वः । तान्तत्वान्न पद- त्वम् Tv.] having अग्निचयन or अग्निचित्.
    -चूडः A bird having a red tuft.
    -चर्णम् gunpowder. कार्यासमर्थः कत्यस्ति शस्त्रगोलाग्निचूर्णयुक् Śukranīti 2.93.
    -ज, -जात a. produced by or from fire, born from fire.
    (-जः, -जातः) 1 N. of the plant अग्निजार (अग्नये अग्न्युद्दीपनाय जायते सेवनात् प्रभवति).
    1 N. of Kārttikeya पराभिनत्क्रौञ्चमिवाद्रिमग्निजः Mb.8.9. 68.3. Viṣṇu. (
    -जम्, -जातम) gold; so ˚जन्मन्.
    -जित् m. God; Bhāg.8.14.4.
    -जिह्व a.
    1 having a fiery tongue.
    -2 one having fire for the tongue, epithet of a God or of Visṇu in the boar incarnation. (
    -ह्वा)
    1 a tongue or flame of fire.
    -2 one of the 7 tongues of Agni (कराली धूमिनी श्वेता लोहिता नीललोहिता । सुवर्णा पद्मरागा च जिह्वा: सप्त विभावसोः
    -3 N. of a plant लाङ्गली (अग्नेर्जिह्वेव शिखा यस्याः सा); of another plant (जलपिप्पली) or गजपिप्पली (विषलाङ्गला) (Mar. जल-गज पिंपळी)
    -ज्वाला 1 the flame or glow of fire.
    -2 [अग्नेर्ज्वालेव शिखा यस्याः सा] N. of a plant with red blossoms, chiefly used by dyers, Grislea Tomentosa (Mar. धायफूल, धायटी).
    -तप् a. [अग्निना तप्यते; तप्-क्विप्] having the warmth of fire; practising austerities by means of fire.
    -तपस् a. [अग्निभिः तप्यते]
    1 practising very aus- tere penance, standing in the midst of the five fires.
    -2 glowing, shining or burning like fire (तपतीति तपाः अग्निरिव तपाः) hot as fire
    -तेजस् a. having the lustre or power of fire. (अग्नेरिव तेजो यस्य). (
    -स् n.) the lustre of fire. (
    -स् m.) N. of one of the 7 Ṛiṣis of the 11th Manvantara.
    -त्रयम् the three fires, See under अग्नि.
    -द a. [अग्निं दाहार्थं गृहादौ ददाति; दा. -क.]
    1 giving or supplying with fire
    -2 tonic, stomachic, producing appetite, stimulating digestion.
    -3 incendiary; अग्निदान् भक्तदांश्चैव Ms.9.278; अग्निदानां च ये लोकाः Y.2.74; so ˚दायक, ˚दायिन्. यदग्निदायके पापं यत्पापं गुरुतल्पगे. Rām.2.75.45.
    -दग्ध a.
    1 burnt on the funeral pile; अग्निदग्धाश्च ये जीवा ये$प्यदग्धाः कुले मम Vāyu. P.
    -2 burnt with fire.
    -3 burnt at once without having fire put into the mouth, being destitute of issue (?); (pl.) a class of Manes or Pitṛis who, when alive, kept up the household flame and presented oblations to fire.
    -दमनी [अग्निर्दम्यते$नया; दम्-णिच् करणे ल्युट] a narcotic plant, Solanum Jacquini. [Mar. रिंगणी]
    -दातृ [अग्निं विधानेन ददाति] one who performs the last (funeral) ceremonies of a man; यश्चाग्निदाता प्रेतस्य पिण्डं दद्यात्स एव हि.
    -दीपन a. [अग्निं दीपयति] stimulating digestion, stomachic, tonic.
    -दीप्त a. [तृ. त्त.] glowing, set on fire, blazing (
    -प्ता) [अग्निर्जठरानलो दीप्तः सेवनात् यस्याः सा] N. of a plant ज्योतिष्मती लता (Mar. मालकांगोणी), which is said to stimulate digestion.
    -दीप्तिः f. active state of digestion.
    -दूत a. अग्निर्दूत इव यस्मिन् यस्य वा] having Agni for a messenger, said of the sacrifice or the deity invoked; यमं ह यज्ञो गच्छत्यग्निदूतो अरंकृतः Rv.1.14.13.
    -दूषितः a. branded.
    -देवः [अग्नि- रेव देवः] Agni; a worshipper of Agni.
    -देवा [अग्निर्देवो यस्याः] the third lunar mansion, the Pleiades (कृत्तिका).
    -द्वारम् the door on the south-east of a building; पूर्व- द्वारमथैशाने चाग्निद्वारं तु दक्षिणे । Māna.9.294-95.
    -धानम् [अग्निर्धियते$स्मिन्] the place or receptacle for keeping the sacred fire, the house of अग्निहोतृ; पदं कृणुते अग्निधाने Rv. 1.165.3.
    -धारणम् maintaining the sacred fire; व्रतिनां ˚णम् K. 55.
    -नयनम् = ˚प्रणयनम्.
    -निर्यासः [अग्नेर्ज- ठरानलस्येव दीपको निर्यासो यस्य] N. of the plant अग्निजार.
    -नेत्र a. [अग्निर्नेता यस्य] having Agni for the leader or conveyer of oblations, an epithet of a god in general.
    -पदम् 1 the word Agni.
    -2 fire-place.
    -3 N. of a plant.
    -परिक्रि-ष्क्रि-या care of the sacred fire, worship of fire, offering oblations; गृहार्थो$ग्निपरिष्क्रिया Ms.2.67.
    -परिच्छदः the whole sacrificial apparatus; गृह्यं चाग्निपरिच्छदम् Ms.6. 4.
    -परिधानम् enclosing the sacrificial fire with a kind of screen.
    -परीक्षा [तृ. त.] ordeal by fire.
    -पर्वतः [अग्निसाधनं पर्वतः] a volcano; महता ज्वलता नित्यमग्निमेवाग्नि- पर्वतः Rām.5.35.43.
    -पुच्छः [अग्नेः अग्न्याधानस्थानस्य पुच्छ इव]. tail or back part of the sacrificial place; the extinction of fire.
    -पुराणम् [अग्निना प्रोक्तं पुराणम्] one of the 18 Purāṇas ascribed to Vyāsa. It derives its name from its having been communicated originally by Agni to the sage Vasiṣṭha for the purpose of instructing him in the two-fold knowledge of Brahman. Its stanzas are said to be 145. Its contents are varied. It has portions on ritual and mystic worship, cosmical descriptions, chapters on the duties of Kings and the art of war, a chapter on law, some chapters on Medicine and some treatises on Rhetoric, Prosody, Grammar, Yoga, Brahmavidyā &c. &c.
    -प्रणयनम् bringing out the sacrificial fire and consecrating it according to the proper ritual.
    -प्रणिधिः Incendiary. Dk.2.8.
    -प्रतिष्ठा consecration of fire, especially the nuptial fire.
    -प्रवेशः; -शनम [स. त.] entering the fire, self-immolation of a widow on the funeral pile of her husband.
    -प्रस्कन्दनम् violation of the duties of a sacrificer (अग्निहोमाकरण); ˚परस्त्वं चाप्येवं भविष्यसि Mb.1.84.26.
    -प्रस्तरः [अग्निं प्रस्तृणाति अग्नेः प्रस्तरो वा] a flint, a stone producing fire.
    -बाहुः [अग्ने- र्बाहुरिव दीर्घशिखत्वात्]
    1 smoke.
    -2 N. of a son of the first Manu; Hariv. N. of a son of Priyavrata and Kāmyā. V. P.
    -बीजम् 1 the seed of Agni; (fig.) gold (रुद्रतेजः समुद्भूतं हेमबीजं विभावसोः)
    -2 N. of the letter र्.
    -भम [अग्नि- रिव भाति; भा-क.]
    1 'shining like fire,' gold.
    -2 N. of the constellation कृत्तिका.
    -भु n. [अग्नेर्भवति; भू-क्विप् ह्रस्वान्तः]
    1 water.
    -2 gold.
    -भू a. [अग्नेर्भवतिः भू-क्विप्] produced from fire.
    (भूः) 1 'fire-born,' N. of Kārttikeya.
    -2 N. of a teacher (काश्यप) who was taught by Agni.
    -3 (arith.) six.
    -भूति a. produced from fire. (
    -तिः) [अग्निरिव भूतिरैश्वर्यं यस्य] N. of a pupil of the last Tīrthaṅkara. (
    -तिः) f. the lustre or might of fire.
    -भ्राजस् a. Ved. [अग्निरिव भ्राजते; भ्राज्-असुन्] shining like fire. अग्निभ्राजसो विद्युतः Ṛv.5.54.11.
    -मणिः [अग्नेरुत्थापको मणिः शाक. त.] the sunstone.
    -मथ् m. [अग्निं मथ्नाति निष्पादयति; मन्थ्-क्विप्- नलोपः]
    1 the sacrificer who churns the fuel-stick.
    -2 the Mantra used in this operation, on the अरणि itself.
    -मन्थः, -न्थनम्, producing fire by friction; or the Mantra used in this operation. (
    -न्थः) [अग्निर्मथ्यते अनेन मन्थ्-करणे घञ्] N. of a tree गणिकारिका (Mar. नरवेल) Premna Spinosa (तत्काष्ठयोर्घर्षणे हि आशु वह्निरुत्पद्यते),
    -मान्द्यम् slowness of digestion, loss of appetite, dyspepsia.
    -मारुतिः अग्निश्च मरुच्च तयोरपत्यं इञ् ततो वृद्धिः इत् च; द्विपदवृद्धौ पृषो. पूर्वपदस्य ह्रस्वः Tv.] N. of the sage Agastya.
    -मित्रः N. of a king of the Śunga dynasty, son of Puṣypamitra who must have flourished before 15 B. C. -the usually accepted date of Patañjali-as the latter mentions पुष्यमित्र by name.
    -मुखः a. having Agni at the head. (
    -खः) [अग्निर्मुखमिव यस्य]
    1 a deity, god, (for the gods receive oblations through Agni who is, therefore, said to be their mouth; अग्निमुखा वै देवाः; अग्निर्मुखं प्रथमं देवतानाम् &c; or अग्निर्मुखे अग्रे येषाम्, for fire is said to have been created before all other gods.)
    -2 [अग्निर्मुखं प्रधानमुपास्यो यस्य] one who maintains the sacred fire (अग्निहोतृद्विज)
    -3 a Brāhmaṇa in general (अग्निर्दाहकत्वात् शापाग्निर्मुखे यस्य for Brāhmaṇas are said to be वाग्वज्राः).
    -4 N. of two plants चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica and भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium अग्निरिव स्पर्शात् दुःखदायकं मुखमग्रम् यस्य, तन्निर्यासस्पर्शेन हि देहे क्षतोत्पत्तेस्थयोस्तथात्वम्)
    -5 a sort of powder or चूर्ण prescribed as a tonic by चक्रदत्त
    -6 'fire- mouthed, sharp-biting, an epithet of a bug. Pt. 1. (
    -खी) अग्निरिव मुखमग्रं यस्याः; गौरादि-ङीष्]
    1 N. of a plant भल्लातक (Mar. बिबवा, भिलावा) and लाङ्गलिका (विषलाङ्गला).
    -2 N. of the Gāyatri Mantra (अग्निरेव मुखं मुखत्वेन कल्पितं यस्याः सा, or अग्नेरिव मुखं प्रजापतिमुखं उत्पत्ति- द्वारं यस्याः, अग्निना समं प्रजापतिमुखजातत्वात्; कदाचिदपि नो विद्वान् गायत्रीमुदके जपेत् । गायत्र्याग्निमुखी यस्मात्तस्मादुत्थाय तां जपेत् ॥ गोभिल).
    -3 a kitchen [पाकशाला अग्निरिव उत्तप्तं मुखं यस्याः सा].
    -मूढ a. [तृ. त.] Ved. made insane or stupefied by lightning or fire.
    -यन्त्रम् A gun अग्नियन्त्रधरैश्चक्रधरैश्च पुरुषैर्वृतः Śivabhārata 12.17.
    -यानम् An aeroplane. व्योमयानं विमानं स्यात् अग्नियानं तदेव हि । अगस्त्यसंहिता.
    -योगः See पञ्चाग्निसाधन. अग्नियोगवहो ग्रीष्मे विधिदृष्टेन कर्मणा । चीर्त्वा द्वादशवर्षाणि राजा भवति पार्थिवः ॥ Mb.13.14,2.43.
    -योजनम् causing the sacrificial fire to blaze up.
    -रक्षणम् 1 con- secrating or preserving the sacred (domestic) fire or अग्निहोत्र.
    -2 [अग्निः रक्ष्यते अनेन अत्र वा] a Mantra securing for Agni protection from evil spirits &c.
    -3 the house of an अग्निहोतृ.
    -रजः, -रजस् m. [अग्निरिव रज्यते दीप्यते; रञ्ज्-असुन् नलोपः]
    1 a scarlet insect by name इन्द्रगोप.
    -2 (अग्नेः रजः) the might or power of Agni.
    -3 gold. Mb.3. 16.86.7
    -रहस्यम् mystery of (worshipping &c.) Agni; N. of the tenth book of Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa.
    -राशिः a heap of fire, burning pile.
    -रुहा [अग्निरिव रोहति रुह्-क] N. of the plant मांसादनी or मांसरोहिणी (तदङ्कुरस्य वह्नितुल्य- वर्णतया उत्पन्नत्वात्तथात्वं तस्याः).
    -रूप a. [अग्नेरिव रूपं वर्णो यस्य] fire-shaped; of the nature of fire.
    -रूपम् the nature of fire.
    -रेतस् n. the seed of Agni; (hence) gold.
    -रोहिणी [अग्निरिव रोहति; रुह्-णिनि] a hard inflammatory swelling in the armpit.
    -लोकः the world a Agni, which is situated below the summit of Meru; in the Purāṇas it is said to be in the अन्तरिक्ष, while in the Kāśī Khaṇḍa it is said to be to the south of इन्द्रपुरी; एतस्या दक्षिणे भागे येयं पूर्दृश्यते शुभा । इमामर्चिष्मतीं पश्य वीतिहोत्रपुरीं शुभाम् ॥
    -वधूः Svāhā, the daughter of Dakṣa and wife of Agni
    -वर्चस् a. [अग्नेर्वर्च इव वर्चो यस्य] glowing or bright like fire. (n.) the lustre of Agni. (-m.) N. of a teacher of the Purāṇas.
    -वर्ण a. [अग्नेरिव वर्णो यस्य] of the colour of fire; hot; fiery; सुरां पीत्वा द्विजो मोहादग्निवर्णां सुरां पिबेत् Ms.11.9; गोमूत्रमग्निवर्णं वा पिबेदुदकमेव वा 91.
    (र्णः) 1 N. of a prince, son of Sudarśana.
    -2 N. of a King of the solar race, See R.19.1. the colour of fire. (
    -र्णा) a strong liquor.
    -वर्धक a. stimulating digestion, tonic.
    (-कः) 1 a tonic.
    -2 regimen, diet (पथ्याहार).
    -वल्लभः [अग्नेर्वल्लभः सुखेन दाह्यत्वात्]
    1 the Śāla tree, Shorea Robusta.
    -2 the resinous juice of it.
    -वासस् a. [अग्निरिव शुद्धं वासो यस्य] having a red (pure like Agni) garment. (n.) a pure garment.
    -वाह a. [अग्निं वाहयति अनुमापयति वा]
    1 smoke.
    -2 a goat.
    -वाहनम् a goat (छाग).
    -विद् m.
    1 one who knows the mystery about Agni.
    -2 an अग्निहोत्रिन् q. v.
    -विमोचनम् ceremony of lowering the sacrificial fire.
    -विसर्पः pain from an inflamed tumour, inflammation.
    -विहरणम्, -विहारः 1 taking the sacrificial fire from आग्नीध्र to the उत्तरवेदि.
    -2 offering oblations to fire; प्रत्यासन्ना ˚वेला K.348.
    -वीर्यम् 1 power or might of Agni.
    -2 gold.
    -वेतालः Name of Vetāla (connected with the story of Vikra- māditya).
    -वेशः [अग्नेर्वेश इव] N. of an ancient medical authority (चरक).
    -वेश्मन् m. the fourteenth day of the karma-ṃāsa; Sūryaprajñapti.
    -वेश्यः 1 N. of a teacher, Mbh.
    -2 Name of the 22nd muhūrta; Sūryapraj- ñapti. धौम्य cf. Mb 14.64.8.
    -शरणम्, -शाला-लम् a fire-sanctuary; ˚मार्गमादेशय Ś.5; a house or place for keeping the sacred fire; ˚रक्षणाय स्थापितो$हम् V.3.
    -शर्मन् a. [अग्निरिव शृणाति तीव्रकोपत्वात् शॄ-मनिन्] very passionate. (-m.) N. of a sage.
    -शिख a. [अग्नेरिव अग्निरिव वा शिखा यस्य] fiery, fire-crested; दहतु ˚खैः सायकैः Rām.
    (-खः) 1 a lamp.
    -2 a rocket, fiery arrow.
    -3 an arrow in general.
    -4 safflower plant.
    -5 saffron.
    -6 जाङ्गलीवृक्ष.
    (-खम्) 1 saffron.
    -2 gold.
    (-खा) 1 a flame; शरैरग्निशिखोपमैः Mb.
    -2 N. of two plants लाङ्गली (Mar. वागचबका or कळलावी) Gloriosa Superba; of other plants (also Mar. कळलावी) Meni- spermum Cordifolium.
    -शुश्रूषा careful service or worship of fire.
    -शेखर a. fire-crested. (
    -रः) N. of the कुसुम्भ, कुङ्कुम and जाङ्गली trees (
    -रम्) gold,
    -शौच a. [अग्नेरिव शौचं यस्य] bright as fire; purified by fire K.252.
    -श्री a. [अग्नेरिव श्रीर्यस्य] glowing like fire; lighted by Agni
    -ष्टुत्, -ष्टुभ, -ष्टोम &c. see ˚ स्तुत्, ˚स्तुभ् &c.
    -ष्ठम् 1 kitchen; अग्निष्ठेष्वग्निशालासु Rām.6.1.16.
    -2 a fire-pan.
    -संयोगाः explosives. Kau. A.2.3.
    -ष्वात्तः see स्वात्तः
    -संस्कारः 1 consecration of fire.
    -2 hallowing or con- secrating by means of fire; burning on the funeral pile; यथार्हं ˚रं मालवाय दत्वा Dk.169; नास्य कार्यो$ग्निसंस्कारः Ms.5.69, पितरीवाग्निसंस्कारात्परा ववृतिरे क्रियाः । R.12.56.
    -सखः; -सहायः 1 the wind.
    -2 the wild pigeon (smoke- coloured).
    -3 smoke.
    -सम्भव a. [प. ब.] sprung or pro- duced from fire.
    (-वः) 1 wild safflower.
    -2 lymph, result of digestion. (
    -वम्) gold.
    -साक्षिक [अग्निः साक्षी यत्र, कप्] a. or adv. keeping fire for a witness, in the presence of fire; पञ्चबाण˚ M.4.12. ˚मर्यादो भर्ता हि शरणं स्त्रियाः H.1.v. l, R.11.48.
    -सारम् [अग्नौ सारं यस्य अत्यन्तानलोत्तापनेपि सारांशादहनात् Tv.] रसाञ्जन, a sort of medical preparation for the eyes. (
    -रः -रम्) power or essence of fire.
    -सुतः Kārttikeya; त्वामद्य निहनिष्यामि क्रौञ्चमग्निसुतो यथा । Mb.7.156.93.
    -सूत्रम् a thread of fire.
    -2 a girdle of sacrificial grass (मौञ्जीमेखला) put upon a young Brāhmaṇa at the time of investiture.
    -सूनुः (See -सुतः), (सेनानीरग्निभूर्गुहः । Amar.); देव्यङ्कसंविष्ट- मिवाग्निसूनुम् । Bu. ch.1.67.
    -स्तम्भः 1 stopping the burning power of Agni.
    -2 N. of a Mantra used in this operation.
    -3 N. of a medicine so used.
    -स्तुत् m. (अग्निष्टुत्) [अग्निः स्तूयते$त्र; स्तु-आधारे क्विप् षत्वम्] the first day of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice; N. of a por- tion of that sacrifice which extends over one day; यजेत वाश्वमेधेन स्वर्जिता गोसवेन वा । अभिजिद्विश्वजिद्भ्यां वा त्रिवृता- ग्निष्टुतापि वा ॥ Ms.11.74.
    -स्तुभ् (˚ष्टुभ्) m. [अग्निः स्तुभ्यते$त्र; स्तुभ्-क्विप् षत्वम्]
    1 = अग्निष्टोम.
    -2 N. of a son of the sixth Manu.
    -रतोमः (˚ष्टोमः) [अग्नेः स्तोमः स्तुतिसाधनं यत्र]
    1 N. of a protracted ceremony or sacrificeial rite extending over several days in spring and forming an essential part of the ज्योतिष्टोम.
    -2 a Mantra or Kalpa with reference to this sacrifice; ˚मे भवो मन्त्रः ˚मः; ˚मस्य व्याख्यानम्, कल्पः ˚मः P.IV.3.66. Vārt.
    -3 N. of the son of the sixth Manu.
    -4 a species of the Soma plant; ˚सामन् a part of the Sāma Veda chanted at the conclu- sion of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice.
    -सावर्णिः Name of Manu.
    -स्थ a. (ष्ठ) [अग्नौ स्थातुमर्हति; स्था-क षत्वम्] placed in, over, or near the fire. (ष्ठः) an iron frying-pan; in the अश्वमेध sacrifice the 11th Yūpa which of all the 21 is nearest the fire.
    -स्वात्तः (written both as ˚स्वात्त and ˚ष्वात्त) (pl.) [अग्नितः i. e. श्राद्धीयविप्रकर- रूपानलात् सुष्ठु आत्तं ग्रहणं येषां ते] N. of a class of Pitṛs or Manes who, when living on earth, maintained the sacred or domestic fires, but who did not perform the Agniṣṭoma and other sacrifices. They are regarded as Manes of Gods and Brāhmaṇas and also as descen- dants of Marīchi; Ms.3.195. अग्निष्वात्ताः पितर एह गच्छत Tsy.2.5.12.2. (मनुष्यजन्मन्यग्निष्टोमादियागमकृत्वा स्मार्तकर्मनिष्ठाः सन्तो मृत्वा च पितृत्वं गताः इति सायणः).
    -हुत्, -होतृ Ved. sacrificing to Agni, having Agni for a priest; Rv.1.66.8.
    -होत्रम् [अग्नये हूयते$त्र, हु-त्र, च. त.]
    1 an oblation to Agni (chiefly of milk, oil and sour gruel.).
    -2 maintenance of the sacred fire and offering oblation to it; (अग्नये होत्रं होमो$स्मिन् कर्मणीति अग्निहोत्रमिति कर्मनाम); or the sacred fire itself; तपोवनाग्निहोत्रधूमलेखासु K.26. होता स्यात् ˚त्रस्य Ms.11.36. ˚त्रमुपासते 42; स्त्रीं दाहयेत् ˚त्रेण Ms.5.167,6.4, दाहयित्वाग्निहोत्रेण स्त्रियं वृत्तवतीम् Y.1.89. The time of throwing oblations into the fire is, as ordained by the sun himself, evening (अग्नये सायं जुहुयात् सूर्याय प्रातर्जुहुयात्). Agnihotra is of two kinds; नित्य of constant obligation (यावज्जीवमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति) and काम्य occasional or optional (उपसद्भिश्चरित्वा मासमेकमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति). (
    -त्र) a. Ved.
    1 destined for, connected with, Agnihotra.
    -2 sacrificing to Agni. ˚न्यायः The rule according to which the नित्यकर्मन्s (which are to be performed यावज्जीवम्) are performed at their stipulated or scheduled time only, during one's life time. This is discussed and established by जैमिनि and शबर at Ms.6. 2.23-26. in connection with अग्निहोत्र and other कर्मन्s. ˚हवनी (णी) a ladle used in sacrificial libations, or अग्निहोत्रहविर्ग्रहणी ऋक् Tv.; See हविर्ग्रहणी; ˚हुत् offering the अग्निहोत्र; ˚आहुतिः invocation or oblation connected with अग्निहोत्र.
    -होत्रिन् a. [अग्निहोत्र-मत्वर्थे इनि]
    1 one who practises the Agnihotra, or consecrates and maintains the sacred fire.
    -2 one who has prepared the sacrifi- cial place.
    -होत्री Sacrificial cow; तामग्निहोत्रीमृषयो जगृहु- र्ब्रह्मवादिनः Bhāg.8.8.2.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > अग्निः _agniḥ

  • 107 mano

    f.
    1 hand.
    a mano by hand; (sin máquina) to hand, handy (cerca)
    hecho a mano handmade
    ¿tienes el encendedor a mano? have you got your lighter handy o to hand?
    dar o estrechar la mano a alguien to shake hands with somebody
    darse o estrecharse la mano to shake hands
    lavarse las manos to wash one's hands
    ¡manos arriba!, ¡arriba las manos! hands up!
    3 coat.
    4 pestle.
    ser mano to (be the) lead
    6 series (serie, tanda).
    7 handball (sport) (falta).
    8 coat of paint.
    9 dealer, hand, lead.
    10 buddy, pal.
    m.
    pal(informal). ( Latin American Spanish salvo River Plate)
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: manar.
    * * *
    1 ANATOMÍA hand
    2 ZOOLOGÍA (de caballo) forefoot; (de gato, perro, etc) paw
    3 (lado) side
    4 (de reloj) hand
    6 (de jabón) soaping
    7 (habilidad) skill
    8 (influencia) influence
    9 (ayuda) hand
    10 (de mortero) pestle
    11 (de naipes - jugada, conjunto de cartas) hand; (- jugador) leader
    12 DEPORTE (en futból) handball
    1 (poder) hands sing, power sing
    \
    a mano (escrito) handwritten, by hand 2 (hecho) handmade, by hand 3 (lavado) by hand 4 (cerca) to hand, handy, near
    abrir la mano to become more flexible, become more lenient
    a manos llenas generously
    alzar/levantar la mano a alguien to raise one's hand to somebody
    bajo mano underhandedly
    cogidos,-as de la mano hand-in-hand
    con el corazón en la mano sincerely, with one's heart on one's sleeve
    con las manos vacías empty-handed
    con una mano detrás y otra delante familiar without a penny to one's name
    dar la mano a / tender la mano a (saludar) to shake hands with 2 (ayudar) to offer one's hand to
    darse la mano (dos personas) to shake hands 2 (dos cosas) to be very similar
    de primera mano (objeto) brand-new 2 (noticia) first-hand
    dejar de la mano to abandon
    echar mano de algo to resort to something, draw on something
    echar una mano to give a hand, lend a hand
    en buenas manos in good hands
    estar en las manos de alguien to be in somebody's hands
    hecho,-a a mano handmade
    írsele la mano a alguien (no contenerse) to lose control 2 (exagerar) to go over the top
    ¡las manos quietas! familiar hands off!
    lavarse las manos figurado to wash one's hands
    llegar a las manos to come to blows
    mano sobre mano idle, twiddling one's thumbs
    ¡manos arriba! hands up!
    meter la mano en algo to get involved in something, intervene in something
    meter mano familiar (toquetear) to grope, touch up 2 (intervenir) to do something, take action
    pedir la mano de alguien to ask for somebody's hand
    ponerle la mano encima a alguien to lay a hand on somebody
    poner la mano en el fuego por alguien to risk one's neck for somebody
    poner manos a la obra to get down to work, get cracking
    quedar algo muy a mano to be very near
    ser la mano derecha de alguien to be somebody's right hand
    ser mano de santo to work wonders
    tener algo a mano to have something handy
    tener buena mano para algo to have a knack for something, be a dab hand at something
    tener buenas manos to be good with one's hands
    tener la mano (muy) larga (para pegar) to be quick to lift a hand 2 (para robar) to be light-fingered, have sticky fingers
    tener mano de hierro to rule with an iron fist
    tener mano izquierda to have a lot of tact
    traerse algo entre manos to be planning something, be up to something
    mano a mano (concurso) contest 2 (conversación) tête-a-tête
    mano de cerdo pig's trotter
    mano de obra labour
    mano dura a firm hand
    * * *
    noun f.
    1) hand
    2) coat
    •
    - mano de obra
    * * *
    I
    1. SUSTANTIVO FEMENINO
    Para las expresiones manos arriba, al alcance de la mano, frotarse las manos, ver la otra entrada.
    1) (Anat) hand

    lo hice con mis propias manos — I made it with my own hands, I made it myself

    el asesino salió con las manos en alto — the murderer came out with his hands up {o} with his hands in the air

    • votar a mano [alzada] — to vote by a show of hands

    • [dar] la mano a algn — [para saludar] to shake hands with sb; [para andar, apoyarse] to take sb by the hand

    • [darse] la mano {o} las manos — to shake hands

    • recibir algo [de] manos de algn — to receive sth from sb

    • los dos iban [de la] mano — the two were walking hand-in-hand, the two were walking along holding hands

    • ¡manos a la [obra]! — [como orden] to work!; [para darse ánimo] let's get on with it!, (let's) get down to work!

    • ¡las manos [quietas]! — hands off!, keep your hands to yourself!

    • ¡[venga] esa mano! — shake!, put it there!

    a mano (=sin máquina) by hand; (=cerca) handy, at hand; (=asequible) handy, to hand

    cosió los pantalones a mano — she sewed the trousers by hand, she hand-sewed the trousers

    escribir a mano — to write in longhand, write out (by hand)

    ¿tienes un bolígrafo a mano? — have you got a pen handy {o} to hand?

    la tienda me queda {o} me pilla * muy a mano — the shop is very handy for me, the shop is very close {o} nearby

    en mano

    piso disponible, llave en mano — [para alquilar] flat available for immediate occupancy; [para comprar] flat available for immediate possession

    estrechar 1., 3), levantar 1., 1), b), robo 1)
    2)

    en ese colegio le cargan la mano — they ask too much of her {o} put too much pressure on her at that school

    mano a mano —

    meter mano a algo —

    hay que meterle mano a la corrupción — we have to deal with {o} tackle corruption

    ponerle a algn la mano encima —

    ¡como me pongas la mano encima...! — if you lay one finger on me...!

    poner la mano en el fuego —

    yo no pondría la mano en el fuego por Juan — I wouldn't risk my neck for Juan, I wouldn't put myself on the line for Juan

    traerse algo entre manos —

    ¿qué os traéis entre manos? — what are you up to?

    - vivir de la mano a la boca

    fue mano de santo — it came just right, it was just what the doctor ordered

    mano dura — harsh treatment; (Pol) firm hand

    3) (=posesión) hand

    • [cambiar] de manos — to change hands

    la casa ha cambiado varias veces de mano — the house has changed hands several times, the house has had several owners

    • de [primera] mano — (at) first-hand

    • de [segunda] mano — second-hand

    ropa de segunda mano — second-hand {o} used clothes

    4) (=control)

    ha hecho cuanto ha estado en su mano — he has done all {o} everything in his power

    • [de buena] mano — on good authority

    • [en buenas] manos — in good hands

    a manos de at the hands of

    la carta nunca llegó a manos del jefe — the letter never reached the boss, the letter never came into the hands of the boss

    en manos de in the hands of

    írsele a algn la mano con algo —

    írsele algo de las manos a algn —

    5) (=habilidad)

    ¡qué manos tiene! — he's so clever with his hands!

    • tener [buena] mano, tiene buena mano para aparcar — she's good at parking

    • tener [mala] mano — to be clumsy, be awkward

    mano izquierda, tiene mano izquierda con los animales — he's got a way with animals

    6) (=lado) side
    7) (=trabajadores)
    pl manos hands, workers

    contratar manos — to sign up {o} take on workers

    mano de obra — labour, labor (EEUU), manpower

    8) (Dep) handling, handball

    ¡mano! — handball!

    9) (Zool) [de mono] hand; [de perro, gato, oso, león] front paw; [de caballo] forefoot, front hoof; [de ave] foot; (=trompa) trunk

    manos de cerdo — (Culin) pig's trotters

    10) (=instrumento) [de reloj] hand

    mano de almirez, mano de mortero — pestle

    11) (=capa) [de pintura] coat; [de jabón] wash, soaping

    dar una mano de jabón a la ropa — to give the clothes a wash {o} soaping

    12) (Juegos, Naipes) (=partida) round, game; (=conjunto de cartas) hand

    echar una mano de mus — to have a game {o} round of mus

    ser {o} tener la mano — to lead

    13) (=lote) lot, series; And, CAm, Cono Sur, Méx group of things of the same kind ; LAm [de plátanos] bunch, hand
    14) (Mús) scale
    15) LAm (=desgracia) misfortune, mishap; (=suceso imprevisto) unexpected event
    16) LAm (=suerte)

    ¡qué mano! — what a stroke of luck!

    17) LAm (Aut) direction
    2.
    SUSTANTIVO MASCULINO

    mano a mano, hubo un mano a mano entre los dos políticos en el parlamento — the two politicians slogged it out between them in parliament

    II
    SM Méx [en conversación] mate *, pal *
    * * *
    I
    1)
    a) (Anat) hand

    le dijo or hizo adiós con la mano — he waved goodbye to her

    en su mano — (Corresp) by hand

    levantar la mano — to raise one's hands, put one's hand up

    lo hice yo, con mis propias manos — I did it myself, with my own two hands

    manos arriba! or arriba las manos! — hands up!

    darle la mano a alguien — ( para saludar) to shake hands with somebody, to shake somebody's hand; (para ayudar, ser ayudado) to give somebody one's hand

    dame la manito or (Esp, Méx) manita — hold my hand

    me tendió or me ofreció la mano — he held out his hand to me

    b) (Zool) (de oso, perro) paw; ( de mono) hand; (Equ) forefoot, front foot
    2) (control, posesión) gen

    manos — hands (pl)

    haré todo lo que esté en mis manos or (RPl) de mi mano — I will do everything in my power

    3) ( en fútbol) handball
    4) ( del mortero) pestle
    5)
    a) ( de papel) quire
    b) ( de plátanos) hand
    6) (de pintura, barniz) coat
    7) (Jueg)
    a) (vuelta, juego) hand

    ¿nos echamos unas manos de dominó? — how about a game of dominoes?

    c) ( jugador)

    soy/eres mano — it's my/your lead

    tener la mano — (Andes) to lead

    ganarle por la mano or (RPl) de mano a alguien (fam): César me ganó por la mano — César just beat me to it (colloq)

    a mano — ( no a máquina) by hand; ( cerca) at hand (AmE), to hand (BrE)

    a mano — (AmL) ( en paz) all square, quits

    a la mano — (AmL) close at hand

    en mano — <lápiz/copa> in hand

    agarrar or (esp Esp) coger a alguien con las manos en la masa — to catch somebody red-handed

    agarrarle or tomarle la mano a algo — (CS fam) to get the hang of something (colloq)

    a mano alzada — < votación> by a show of hands; < dibujo> freehand; < dibujar> freehand

    a manos llenas — < dar> generously; < gastar> lavishly

    pedir/conceder la mano de alguien — to ask for/give somebody's hand in marriage

    bajo mano — on the quiet, on the sly (colloq)

    caérsele la mano a alguien — (Méx fam & pey) to be a fairy (colloq & pej)

    cargar la mano — (fam) to overdo

    cargarle la mano a alguien — ( en el precio) to overcharge somebody; ( pegar) to hit somebody

    con una mano atrás y otra delante — without a penny to one's name

    dar la mano derecha por algo — to give one's right arm for something

    darse la mano — ( para saludar) to shake hands; (para cruzar, jugar, etc) to hold hands; (reunirse, fundirse) to come together

    de la mano: me tomó de la mano she took me by the hand; iban (tomados) de la mano they walked hand in hand; de manos a boca suddenly, unexpectedly; de primera mano (at) first hand; de segunda mano < ropa> secondhand; < coche> used, secondhand; < información> secondhand; echar or dar una mano to give o lend a hand; echarle mano a alguien (fam) to lay o get one's hands on somebody (colloq); echar mano a algo (fam) to grab something; echar mano de algo to resort to something; echamos mano de nuestros ahorros we dipped into our savings; echarse or llevarse las manos a la cabeza ( literal) to put one's hands on one's head; ( horrorizarse) to throw up one's hands in horror; embarrarle la mano a alguien (Méx fam) to grease somebody's palm (colloq); ensuciarse las manos ( literal) to get one's hands dirty; (en un robo, crimen) to dirty one's hands; estar atado de manos or tener las manos atadas ( literal) to have one's hands tied; ( no poder actuar): la decisión es de ellos, yo tengo las manos atadas it's up to them, my hands are tied; estar/quedar a mano (AmL fam) to be even o quits (colloq); frotarse las manos ( literal) to rub one's hands together; ( regodearse) to rub one's hands with glee; írsele la mano a alguien: se te fue la mano con la sal you overdid the salt o put too much salt in; le cobré $1.000 - se te fue un poco la mano ¿no? I charged him $1,000 - that was a bit steep, wasn't it? (colloq); se te fue la mano al contestarle así you went too far answering her back like that; lavarse las manos to wash one's hands; les das la/una mano y se toman el brazo give them an inch and they'll take a mile; levantarle la mano a alguien to raise one's hand to somebody; llegar or irse or pasar a las manos to come to blows; meter la mano en la caja or lata to dip one's fingers in the till; meterle mano a alguien (fam) (magrear, tocar) to touch o feel somebody up (colloq); ( por un delito) to collar somebody (colloq); meterle mano a algo (fam) to get to work on something; poner la(s) mano(s) en el fuego por alguien to stick one's neck out for somebody; ponerle la mano encima a alguien to lay a hand o finger on somebody; ponerse manos a la obra to get down to work; por mi/tu/su mano: tomó la justicia or las cosas por su mano he took the law o he took things into his own hands; quitarle algo de las manos a alguien: me lo quitó de las manos she took it right out of my hands; tuvieron mucho éxito, nos las quitaron de las manos they were a great success, they sold like hotcakes (colloq); saber alguien dónde tiene la mano derecha to know what one is about; ser mano ancha (Arg) to be generous; ser mano de santo to work wonders; ser mano larga ( para pegar) to be free with one's hands; ( para robar) to be light-fingered; tenderle una mano a alguien to offer somebody a (helping) hand; tener algo entre manos to be dealing with o working on something; tener (la) mano larga or las manos largas (fam) ( para pegar) to be free with one's hands; ( para robar) to be light-fingered; tener la mano pesada to be heavy-handed; tener mano de seda to have a light touch; tener mano para algo to be good at something; traerse algo entre manos to be up to something (colloq); untarle la mano a alguien (fam) to grease somebody's palm (colloq); muchas manos en un plato hacen mucho garabato — too many cooks spoil the broth

    9)
    a) ( lado) side
    b) (Auto) side of the road
    10) manos masculino plural ( obreros) hands (pl)
    II
    - na masculino, femenino (AmL exc CS fam) ( apelativo) buddy (AmE colloq), mate (BrE colloq)
    * * *
    I
    1)
    a) (Anat) hand

    le dijo or hizo adiós con la mano — he waved goodbye to her

    en su mano — (Corresp) by hand

    levantar la mano — to raise one's hands, put one's hand up

    lo hice yo, con mis propias manos — I did it myself, with my own two hands

    manos arriba! or arriba las manos! — hands up!

    darle la mano a alguien — ( para saludar) to shake hands with somebody, to shake somebody's hand; (para ayudar, ser ayudado) to give somebody one's hand

    dame la manito or (Esp, Méx) manita — hold my hand

    me tendió or me ofreció la mano — he held out his hand to me

    b) (Zool) (de oso, perro) paw; ( de mono) hand; (Equ) forefoot, front foot
    2) (control, posesión) gen

    manos — hands (pl)

    haré todo lo que esté en mis manos or (RPl) de mi mano — I will do everything in my power

    3) ( en fútbol) handball
    4) ( del mortero) pestle
    5)
    a) ( de papel) quire
    b) ( de plátanos) hand
    6) (de pintura, barniz) coat
    7) (Jueg)
    a) (vuelta, juego) hand

    ¿nos echamos unas manos de dominó? — how about a game of dominoes?

    c) ( jugador)

    soy/eres mano — it's my/your lead

    tener la mano — (Andes) to lead

    ganarle por la mano or (RPl) de mano a alguien (fam): César me ganó por la mano — César just beat me to it (colloq)

    a mano — ( no a máquina) by hand; ( cerca) at hand (AmE), to hand (BrE)

    a mano — (AmL) ( en paz) all square, quits

    a la mano — (AmL) close at hand

    en mano — <lápiz/copa> in hand

    agarrar or (esp Esp) coger a alguien con las manos en la masa — to catch somebody red-handed

    agarrarle or tomarle la mano a algo — (CS fam) to get the hang of something (colloq)

    a mano alzada — < votación> by a show of hands; < dibujo> freehand; < dibujar> freehand

    a manos llenas — < dar> generously; < gastar> lavishly

    pedir/conceder la mano de alguien — to ask for/give somebody's hand in marriage

    bajo mano — on the quiet, on the sly (colloq)

    caérsele la mano a alguien — (Méx fam & pey) to be a fairy (colloq & pej)

    cargar la mano — (fam) to overdo

    cargarle la mano a alguien — ( en el precio) to overcharge somebody; ( pegar) to hit somebody

    con una mano atrás y otra delante — without a penny to one's name

    dar la mano derecha por algo — to give one's right arm for something

    darse la mano — ( para saludar) to shake hands; (para cruzar, jugar, etc) to hold hands; (reunirse, fundirse) to come together

    de la mano: me tomó de la mano she took me by the hand; iban (tomados) de la mano they walked hand in hand; de manos a boca suddenly, unexpectedly; de primera mano (at) first hand; de segunda mano < ropa> secondhand; < coche> used, secondhand; < información> secondhand; echar or dar una mano to give o lend a hand; echarle mano a alguien (fam) to lay o get one's hands on somebody (colloq); echar mano a algo (fam) to grab something; echar mano de algo to resort to something; echamos mano de nuestros ahorros we dipped into our savings; echarse or llevarse las manos a la cabeza ( literal) to put one's hands on one's head; ( horrorizarse) to throw up one's hands in horror; embarrarle la mano a alguien (Méx fam) to grease somebody's palm (colloq); ensuciarse las manos ( literal) to get one's hands dirty; (en un robo, crimen) to dirty one's hands; estar atado de manos or tener las manos atadas ( literal) to have one's hands tied; ( no poder actuar): la decisión es de ellos, yo tengo las manos atadas it's up to them, my hands are tied; estar/quedar a mano (AmL fam) to be even o quits (colloq); frotarse las manos ( literal) to rub one's hands together; ( regodearse) to rub one's hands with glee; írsele la mano a alguien: se te fue la mano con la sal you overdid the salt o put too much salt in; le cobré $1.000 - se te fue un poco la mano ¿no? I charged him $1,000 - that was a bit steep, wasn't it? (colloq); se te fue la mano al contestarle así you went too far answering her back like that; lavarse las manos to wash one's hands; les das la/una mano y se toman el brazo give them an inch and they'll take a mile; levantarle la mano a alguien to raise one's hand to somebody; llegar or irse or pasar a las manos to come to blows; meter la mano en la caja or lata to dip one's fingers in the till; meterle mano a alguien (fam) (magrear, tocar) to touch o feel somebody up (colloq); ( por un delito) to collar somebody (colloq); meterle mano a algo (fam) to get to work on something; poner la(s) mano(s) en el fuego por alguien to stick one's neck out for somebody; ponerle la mano encima a alguien to lay a hand o finger on somebody; ponerse manos a la obra to get down to work; por mi/tu/su mano: tomó la justicia or las cosas por su mano he took the law o he took things into his own hands; quitarle algo de las manos a alguien: me lo quitó de las manos she took it right out of my hands; tuvieron mucho éxito, nos las quitaron de las manos they were a great success, they sold like hotcakes (colloq); saber alguien dónde tiene la mano derecha to know what one is about; ser mano ancha (Arg) to be generous; ser mano de santo to work wonders; ser mano larga ( para pegar) to be free with one's hands; ( para robar) to be light-fingered; tenderle una mano a alguien to offer somebody a (helping) hand; tener algo entre manos to be dealing with o working on something; tener (la) mano larga or las manos largas (fam) ( para pegar) to be free with one's hands; ( para robar) to be light-fingered; tener la mano pesada to be heavy-handed; tener mano de seda to have a light touch; tener mano para algo to be good at something; traerse algo entre manos to be up to something (colloq); untarle la mano a alguien (fam) to grease somebody's palm (colloq); muchas manos en un plato hacen mucho garabato — too many cooks spoil the broth

    9)
    a) ( lado) side
    b) (Auto) side of the road
    10) manos masculino plural ( obreros) hands (pl)
    II
    - na masculino, femenino (AmL exc CS fam) ( apelativo) buddy (AmE colloq), mate (BrE colloq)
    * * *
    mano1
    1 = hand.

    Ex: Even with such a limitation and many later supplementations by various hands, by way of addition, correction and amplification, it falls far short of completeness.

    * accionado a mano = hand-powered.
    * agresión a mano armada = armed assault.
    * ahorrar mano de obra = save + manpower.
    * al alcance de la mano = within arm's reach, within easy reach.
    * a la mano de = available at the fingertips of.
    * alargar la mano = reach out.
    * alargar la mano para coger = reach for.
    * a mano = by hand, manually, nearby [near-by], handy, within reach, within easy reach.
    * a mano alzada = by a show of hands.
    * a mano derecha de = on the right side of, on the right-hand side of.
    * a manos de = at the hands of.
    * aparato de informática del tamaño de la palma de la mano = palm computing device.
    * apretón de manos = handshake.
    * arreglarse las manos = manicure.
    * asalto a mano armada = armed robbery, armed assault, heist.
    * asignado a mano = manually assigned.
    * atar de pies y manos = hogtie.
    * atraco a mano armada = armed robbery, heist, daylight robbery.
    * batidora de mano = food mincer.
    * bolsa de mano = flight bag, carryall bag, travelbag, soft bag.
    * bomba de mano = hand pump.
    * borrador escrito a mano = manuscript draft.
    * caer en manos de = fall into + the hands of.
    * caer en manos enemigas = fall into + enemy hands.
    * cambiar de manos = change + hands.
    * cambio de manos = change of hands.
    * carretilla de mano = pushcart.
    * coche de segunda mano = used car, second-hand car.
    * codificar a mano = hand-code.
    * coger a Alguien con las manos en la masa = catch + Nombre + red-handed, catch + Nombre + in the act.
    * coger de la mano = hold + Posesivo + hand.
    * coger la mano = take + Posesivo + hand.
    * cogerse de la mano = hold + hands.
    * cogerse la mano = join + hands.
    * cogido a mano = hand-picked.
    * confeccionar a mano = handcraft.
    * con las dos manos = two handed [two-handed].
    * con las manos muy largas = light-fingered.
    * con las manos vacías = empty-handed.
    * conocer Algo como la palma de + Posesivo + mano = know + Algo + like the back of + Posesivo + hand.
    * conocer de primera mano = know + first-hand.
    * con una mano delante y otra detrás = penniless, broke, skint.
    * corregir a mano = hand-correct.
    * costes de mano de obra = labour costs.
    * crema de manos = hand cream.
    * crema limpiadora de manos = handcleaner.
    * croché a mano = hand crochet.
    * cubrir Algo con la mano = cup + Posesivo + hand + over + Nombre.
    * cultivado a mano = hand-reared.
    * dar a Alguien una mano y te cogen el brazo = give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile.
    * dar en mano = hand (over).
    * dar la mano = extend + Posesivo + hand.
    * dar la mano derecha = give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * darse la mano = join + hands, shake + hand.
    * darse un apretón de manos = clasp + hands.
    * dar un apretón de manos = shake + hand.
    * decir adiós con la mano = wave + goodbye.
    * dedicación de mano de obra = expenditure of manpower.
    * dejado de la mano de Dios = God-forsaken.
    * dejar las manos de uno libres de = free + Posesivo + hands from.
    * de mano = hand-held [handheld].
    * de primera mano = at first hand, first-hand [firsthand], first-person.
    * de segunda mano = second-hand [secondhand].
    * despedir mano de obra = shed + jobs, axe + jobs, cut + jobs.
    * de tercera mano = third-hand.
    * de tirar la piedra y esconder la mano = hit-and-run.
    * echarle una mano a = bat for, go to + bat for.
    * echar mano a/de = leverage.
    * echar mano a los ahorros = dip into + savings.
    * echar mano de = fall back on, call into + play.
    * echar una mano = lend + a (helping) hand, put + Posesivo + shoulder to the wheel, set + Posesivo + shoulder to the wheel, muck in, pitch in.
    * echar una mano a Alguien = give + Nombre + a hand.
    * el mundo en la palma de la mano = the world in the palm of + Posesivo + hand.
    * en buenas manos = in a safe place, in safekeeping.
    * encaje de aguja a mano = needlepoint lace.
    * en mano = in hand.
    * en manos de = in the hands of.
    * en manos de extranjeros = foreign-owned.
    * en manos del enemigo = at the hands of enemies, at the hands of the enemy.
    * en manos enemigas = at the hands of enemies, at the hands of the enemy.
    * en + Posesivo + manos = at + Posesivo + hands.
    * entre manos = at hand, in hand.
    * equipaje de mano = carry-on luggage, cabin baggage, cabin luggage.
    * escalera de mano = stepladder.
    * escaparse de las manos de = slip beyond + the grasp of.
    * escasez de mano de obra = labour shortage.
    * escribir a mano = handletter.
    * escrito a mano = handwritten [hand-written], in black and white, in handwriting, longhand [long-hand].
    * escritura a mano = handwriting.
    * estar al alcance de la mano = be at hand.
    * estar a mano = be on hand, be around.
    * estar en buenas manos = be in safe hands.
    * estar en manos privadas = hold in + private hands.
    * experiencia de primera mano = first-hand experience.
    * extender la mano = put out + Posesivo + hand, reach out, put forth + Posesivo + hand.
    * extender la mano para coger algo = hand + reach for.
    * fabricado a mano = hand-made.
    * falta de mano de obra = labour shortage.
    * freno de mano = hand brake [handbrake].
    * futuro + estar + en + Posesivo + manos = future + be + in + Posesivo + hands.
    * ganarle la mano a Alguien = steal + a march on.
    * ganchillo a mano = hand crochet.
    * golpeo a mano = hand-beating.
    * granada de mano = hand grenade.
    * hacer a mano = handcraft.
    * hacer todo lo que está en nuestras manos = pull out + all the stops.
    * hecho a mano = hand-made, hand-drawn, handcrafted.
    * hilado a mano = handspinning.
    * impulsado a mano = hand-powered.
    * ir de la mano = go + hand in hand (with), be hand in hand.
    * írsele a Uno Algo de las manos = get out of + hand, get out of + hand.
    * írsele la mano a Uno = overplay + Posesivo + hand.
    * juego de manos = sleight-of-hand.
    * juegos de manos = fingergame.
    * labores de croché a mano = hand-crochet work.
    * labores de ganchillo a mano = hand-crochet work.
    * la mano que mece la cuna es la mano que domina el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world, the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.
    * levantar la mano = raise + Posesivo + hand.
    * mano amiga = helping hand.
    * ¿mano blanda o mano dura? = the carrot vs. the stick, the carrot vs. the stick.
    * mano blanda y mano dura = carrots and sticks.
    * mano de hierro = iron fist, iron hand.
    * mano de obra = labour [labor, -USA], manpower, manpower force, work-force [workforce], work-force, labour force, manual labour.
    * mano de obra del campo = farm labour force.
    * mano de obra extranjera = foreign labour.
    * mano de obra infantil = child labour.
    * mano de obra inmigrante = foreign labour.
    * mano derecha = right hand.
    * mano dura = iron fist, iron hand.
    * mano fría de, la = cold hand of, the.
    * mano invisible, la = invisible hand, the.
    * mano negra = schemer.
    * manos libres = free hand, hands-free.
    * mantener a mano = keep to + hand.
    * más vale pájaro en mano que ciento volando = a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush.
    * menos blandeces y más mano dura = less of the carrot, more of the stick.
    * mercadillo de prendas de segunda mano = rummage sale.
    * meter las manos en todo = have + a finger in every pie.
    * meterle mano a = get + stuck into.
    * meter mano = grope.
    * meterse mano = pet.
    * moder la mano del que + dar de comer = bite + the hand that feeds + Pronombre.
    * no caer en buenas manos = fall into + the wrong hands.
    * ofrecer la mano = put forth + Posesivo + hand.
    * ordenador de mano = Palm Pilot.
    * palma de la mano = palm of hand, palm.
    * papel a mano-máquina = mouldmade paper.
    * papel hecho a mano = hand-made paper.
    * pillar a alguien con las manos en la masa = catch + Nombre + red-handed.
    * pintado a mano = hand-painted.
    * poner Algo a mano = put + Nombre + within reach.
    * ponerle la mano encima a = lay + a finger on.
    * ponerse manos a la obra = get down to + business, swing into + action.
    * que necesita bastante mano de obra = labour-intensive [labour intensive].
    * quitar de las manos = snap up.
    * realizado a mano = hand-made.
    * recogido a mano = hand-picked.
    * relato de primera mano = eyewitness report, eyewitness account, first-hand account.
    * repartir a manos llenas = dish out.
    * retorcerse las manos = wring + Posesivo + hands.
    * robo a mano armada = armed robbery, highway robbery.
    * ropa de segunda mano = second-hand clothes.
    * separar las manos = spread out + hands.
    * ser torpe con las manos = be all thumbs.
    * sierra de mano = handsaw.
    * sistema de llave en mano = turnkey system, turnkey software system.
    * situación + irse de las manos = things + get out of hand.
    * tallado a mano = hand-carved.
    * tener algo a mano = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener a mano = have at + Posesivo + touch, have + on call, have + to hand, keep within + reach, be to hand.
    * tener buena mano con las plantas = have + a green thumb.
    * tener entre manos = be up to.
    * todos manos a la obra = all hands on deck, all hands to the pump(s).
    * tomar la mano = take + Posesivo + hand.
    * trabajo entre manos, el = work at hand, the.
    * traerse algo malo entre manos = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * untar la mano = grease + Posesivo + palm, oil + Posesivo + palm.
    * vendedor de coches de segunda mano = used-car dealer, second-hand car dealer.

    mano2
    2 = coat.

    Ex: We will not accomplish that by being timid or by giving our profession a fresh coat of paint.

    * mano de pintura = paint job, lick of paint, coat of paint.

    mano3
    3 = quire.
    Nota: Unidad de venta del papel compuesta de 25 pliegos o la vigésima parte de una resma.

    Ex: The finished paper was sorted for imperfections and told out into quires and reams for sale.

    * mano de papel = quire.

    * * *
    A
    1 Anatomía
    2 Zoología: de un oso, perro
    B indicando posesión, control
    C en fútbol
    D del mortero
    E
    1 de papel
    2 de plátanos
    F de pintura, cera, barniz
    G
    1 vuelta, juego
    2 conjunto de cartas
    3 jugador
    H
    Compuestos:
    1 lado
    2 Automovilismo
    Sentido III obreros
    A
    tengo las manos sucias my hands are dirty
    no tengo más que dos manos I only have one pair of hands
    le dijo or hizo adiós con la mano he waved goodbye to her
    con las dos manos with both hands
    entrégaselo en sus propias manos give it to him in person
    [ S ] en su mano ( Corresp) by hand
    levanten la mano los que estén de acuerdo all those in favor raise their hands o please show ( frml)
    los que hayan terminado que levanten la mano put your hand up if you've finished
    lo hice yo, con mis propias manos I did it myself, with my own two hands
    salió con las manos en alto he came out with his hands in the air o up
    ¡manos arriba! or ¡arriba las manos! hands up!
    habla con las manos she talks with her hands
    se nota la mano de una mujer you can see the feminine touch
    ¡las manos quietas! keep your hands to yourself!
    su carta pasó de mano en mano her letter was passed around
    recibió el premio de manos del Rey she received the prize from the King himself
    darle la mano a algn (para saludar) to shake hands with sb, to shake sb's hand; (para ayudar, ser ayudado) to give sb one's hand
    dame la manito or (Esp, Méx) manita hold my hand
    le estreché la mano I shook hands with him, I shook his hand
    me tendió or me ofreció la mano he held out his hand to me
    hacerse las manos to have a manicure
    me leyó las manos she read my palm
    tocaron la pieza a cuatro manos they played the piece as a duet
    2 ( Zool) (de un oso, perro) paw; (de un mono) hand; ( Equ) forefoot, front foot
    el perro se puso de manos the dog stood on its hind legs
    manos hands (pl)
    ha cambiado de manos varias veces it has changed hands several times
    cayó en manos del enemigo it fell into enemy hands o into the hands of the enemy
    nueve de estas ciudades están en manos de los socialistas nine of these cities are held by the socialists
    el asunto está en manos de mis abogados the matter is in the hands of my lawyers
    el negocio está en buenas manos the business is in good hands
    haré todo lo que esté en mis manos or ( RPl) de mi mano I will do everything in my power
    mi mensaje nunca llegó a sus manos my message never reached him
    la muerte de José Ruiz a manos de la policía secreta the death of José Ruiz at the hands of the secret police
    la situación se nos va de las manos the situation is getting out of hand
    ¡qué oportunidad se nos ha ido de las manos! what an opportunity we let slip through our fingers!
    C (en fútbol) handball
    D (del mortero) pestle
    E
    1 (de papel) quire
    F (de pintura, cera, barniz) coat
    G ( Jueg)
    1 (vuelta, juego) hand
    no gané ni una mano I didn't win a single hand
    ¿nos echamos unas manos de dominó? how about a game of dominoes?
    me ha tocado una mano muy mala I've got a very bad hand o very bad cards
    3
    (jugador): soy/eres mano it's my/your lead
    tener la mano ( Col); to lead
    ganarle por la manoor (CS) de or la mano a algn ( fam): César me ganó por la mano César just beat me to it ( colloq)
    H ( en locs):
    a mano (no a máquina) by hand; (cerca) to hand
    hecho a mano handmade
    pintado a mano hand-painted
    escrito a mano handwritten
    un tapiz tejido a mano a handwoven tapestry
    zapatos cosidos a mano hand-stitched shoes
    tuve que batir las claras a mano I had to beat the egg whites by hand
    las tiendas me quedan muy a mano the shops are very close by o near o handy
    siempre tengo un diccionario a mano I always keep a dictionary handy o by me o ( BrE) to hand
    a mano ( AmL) (en paz) all square, quits
    a la mano ( AmL); close at hand
    de mano hand ( before n)
    en mano ‹lápiz/copa› in hand
    cayó fusil en mano he fell gun in hand
    [ S ] llave en mano immediate possession
    agarrar or ( esp Esp) coger a algn con las manos en la masa to catch sb red-handed
    agarrarle or tomarle la mano a algo (CS fam); to get the hang of sth ( colloq)
    a mano alzada ‹votación› by a show of hands;
    ‹dibujo› freehand; ‹dibujar› freehand
    a manos llenas ‹dar› generously;
    ‹gastar› lavishly
    aspirar a/pedir/conceder la mano de algn to aspire to/ask for/give sb's hand in marriage
    le concedió la mano de su hija en matrimonio he gave him his daughter's hand in marriage
    bajo mano on the quiet, on the sly ( colloq)
    cargar la mano ( fam): si cargas la mano se corre la tinta if you press too hard the ink runs
    no cargues la mano con la sal don't overdo the salt, go easy on the salt
    me cargó la mano en el precio she overcharged me
    le están cargando la mano en el trabajo they are asking too much of her o putting too much pressure on her at work
    desde que me cargó la mano no le he vuelto a hablar I haven't spoken to him since he hit me
    con una mano atrás y otra delante without a penny to one's name
    correrle mano a algn ( Chi vulg); to touch o feel sb up ( colloq)
    dar la mano derecha por algo to give one's right arm for sth
    darse la mano (para saludar) to shake hands; (para cruzar, jugar etc) to hold hands; (reunirse, fundirse) to come together
    el cristianismo y el paganismo se dan la mano en estos ritos Christianity and paganism come together in these rites
    la miseria de aquellas tierras dejadas de la mano de Dios the poverty of that godforsaken o desolate region
    de la mano: me tomó de la mano she took me by the hand, she took my hand
    iban (cogidos) de la mano they walked hand in hand
    de la mano de Mao under Mao's leadership
    de manos a boca suddenly, unexpectedly
    de primera mano (at) first hand
    de segunda mano ‹ropa› secondhand;
    ‹coche› used, secondhand; ‹información› secondhand
    echar or dar una mano to give o lend a hand
    echarle mano a algn ( fam); to lay o get one's hands on sb ( colloq)
    echar mano a algo ( fam); to grab sth
    echar mano de algo: tuvimos que echar mano de nuestros ahorros we had to dip into our savings
    la gente de quien podía echar mano the people I could turn to for help
    echarse/darse una mano de gato (CS fam); to retouch one's makeup o ( colloq) face
    echarse or llevarse las manos a la cabeza (literal) to put one's hands on one's head; (horrorizarse) to throw up one's hands in horror
    ensuciarse las manos (literal) to get one's hands dirty; (en un robo, crimen) to dirty one's hands
    (no poder actuar): la decisión es de ellos, yo tengo las manos atadas it's up to them, my hands are tied
    estar/quedar a mano ( fam AmL); to be even o quits ( colloq)
    frotarse las manos (literal) to rub one's hands together; (regodearse) to rub one's hands with glee
    írsele or ( Chi) pasársele la mano a algn: se te fue la mano con la sal you overdid the salt o put too much salt in
    le cobré $1.000 — se te fue un poco la mano ¿no? I charged him $1,000 — that was a bit steep, wasn't it? ( colloq)
    se te fue la mano, no deberías haberle contestado así you went too far o ( colloq) a bit over the top, you shouldn't have answered her back like that
    jugar a lo que hace la mano, hace la tras ( Méx); to play follow-the-leader
    lavarse las manos (literal) to wash one's hands
    yo me lavo las manos de todo este asunto I wash my hands of the whole affair
    les das la/una mano y se toman el brazo give them an inch and they'll take a mile
    levantarle la mano a algn to raise one's hand to sb
    mano a mano: nos comimos cuatro raciones de setas, mano a mano we polished off four dishes of mushrooms, just the two of us o between the two of us
    (ver tb mano a mano m)
    meter la mano en la caja or lata to dip one's fingers in the till, put one's hand in the till ( BrE)
    meterle mano a algn ( fam) (magrear, tocar) to touch o feel sb up ( colloq); (por un delito) to collar sb ( colloq)
    meterle mano a algo ( fam); to get to work on sth
    poner la(s) mano(s) en el fuego por algn to stick one's neck out for sb, put one's head on the block for sb
    ponerle la mano encima a algn to lay a hand o finger on sb
    poner manos a la obra to get down to work
    ¡manos a la obra! let's get down to it!
    por mi/tu/su mano: tomó la justicia or las cosas por su mano he took the law o he took things into his own hands
    quitarle algo de las manos a algn: me lo quitó de las manos she took it right out of my hands
    tuvieron mucho éxito, nos las quitaron de las manos they were a great success, they sold like hotcakes ( colloq)
    saber algn dónde tiene la mano derecha to know what one is about
    ser mano ancha ( Arg); to be generous
    ser mano de santo to work wonders
    ser mano larga (para pegar) to be free with one's hands; (para robar) to be light-fingered
    tenderle una mano a algn to offer sb a (helping) hand
    tener algo entre manos to be dealing with o working on sth
    tener (la) mano larga or las manos largas ( fam) (para pegar) to be free with one's hands; (para robar) to be light-fingered
    tener la mano pesada to be heavy-handed
    tener mano de seda to have a light touch
    tener mano para algo to be good at sth
    tiene mano para la cocina/el dibujo he's very good at cooking/drawing
    traerse algo entre manos: los niños están muy callados, algo se traen entre manos the children are very quiet, they must be up to something ( colloq)
    untarle la mano a algn ( fam); to grease somebody's palm ( colloq)
    muchas manos en un plato hacen mucho garabato too many cooks spoil the broth
    Compuestos:
    en un mano a mano se terminaron una botella de ginebra ( fam); between the two of them they got through a bottle of gin
    jugamos un mano a mano y gané yo it was him against me and I won
    el debate se convirtió en un mano a mano entre los dos líderes the debate turned into a contest between the two leaders
    pig's foot ( AmE), pig's trotter ( BrE)
    labor*
    wage labor, wage labour ( BrE)
    right-hand man/woman
    firm hand
    hay que tener mano dura con ellos you have to be firm with them
    tiene mucha mano izquierda con sus hijos he knows how to handle his children
    ( Méx fam): no vale mano negra you're not allowed to help him ( o tell him the answer etc)
    en esa quiebra hubo mano negra there was something fishy about the way that company went bankrupt ( colloq)
    fpl:
    tierras en manos muertas lands held in mortmain
    1 (lado) side
    ¿queda de esta mano o tengo que cruzar? is it on this side of the street or do I have to cross?
    tome la segunda calle a mano derecha take the second street on the right
    la casa queda a mano derecha the house is on the right o on the right-hand side
    2 ( Auto):
    yo iba por mi mano I was on my side of the road, I was on the right side of the road
    mano2 -na
    masculine, feminine
    * * *

     

    Del verbo manar: ( conjugate manar)

    mano es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    manó es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    manar    
    mano
    manar ( conjugate manar) verbo intransitivo
    to pour
    mano 1 sustantivo femenino
    1
    a) (Anat) hand;


    levantar la mano to raise one's hands, put one's hand up;
    ¡manos arriba! or ¡arriba las manos! hands up!;
    con la mano en el corazón hand on heart;
    le hizo adiós con la mano he waved goodbye to her;
    su carta pasó de mano en mano her letter was passed around;
    darle la mano a algn ( para saludar) to shake hands with sb, to shake sb's hand;

    (para ayudar, ser ayudado) to give sb one's hand;

    me tendió la mano he held out his hand to me;
    me tomó de la mano she took me by the hand;
    ir (tomados) de la mano to walk hand in hand;
    mano de obra labor
    b) (Zool) (de oso, perro) paw;

    ( de mono) hand;
    (Equ) forefoot, front foot
    2 (control, posesión) gen
    ◊ manos hands (pl);

    ha cambiado de manos it has changed hands;
    cayó en manos del enemigo it fell into the hands of the enemy;
    haré todo lo que esté en mis manos I will do everything in my power;
    la oportunidad se nos fue de las manos we let the opportunity slip through our fingers;
    se tomó la justicia por su propia mano he took the law into his own hands
    3 ( en fútbol) handball
    4 ( del mortero) pestle
    5 (de pintura, barniz) coat
    6 (Jueg) (vuelta, juego) hand;
    ( conjunto de cartas) hand;
    ( jugador):
    ◊ soy/eres mano it's my/your lead

    7 ( en locs)

    hecho a mano handmade;
    escrito a mano handwritten;
    tejido a mano handwoven;
    las tiendas me quedan muy a mano the shops are very close by o near;
    siempre tengo un diccionario a mano I always keep a dictionary by me;
    a la mano (AmL) close at hand;
    de mano hand ( before n);
    en mano ‹lápiz/copa› in hand;
    agarrar or (esp Esp) coger a algn con las manos en la masa to catch sb red-handed;
    agarrarle or tomarle la mano a algo (CS fam) to get the hang of sth (colloq);
    bajo mano on the quiet, on the sly (colloq);
    con las manos vacías empty-handed;
    darse la mano ( para saludar) to shake hands;

    (para cruzar, jugar, etc) to hold hands;

    echar or dar una mano to give o lend a hand;
    echar mano a algo (fam) to grab sth;
    estar/quedar a mano (AmL fam) to be even o quits (colloq);
    lavarse las manos to wash one's hands;
    levantarle la mano a algn to raise one's hand to sb;
    llegar or pasar a las manos to come to blows;
    pedir la mano de algn to ask for sb's hand in marriage;
    ser la mano derecha de algn to be sb's right-hand man/woman;
    tenderle una mano a algn to offer sb a (helping) hand;
    tener mano dura to have a firm hand;
    tener mano para algo to be good at sth;
    traerse algo entre manos to be up to sth (colloq)
    8
    a) ( lado) side;


    a mano derecha on the right

    mano 2
    ◊ -na sustantivo masculino, femenino (AmL fam) ( apelativo) buddy (AmE colloq), mate (BrE colloq)

    manar
    I verbo intransitivo to flow [de, from]
    II verbo transitivo to flow with: la cañería está manando agua, the pipe is pouring with water
    mano sustantivo femenino
    1 hand
    (de animal) forefoot
    (de perro, gato) paw
    (de cerdo) trotter
    2 (autoría, estilo) influence: se ve su mano en el asunto, he obviously has a hand in this business
    3 (maña) skill: tiene mucha mano con los niños, he's very good with children
    4 (capa) coat
    dos manos de pintura, two coats of paint
    5 (lado) a mano derecha/izquierda, on the right/left (hand side)
    6 (poder) (usu pl) hand: dejo todo en tus manos, I leave everything in your hands
    está en su mano, it's in his power
    7 (del almirez) pestle
    8 mano de obra, labour (force)
    ♦ Locuciones: a mano, (sin máquina) by hand
    (asequible) at hand
    a mano alzada, by a show of hands
    a mano armada, armed
    de mano, hand: bolso de mano, hand luggage
    de primera mano, fist-hand
    de segunda mano, second-hand
    echar una mano a alguien, to give sb a hand
    estrechar la mano a alguien, to shake hands with sb
    ¡manos a la obra!, shoulders to the wheel!
    ¡manos arriba!, hands up!
    meter mano, (a un problema) to tackle
    vulgar to touch up
    pillar a alguien con las manos en la masa, to catch sb red-handed

    ' mano' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - alzada
    - alzado
    - anda
    - antes
    - armada
    - armado
    - artesanía
    - atraco
    - azotar
    - azote
    - barrena
    - caligrafía
    - canto
    - chocar
    - cogerse
    - cuenco
    - dar
    - dedo
    - dejada
    - dejado
    - derecha
    - echar
    - esconder
    - escrita
    - escrito
    - estrechar
    - estrecharse
    - extender
    - fastidiarse
    - freno
    - fuego
    - holgazanear
    - imputar
    - izquierda
    - izquierdo
    - justicia
    - levantar
    - literalmente
    - manca
    - mancha
    - manco
    - motricidad
    - ortopédica
    - ortopédico
    - palma
    - pañuelo
    - peldaño
    - picar
    - proyectar
    English:
    add on
    - armed robbery
    - back
    - bird
    - bite
    - blow-dry
    - brake
    - brush
    - by
    - cart
    - catapult
    - chronic
    - circle
    - clammy
    - coat
    - colour
    - dip
    - dip into
    - extend
    - finger
    - first-hand
    - fit into
    - gash
    - give
    - godforsaken
    - govern
    - grip
    - grope
    - guitar
    - hand
    - hand-held
    - hand-luggage
    - handbrake
    - handmade
    - handwritten
    - handy
    - hankie
    - hanky
    - have
    - heavy-handed
    - hold
    - hold on
    - hold out
    - hold up
    - impression
    - imprint
    - inch
    - join
    - jumble
    - junk shop
    * * *
    ♦ nf
    1. [de persona] hand;
    dar o [m5] estrechar la mano a alguien to shake hands with sb;
    darse o [m5] estrecharse la mano to shake hands;
    le dije adiós con la mano I waved goodbye to him;
    bolso de mano Br handbag, US purse;
    equipaje de mano hand luggage;
    paseaban de la mano they were walking along hand in hand;
    ir de la mano [asuntos, problemas] to go hand in hand;
    de mano en mano: la foto fue o [m5] pasó de mano en mano the photo was passed around;
    entregar algo a alguien en mano to deliver sth to sb in person;
    frotarse las manos [por frío, entumecimiento] to rub one's hands (together);
    [regocijarse] to rub one's hands (with glee);
    hecho a mano handmade;
    lo tuve que hacer a mano I had to do it by hand;
    lavarse las manos [literalmente] to wash one's hands;
    ¡yo me lavo las manos! [me desentiendo] I wash my hands of it!;
    leerle la mano a alguien to read sb's palm;
    ¡manos arriba!, ¡arriba las manos! hands up!;
    ¡manos a la obra! let's get down to it!;
    pedir la mano de una mujer to ask for a woman's hand (in marriage);
    robo a mano armada armed robbery;
    mano derecha [persona] right-hand man/woman;
    ser la mano derecha de alguien to be sb's right-hand man/woman;
    Der manos muertas mortmain
    2. [de animal] forefoot;
    [de perro, gato] (front) paw; [de cerdo] (front) trotter
    3. [de pintura, barniz] coat;
    dar una mano de pintura a algo to give sth a coat o lick of paint
    4. [de mortero] pestle
    5. [de naipes] [partida] game;
    [ronda] hand;
    eres mano it's your lead
    6. [en deportes] [falta] handball;
    el árbitro pitó mano the referee blew for handball
    7. [deporte] pelota [played with hand rather than with hand-held basket]
    8. [serie, tanda] series
    9. [lado]
    a mano derecha/izquierda (de) on the right/left (of);
    10. Andes, CAm, Méx [objetos] = group of four or five objects
    11. Am [de plátanos] bunch
    12. CAm, Chile, Méx [accidente] mishap, accident
    13. RP [dirección] direction [of traffic];
    calle de una/doble mano one-/two-way street
    14. [influencia] influence;
    tener mano con alguien to have influence with sb
    15. [intervención] hand;
    la mano de la CIA está detrás de todo esto you can see the hand of the CIA in this affair
    mano negra hidden hand;
    mano oculta hidden hand
    16. [habilidad]
    tener buena mano para algo to have a knack for sth;
    ¡que mano tienes para las plantas! you've really got Br green fingers o US a green thumb!
    mano izquierda:
    tener mano izquierda con algo/alguien to know how to deal with sth/sb
    17. [poder, posesión]
    a manos de at the hands of;
    de manos de alguien: recibió la medalla de manos del ministro he received the medal from the minister himself;
    cambiar de manos to change hands;
    en manos de: caer en manos de alguien to fall into sb's hands;
    dejar algo en manos de alguien to leave sth in sb's hands;
    estar en manos de alguien to be in sb's hands;
    estar en buenas manos to be in good hands;
    haré lo que esté en mi mano I'll do everything within my power;
    ponerse en manos de alguien to put oneself in sb's hands;
    de primera mano [vehículo] brand new;
    [noticias] first-hand;
    de segunda mano second-hand
    18.
    manos [ayudantes] helpers;
    nos van a hacer falta varias manos para mover el piano we're going to need several people to move the piano
    19. Comp
    abrir la mano to be more lenient;
    alzar la mano contra alguien to raise one's hand to sb;
    CSur
    agarrar la mano a algo to get the hang of sth;
    bajo mano secretly;
    de manos a boca suddenly, unexpectedly;
    cargar la mano to go over the top;
    RP Fam
    con una mano en la cintura: esto lo hago con una mano en la cintura I can do this with my hands tied behind my back;
    con la mano en el corazón: te lo digo con la mano en el corazón I'm being perfectly honest with you;
    Fam
    con una mano delante y otra detrás: está en la ruina, con una mano delante y otra detrás he hasn't got a penny to his name;
    estar dejado de la mano de Dios [lugar] to be godforsaken;
    [persona] to be a total failure;
    echar mano a algo: echó mano al bolso y se marchó she took her bag and left;
    echar mano de algo [recurrir a] to make use of sth, to resort to sth;
    echar mano de alguien [recurrir a] to turn to sb;
    echar una mano a alguien to give sb a hand;
    ensuciarse las manos to get one's hands dirty;
    escaparse o [m5]irse de las manos: se me escapó o [m5] fue de las manos una oportunidad excelente an excellent chance slipped through my hands;
    este proyecto se nos ha escapado o [m5] ido de las manos this project has got out of hand;
    ganar por la mano o RP [m5] de mano a alguien to beat sb to it;
    írsele la mano a alguien: se le fue la mano [perdió el control] she lost control;
    [exageró] she went too far;
    se me fue la mano con la sal I overdid the salt;
    levantarle la mano a alguien to raise one's hand to sb;
    llegar a las manos (por algo) to come to blows (over sth);
    a manos llenas generously;
    llevarse las manos a la cabeza [gesticular] to throw one's hands in the air (in horror);
    [indignarse, horrorizarse] to be horrified;
    con mano dura o [m5] de hierro with a firm hand;
    Fam
    mano a mano: se bebieron la botella mano a mano they drank the bottle between the two of them;
    estar mano sobre mano to be sitting around doing nothing;
    Esp
    coger o Am [m5] agarrar a alguien con las manos en la masa to catch sb red-handed o in the act;
    Fam
    meter mano a alguien [investigar] to get onto sb;
    [sobar sin consentimiento] to grope sb; [sobar con consentimiento] to pet sb; Fam
    meter mano a algo to tackle sth;
    meter la mano en algo [intervenir] to poke one's nose into sth, to meddle in sth;
    RP Fam
    meter la mano en el tarro o [m5] la lata to dip one's fingers in the till;
    ponerle la mano encima a alguien: ¡como te ponga la mano encima…! if I lay o get my hands on you…!;
    ¡no me pongas las manos encima! don't you touch me o lay a finger on me!;
    poner la mano en el fuego: creo que es así, pero no pondría la mano en el fuego I think that's the case, but I couldn't vouch for it;
    Fam
    ser mano de santo to work wonders;
    tender una mano a alguien to give/offer sb one's hand;
    Fam Hum
    tener manos de árbol to be ham-fisted o ham-handed;
    tengo las manos atadas my hands are tied;
    tener las manos muy largas [aficionado a pegar] to be fond of a fight;
    [aficionado a robar] to be light-fingered;
    tener manos libres para hacer algo to have a free rein to do sth;
    tengo las manos limpias my hands are clean;
    tener manos de mantequilla to be butter-fingered;
    traerse algo entre manos to be up to sth;
    untarle la mano a alguien to grease sb's palm;
    con las manos vacías empty-handed
    mano de obra [trabajadores] labour, workers; [trabajo manual] labour;
    la mano de obra barata atrae a los inversores investors are attracted by the cheap labour costs;
    mano de obra cualificada skilled labour o workers;
    mano de obra especializada skilled labour o workers;
    mano de obra semicualificada semi-skilled labour o workers
    ♦ nmf
    RP Fam
    ser un mano abierta to be open-handed;
    es un mano larga [toquetón] he's always poking around where he shouldn't;
    [con las mujeres] he has wandering-hand trouble
    ♦ a mano loc adv
    1. [cerca] at o to hand, handy;
    ¿tienes el encendedor a mano? have you got your lighter handy?;
    el supermercado está o [m5] queda muy a mano the supermarket is very close by;
    mi casa es muy a mano de todo my house is very handy for everything
    2. Am [en paz]
    estar o [m5] quedar a mano to be quits o all square
    un mano a mano entre los dos candidatos a head-to-head between the two candidates
    ♦ manos libres nm inv
    [teléfono] hands free set
    mano2 nm
    Am salvo RP Fam pal, Br mate, US buddy
    * * *
    I f
    1 ANAT hand; de animal paw;
    ¡manos arriba! hands up!;
    lo hicieron mano a mano they did it between them;
    un mano a mano a contest;
    de mano en mano from hand to hand;
    a cuatro manos MÚS for four hands;
    a mano derecha/izquierda on the right/ lefthand side;
    a manos llenas fig generously;
    con las manos vacías fig empty-handed;
    ser mano de santo work wonders;
    bajo mano on the quiet;
    de segunda mano second-hand;
    de primera mano first-hand;
    ser la mano derecha de alguien fig be s.o.’s right hand;
    tener mucha mano izquierda be very skillful o Br skilful;
    atar las manos a alguien fig tie s.o.’s hands;
    dejado de la mano de Dios fig godforsaken;
    echar mano a fam grab;
    echar mano de fig use, make use of;
    echar una mano a alguien give s.o. a hand;
    estar a manos L.Am. fam be even, be quits;
    hecho a mano hand-made;
    venir a las manos come to blows;
    pedir la mano de alguien ask for s.o.’s hand in marriage;
    poner la mano en el fuego fig swear to it;
    poner manos a la obra get down to work;
    se le fue la mano con fig he overdid it with;
    tender la mano a alguien fig hold out a helping hand to s.o.;
    tener a mano have to hand;
    tener buena/mala mano para (hacer) algo be good/bad at (doing) sth;
    de hierro with a firm hand o with an iron fist;
    estar en buenas manos be in good hands;
    lo dejo en sus manos I’ll leave it in your hands;
    traerse algo entre manos be plotting sth;
    a alguien raise one’s hand to s.o.;
    llevarse las manos a la cabeza fig throw up one’s hands (in horror);
    andar cogidos de la mano walk hand in hand;
    tomar a alguien de la mano take s.o. by the hand, take s.o.’s hand;
    meter mano a alguien fam feel s.o. up fam, grope s.o. fam ;
    pal fam, buddy fam
    * * *
    mano nf
    1) : hand
    2) : coat (of paint or varnish)
    3)
    a mano : by hand
    4)
    a mano or
    a la mano : handy, at hand, nearby
    5)
    darse la mano : to shake hands
    6)
    de la mano : hand in hand
    la política y la economía van de la mano: politics and economics go hand in hand
    7)
    de primera mano : firsthand, at firsthand
    8)
    de segunda mano : secondhand
    ropa de segunda mano: secondhand clothing
    9)
    mano a mano : one-on-one
    mano de obra : labor, manpower
    mano de mortero : pestle
    echar una mano : to lend a hand
    mano negra Mex fam : shady dealings pl
    mano, -na n, Mex fam : buddy, pal
    ¡oye, mano!: hey man!
    * * *
    mano n
    1. (en general) hand
    2. (de pintura) coat
    a mano derecha / a mano izquierda on the right / on the left
    darse la mano to shake hands [pt. shook; pp. shaken]
    echar una mano to lend a hand [pt. & pp. lent]

    Spanish-English dictionary > mano

  • 108 wear

    ̈ɪwɛə I
    1. сущ.
    1) ношение, носка( одежды) this is now in wear ≈ это теперь носят a dress for summer wear ≈ летнее платье
    2) одежда, платье beach wear ≈ купальные костюмы, пляжная одежда casual wear ≈ неопрятная одежда children's wear ≈ одежда для детей evening wear ≈ вечернее платье, одежа для торжественных случаев everyday wear ≈ одежда на каждый день, повседневная одежда ladies' wear ≈ женская одежда men's wear ≈ мужская одежда sports wear ≈ спортивная одежда working wear ≈ рабочее платье
    3) способность носиться There's a lot of good wear left in those shoes ≈ Эти ботинки еще долго будут носиться Syn: wearability, service, utility, consumption
    4) следы носки, изнашивание, ветшание You can see the wear on the corner of the rug ≈ Вы можете заметить потертость в углу ковра. wear and tear show wear Syn: deterioration, damage, injury, dilapidation
    2. гл.
    1) носить а) (одежду, прическу, украшения и т. п.) Are you going to wear jeans or a dress? ≈ Ты собираешься надеть джинсы или платье? The policeman wore his badge proudly. ≈ Полисмен с гордостью носил свою кокарду. He wears the same clothes for years. ≈ Он годами носит одно и то же. to wear a wig ≈ носить парик She wears her hair short ≈ Она носит короткую стрижку. The officers are not to wear moustaches or beards. ≈ Офицеры не положено носить бороды или усы. wear scent ≈ душиться wear the flag Syn: to be dress in, to be covered with;
    to be decked with;
    б) перен. в сердце;
    имя;
    иметь вид, характер и т.п to wear a smile ≈ носить улыбочку to wear well ≈ выглядеть молодо to wear a troubled look ≈ иметь озабоченный вид to wear one's head high ≈ высоко держать голову to wear a famous name ≈ носить громкое имя to wear Her in his heart ≈ носить ее образ в своем сердце
    2) соглашаться, разрешать (обычно используется негативно в конструкциях с it She said her mother would never wear it. ≈ Она сказала, что ее мама никогда не согласится. Syn: tolerate, accept
    3) a) снашиваться, вытираться( об одежде, рельефе и т.п.) This sweater has worn thin at the elbows. ≈ Этот свитер совершенно вытерся на локтях. The waves have worn these rocks. ≈ Волны стерли эти скалы. Syn: wear away, wear out б) перен. пробивать(ся) ( в результате долгих постоянных усилий - о потоке, дороге и т.п.) Ex: to wear a track across a field ≈ протоптать тропинку в поле the water has worn a channel ≈ вода промыла канаву в) перен. истощить, изнурить Ex: my patience is wearing thin ≈ моему терпению приходит конец Illness had worn the bloom from her cheeks. ≈ Болезнь стерла румянец с ее щек. Syn: exhaust, drain;
    overwork, overburden
    4) носиться (об одежде) This dress wears better than any I've had ≈ Это платье носится лучше всех, какие только у меня были. Syn: resist abrasion, endure.
    5) тянуться, проходить (о времени) the day wears towards its close ≈ день близится к концу As the day wore on, we grew more discouraged. ≈ По мере того как тянулся день, мы все более падали духом Syn: pass ∙ wear away wear down wear off wear on wear out wear thin to wear the King's/Queen's coat ≈ служить в английской армии - wear the breeches - wear the pants II гл.;
    мор. поворачивать парусное судно носом по ветру( на фордевинд) ношение, носка (одежды) - in * находящийся в носке, надеваемый;
    модный - the coat I have in * пальто, которое я постоянно ношу - this is no longer in * это уже вышло из моды, это уже не носят - clothes for everyday * повседневная одежда - a dress for winter * зимнее платье - for seaside * для пляжа (об одежде) износ, изнашивание - to show * износиться, истрепаться - the carpets are showing * ковры вытерлись - it will stand any amount of * этой вещи износу не будет - to look the worse for * выглядеть сильно поношенным /потрепанным/ - * allowance( специальное) допуск на износ - * resistance( специальное) износостойкость носкость - there is still much * in these shoes эти ботинки еще долго будут носиться - * life (военное) срок носки (обмундирования) - * performance( специальное) качества( одежды, обуви), необходимые в носке;
    носкость одежда, платье - men's * мужская одежда - working * рабочее платье;
    спецодежда - beach * (собирательнле) купальные костюмы, халаты и т. п.;
    пляжная одежда - slumber * ночные рубашки и пижамы - * fabrics плательные ткани( - wear) как компонент сложных слов: одежда - foot wear обувь - underwear белье - knitwear трикотаж быть одетым (во что-л.) ;
    носить (одежду и т. п.) - to * a hat носить шляпу - to * stockings ходить в чулках - to * one's hair long носить длинные волосы - to * scent душиться - to * a sword быть при шпаге - to * the ensign /the flag colours/ of... плавать под флагом( о судне) - she wore a black gown она была в черном платье, на ней было черное платье - she was *ing diamonds на ней были бриллианты - I have nothing to *! мне нечего надеть! - what do they * in Paris this spring? что этой весной носят в Париже? - navy blue is very much worn this year в этом году моден темно-синий цвет держать, носить - to * one's head high высоко держать голову - to * a famous name носить громкое имя - to * smb., smth. in one's heart быть преданным кому-л., чему-л. иметь вид - to * a troubled look иметь встревоженный вид - the house wore a neglected look дом выглядел заброшенным - to * a sad smile печально улыбаться - to * a face of joy сиять от радости изнашивать;
    протирать;
    пробивать;
    размышлять - * a hole in the rug протереть дыру в ковре - to * a path across a field протоптать тропинку через поле - to * ruts in a road проложить колею на дороге изнашиваться;
    протираться;
    размывать носиться;
    выдерживать носку;
    быть прочным в носке - this cloth will * for years это сукно носится годами - the material won't * материал непрочен - the colour won't * этот цвет скоро полиняет /выгорит, выцветет/ - clothes * to one's shape в носке одежда садится по фигуре сохраняться - to * one's years well выглядеть моложаво - old Smith is *ing старина Смит почти не меняется /выглядит моложе своих лет/ делать или становиться каким-л. (особ. при износе) - to * threadbare обтрепать;
    обтрепаться - his stock of money began to * very low его денежный запас иссякал - * smooth сглаживать;
    сглаживаться утомлять, изнурять (тж. * out) - to be worn by anxiety истомиться от тревоги( о времени) подвигаться, приближаться - the day *s towards its close день на исходе - the time *s late становиться поздно( о времени) проводить, коротать (тж. * away) - to * away one's life in trifles растрачивать жизнь на пустяки - to * through the day скоротать день (шотландское) продвигаться, пробираться( куда-л.) (шотландское) загонять( овец и т. п.) (редкое) подводить( к чему-л.) ;
    приучать (геология) выветривать, эродировать( геология) выветриваться, подвергаться эрозии (техническое) срабатываться, истираться( разговорное) выдерживать проверку временем - it's hard to know him but he *s well его трудно сразу понять, но со временем начинаешь его ценить - that idea won't * эта идея недолговечна (разговорное) согласиться на что-л. > to * the breeches /the pants, the trousers/ верховодить в доме (о женщине) ;
    держать мужа под башмаком > to * the cravat (сленг) надеть пеньковый галстук, быть повешенным > to * the King's /the Queen's/ coat служить в английской армии > to * stripes находиться в тюрьме, отбывать срок тюремного заключения > to * thin истончаться;
    терять терпение, быть готовым уступить;
    стать неубедительным /затасканным, избитым;
    устарелым/ > the coin has worn thin монета истерлась > hair *ing thin on top волосы, редеющие на макушке > his temper was *ing thin его терпение истощалось /было на исходе/ > arguments that quickly wore thin доводы, быстро утратившие свою убедительность( морское) делать поворот через фордевинд ~ подвигаться, приближаться (о времени) ;
    the day wears towards its close день близится к концу ~ ношение, носка (одежды) ;
    in wear в носке, в употреблении;
    this is now in (general) wear это теперь модно;
    a dress for summer wear летнее платье ~ off смягчаться;
    проходить;
    the effect of the medicine will wear off in a few hours лекарство перестанет действовать через несколько часов ~ ношение, носка (одежды) ;
    in wear в носке, в употреблении;
    this is now in (general) wear это теперь модно;
    a dress for summer wear летнее платье ~ одежда, платье;
    men's wear мужская одежда;
    working wear рабочее платье ~ down стирать(ся), изнашивать(ся) ;
    the record is worn down эта пластинка истерлась ~ износ, изнашивание;
    to show wear износиться ~ носка, носкость;
    there is still much wear in these shoes эти ботинки еще будут долго носиться ~ ношение, носка (одежды) ;
    in wear в носке, в употреблении;
    this is now in (general) wear это теперь модно;
    a dress for summer wear летнее платье ~ изнашивать, стирать, протирать;
    пробивать;
    размывать;
    the water has worn a channel вода промыла канаву;
    to wear a track across a field протоптать тропинку в поле wear = weir ~ мор.: to wear the ensign (или the flag) плавать под флагом ~ (wore;
    worn) быть одетым (во что-л.) ;
    носить (одежду и т. п.) ;
    to wear scent душиться;
    to wear one's hair loose ходить с распущенными волосами ~ выглядеть, иметь вид;
    to wear well выглядеть моложе своих лет ;
    to wear a troubled look иметь смущенный или взволнованный, озабоченный вид ~ изнашивание ~ изнашивать, стирать, протирать;
    пробивать;
    размывать;
    the water has worn a channel вода промыла канаву;
    to wear a track across a field протоптать тропинку в поле ~ изнашиваться ~ износ, изнашивание;
    to show wear износиться ~ износ ~ носиться (об одежде) ;
    to wear well хорошо носиться ~ носка, носкость;
    there is still much wear in these shoes эти ботинки еще будут долго носиться ~ ношение, носка (одежды) ;
    in wear в носке, в употреблении;
    this is now in (general) wear это теперь модно;
    a dress for summer wear летнее платье ~ одежда, платье;
    men's wear мужская одежда;
    working wear рабочее платье ~ подвигаться, приближаться (о времени) ;
    the day wears towards its close день близится к концу ~ утомлять;
    изнурять ~ изнашивать, стирать, протирать;
    пробивать;
    размывать;
    the water has worn a channel вода промыла канаву;
    to wear a track across a field протоптать тропинку в поле ~ выглядеть, иметь вид;
    to wear well выглядеть моложе своих лет ;
    to wear a troubled look иметь смущенный или взволнованный, озабоченный вид ~ and tear утомление;
    wear and tear of life жизненные передряги ~ away медленно тянуться (о времени) ~ away стирать(ся) ~ down преодолевать (сопротивление и т. п.) ;
    опровергать (аргументы) ~ down стирать(ся), изнашивать(ся) ;
    the record is worn down эта пластинка истерлась ~ down утомлять (кого-л.) ~ off смягчаться;
    проходить;
    the effect of the medicine will wear off in a few hours лекарство перестанет действовать через несколько часов ~ off стирать(ся) ~ on медленно тянуться (о времени) ~ (wore;
    worn) быть одетым (во что-л.) ;
    носить (одежду и т. п.) ;
    to wear scent душиться;
    to wear one's hair loose ходить с распущенными волосами ~ out изнашивать(ся) ~ out изнурить;
    to wear the King's (или the Queen's) coat служить в английской армии ~ out истощать(ся) (о терпении и т. п.) ~ out состарить ~ (wore;
    worn) быть одетым (во что-л.) ;
    носить (одежду и т. п.) ;
    to wear scent душиться;
    to wear one's hair loose ходить с распущенными волосами to ~ the breeches (или амер. the pants) обладать мужским характером (о женщине) ;
    верховодить в доме ~ мор.: to wear the ensign (или the flag) плавать под флагом ~ out изнурить;
    to wear the King's (или the Queen's) coat служить в английской армии ~ выглядеть, иметь вид;
    to wear well выглядеть моложе своих лет ;
    to wear a troubled look иметь смущенный или взволнованный, озабоченный вид ~ носиться (об одежде) ;
    to wear well хорошо носиться wear = weir weir: weir плотина, запруда;
    водослив ~ устраивать плотину, запруживать ~ одежда, платье;
    men's wear мужская одежда;
    working wear рабочее платье

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > wear

  • 109 live

    I
    1. liv verb
    1) (to have life; to be alive: This poison is dangerous to everything that lives.) vivir
    2) (to survive: The doctors say he is very ill, but they think he will live; It was difficult to believe that she had lived through such an experience.) sobrevivir
    3) (to have one's home or dwelling (in a particular place): She lives next to the church; They went to live in Bristol / in a huge house.) vivir
    4) (to pass (one's life): He lived a life of luxury; She lives in fear of being attacked.) vivir
    5) ((with by) to make enough money etc to feed and house oneself: He lives by fishing.) vivir de
    •
    - - lived
    - living
    2. noun
    (the money etc needed to feed and house oneself and keep oneself alive: He earns his living driving a taxi; She makes a good living as an author.) medio de vida, sustento
    - live-in
    - live and let live
    - live down
    - live in
    - out
    - live on
    - live up to
    - within living memory
    - in living memory
    II
    1.
    adjective
    1) (having life; not dead: a live mouse.) vivo
    2) ((of a radio or television broadcast etc) heard or seen as the event takes place; not recorded: I watched a live performance of my favourite opera on television; Was the performance live or recorded?) en directo
    3) (full of energy, and capable of becoming active: a live bomb) activo, vivo
    4) (burning: a live coal.) candente

    2. adverb
    ((of a radio or television broadcast etc) as the event takes place: The competition will be broadcast live.) en directo
    - liveliness
    - livestock
    - live wire
    live1 adj
    1. vivo
    2. en directo / en vivo
    live2 vb
    1. vivir
    where do you live? ¿dónde vives?
    2. alimentarse
    3. sobrevivir / existir
    tr[laɪv]
    1 (not dead) vivo,-a
    2 (still burning) vivo,-a, candente; (issue) candente
    3 (ammunition) real; (bomb) sin explotar
    4 SMALLELECTRICITY/SMALL con corriente
    5 (broadcast) en directo
    1 en directo, en vivo
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    live wire cable nombre masculino vivo 2 (person) nervio, torbellino
    ————————
    tr[lɪv]
    1 vivir
    1 vivir
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    to live and learn vivir para ver
    to live and let live vivir y dejar vivir
    to live by one's wits vivir del ingenio
    to live in sin vivir en el pecado
    to live in style familiar vivir a lo grande
    to live it up familiar pasárselo bomba
    to live out of a suitcase familiar ir de hotel en hotel
    to live out of cans familiar vivir (a base) de latas
    live ['lɪv] vi, lived ; living
    1) exist: vivir
    as long as I live: mientras viva
    to live from day to day: vivir al día
    2) : llevar una vida, vivir
    he lived simply: llevó una vida sencilla
    3) subsist: mantenerse, vivir
    4) reside: vivir, residir
    live ['laɪv] adj
    1) living: vivo
    2) burning: encendido
    a live coal: una brasa
    3) : con corriente
    live wires: cables con corriente
    4) : cargado, sin estallar
    a live bomb: una bomba sin estallar
    5) current: de actualidad
    a live issue: un asunto de actualidad
    6) : en vivo, en directo
    a live interview: una entrevista en vivo
    adj.
    • en vivo adj.
    adj.
    • de actualidad adj.
    • en directo adj.
    • encendido, -a adj.
    • vivo, -a adj.
    v.
    • anidar v.
    • habitar v.
    • morar v.
    • vivir v.

    I
    1. lɪv
    1)
    a) (be, remain alive) vivir

    (for) as long as I live — mientras viva, toda la vida

    you'll live — (colloq) no te vas a morir (fam)

    you live and learn — (set phrase) todos los días se aprende algo nuevo

    live and let live — (set phrase) vive y deja vivir a los demás

    b) ( experience life) vivir

    never eaten paella? you haven't lived! — ¿no has comido nunca una paella? pues no sabes lo que te pierdes or lo que es bueno!

    2)
    a) ( conduct one's life) vivir

    to live like a king o lord — vivir a cuerpo de rey

    b) ( support oneself) vivir
    3)
    a) ( reside) vivir

    where do you live? — ¿donde vives?

    b) ( belong) (esp BrE colloq) ir*

    where do these dishes live? — ¿dónde van estos platos?


    2.
    vt

    she lives a happy life — lleva una vida feliz, vive feliz

    Phrasal Verbs:

    II laɪv
    1) ( alive) vivo

    wow, a real live princess! — uy, una princesa de verdad or de carne y hueso!

    2) ( of current interest) < issue> candente, de actualidad
    3) (Rad, TV)
    4)
    a) ( Mil)

    live bomb — bomba f que no ha estallado

    b) ( Elec) <circuit/terminal> con corriente, cargado
    c) ( on fire) encendido

    III laɪv
    adverb (Rad, TV) < broadcast> en directo, en vivo

    I [lɪv]
    1. VI
    1) (=exist) vivir

    the times we live in — los tiempos en que vivimos, los tiempos que corremos

    • to live in fear — vivir atemorizado

    she lives in fear of her life/that she may be found out — vive temiendo por su vida/que la descubran

    • to live for sth, I'm living for the day (when) I retire — vivo esperando a que llegue el día en que me jubile

    to live for today or the moment — vivir al día

    - live and let live
    hand 1., 1), happily, hope 1., 1), long I, 2., 1) shadow 1., 1), style 1., 4)
    2) (=survive)

    you'll live! hum — ¡de esta no te mueres! hum

    he lived to a ripe old age/to be 103 — llegó a viejo/a cumplir 103 años

    regret 2., 2)
    3) (=conduct o.s.) vivir

    • she lives by her own rules — vive según sus propias normas

    • to live modestly/ well — vivir modestamente/bien

    - live like a king or a lord
    dangerously, sin 1.
    4) (=earn one's living) vivir
    pen I, 1., wit I, 1)
    5) (=reside) vivir

    where do you live? — ¿dónde vives?

    to live in a flat/in London — vivir en un piso/en Londres

    • this house isn't fit to live in — esta casa está en pésimas condiciones

    6) (Brit) * (=go, belong) ir, guardarse

    where does the teapot live? — ¿dónde va or se guarda la tetera?

    7) (=enjoy life)

    let's live a little! * — ¡vivamos la vida un poquito! *

    if you've never been to an opera, you haven't lived * — si no has ido nunca a la ópera no sabes lo qué es vivir

    2. VT
    1) [+ life] (gen) vivir; (in particular way) llevar

    to live a life of luxury/crime — llevar una vida de lujos/de delincuencia

    2) (Theat)

    II [laɪv]
    1. ADJ
    1) (=living) [animal, person] vivo

    9.1 deaths per thousand live births — 9,1 muertes por cada mil bebés nacidos vivos

    2) (=topical) [issue] de actualidad, candente
    3) (Rad, TV) [broadcast, coverage] en vivo, en directo; [performance, show, recording] en vivo
    4) (=not blank) [shell, ammunition] cargado; [bomb] sin explotar
    5) (=still burning) [coal] encendido, prendido (LAm)
    6) (Elec) [cable, wire, appliance] conectado, con corriente

    is this cable live? — ¿está conectado or tiene corriente este cable?

    2. ADV
    1) (Rad, TV) en vivo, en directo

    here, live from New York, is our reporter Malcolm McDonald — aquí tenemos a nuestro corresponsal Malcolm McDonald que nos habla en directo desde Nueva York

    2)

    to go live — (=come into operation) entrar en funcionamiento

    3.
    CPD

    live bait N — (Fishing) cebo m vivo

    live coal N — brasa f, ascua f

    live export N — [of livestock] exportación f en pie

    live oak N — roble m de Virginia

    live rail N — raíl m electrizado

    live weight N — [of livestock] peso m en pie

    live wire N — (Elec) alambre m conectado, alambre m con corriente; (fig) * torbellino * m

    he's a real live wire! — ¡es un torbellino! *, ¡tiene mucha marcha! *

    live yoghurt N — yogur m con biocultivos

    * * *

    I
    1. [lɪv]
    1)
    a) (be, remain alive) vivir

    (for) as long as I live — mientras viva, toda la vida

    you'll live — (colloq) no te vas a morir (fam)

    you live and learn — (set phrase) todos los días se aprende algo nuevo

    live and let live — (set phrase) vive y deja vivir a los demás

    b) ( experience life) vivir

    never eaten paella? you haven't lived! — ¿no has comido nunca una paella? pues no sabes lo que te pierdes or lo que es bueno!

    2)
    a) ( conduct one's life) vivir

    to live like a king o lord — vivir a cuerpo de rey

    b) ( support oneself) vivir
    3)
    a) ( reside) vivir

    where do you live? — ¿donde vives?

    b) ( belong) (esp BrE colloq) ir*

    where do these dishes live? — ¿dónde van estos platos?


    2.
    vt

    she lives a happy life — lleva una vida feliz, vive feliz

    Phrasal Verbs:

    II [laɪv]
    1) ( alive) vivo

    wow, a real live princess! — uy, una princesa de verdad or de carne y hueso!

    2) ( of current interest) < issue> candente, de actualidad
    3) (Rad, TV)
    4)
    a) ( Mil)

    live bomb — bomba f que no ha estallado

    b) ( Elec) <circuit/terminal> con corriente, cargado
    c) ( on fire) encendido

    III [laɪv]
    adverb (Rad, TV) < broadcast> en directo, en vivo

    English-spanish dictionary > live

  • 110 इन्द्रः _indrḥ

    इन्द्रः [इन्द्-रन्; इन्दतीति इन्द्रः; इदि ऐश्वर्ये Malli.]
    1 The lord of gods.
    -2 The god of rain, rain; cloud; इन्द्रो वरुणः सोमो रुद्रः । शं न इन्द्रो बृहस्पतिः Tait. Vp.1.1.1. Bṛi. Up.1.4.11.
    -3 A lord or ruler (as of men &c.). इन्द्रो- मायाभिः पुरुरूप ईयते Bṛi. Up.2.5.19. first or best (of any class of objects), always as the last member of comp.; नरेन्द्रः a lord of men i. e. a king; so मृगेन्द्रः a lion; गजेन्द्रः the lord or chief of elephants; so योगीन्द्रः, कपीन्द्रः.
    -4 A prince, king.
    -5 The pupil of the right eye.
    -6 N. of the plant कुटज.
    -7 Night.
    -8 One of the divisions of भारतवर्ष.
    -9 N. of the 26th Yoga.
    -1 The human or animal soul.
    -11 A vegetable poison.
    -12 The Yoga star in the 26th Nakṣatra.
    -13 Greatness.
    -14 The five objects of senses.
    -द्रा 1 The wife of Indra, Indrāṇī.
    -2 N. of a plant (मरुबक Mar. मरवा) [Indra, the god of the firmament, is the Jupiter Pluvius of the Indian Āryans. In the Vedas he is placed in the first rank among the gods; yet he is not regarded as an uncreated being, being distinctly spoken of in various passages of the Vedas as being born, and as having a father and a mother. He is sometimes represented as having been produced by the gods as a destroyer of enemies, as the son of Ekāṣṭakā, and in Rv.1.9.13 he is said to have sprung from the mouth of Puruṣa. He is of a ruddy or golden colour, and can assume any form at will. He rides in a bright golden chariot drawn by two tawny horses. His most famous weapon is the thunderbolt which he uses with deadly effect in his warfare with the demons of darkness, drought and inclement weather, variously called Ahi, Vṛitra, Śambar, Namu- chi &c. He storms and breaks through their castles, and sends down fertilizing showers of rain to the great delight of his worshippers. He is thus the lord of the atmosphere, the dispenser of rain, and governor of the weather. He is represented as being assisted by the Maruts or storm-gods in his warfare. Besides the thunderbolt he uses arrows, a large hook, and a net. The Soma juice is his most favourite food, and under its exhilarating influence he performs great achieve- ments (cf. Rv.1.119), and pleases his devout worshippers, who are said to invite the god to drink the juice. He is their friend and even their brother; a father, and the most fatherly of fathers; the helper of the poor, and the deliverer and comforter of his ser- vants. He is a wall of defence; his friend is never slain or defeated. He richly rewards his adorers, particularly those who bring him libations of Soma, and he is supplicated for all sorts of temporal blessings as cows, horses, chariots, health, intelligence, pros- perous days, long life, and victory in war. In the Vedas Indra's wife is Indrānī, who is invoked among the goddesses.
    *****Such is the Vedic conception of Indra. But in later mythology he falls in the second rank. He is said to be one of the sons of Kaśyapa and Dākṣāyaṇī or Aditi. He is inferior to the triad Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Maheśa (though in some places Viṣṇu is regard- ed as his younger brother, cf. R.14.59,15.4), but he is the chief of all the other gods, and is com- monly styled Sureśa, Devendra &c. As in the Vedas so in later mythology, he is the regent of the atmosphere, and of the east quarter, and his world is called Svarga. He sends the lightning, uses the thunderbolt and sends down rain. He is frequently at war with Asuras, whom he constantly dreads, and by whom he is sometimes defeated. The Indra of mythology is famous for his incontinence and adultery, one prominent instance of which is his seduction of Ahalyā, the wife of Gautama (see Ahalyā), and for which he is often spoken of as Ahalyā-jāra. The curse of the sage im- pressed upon him a 1 marks resembling the female organ, and he was therefore called Sayoni; but these marks were afterwards changed into eyes, and he is hence called Netra-yoni and Sahasrākṣa. In the Rāmāyana Indra is represented as having been defeated and carried off to Laṅkā by Ravaṇa's son called Meghanāda, who for this exploit received the title of 'Indrajit'. It was only at the intercession of Brahmā and the gods that Indra was released, and this humiliation was regarded as a punishment for his seduction of Ahalyā. He is also represented as being in constant dread of sages practising potent penances, and as sending down nymphs to beguile their minds (see Apsaras). In the Purāṇas he is said to have destroyed the offspring of Diti in her womb, and to have cut off the wings of mountains when they grew troublesome. Other stories are also told in which Indra was once worsted by Raja, gran- dson of Purūravas, owing to the curse of Durvāsas, and other accounts show that he and Kṛiṣna were at war with each other for the Pārijāta tree which the latter wanted to remove from Svarga, and which he succeeded in doing in spite of Indra's resistance. His wife is Indrāṇī, the daughter of the demon Pulo- man, and his son is named Jayanta. He is also said to be father of Arjuna. His epithets are numerous; mostly descriptive of his achievements, e. g. वृत्रहन्, बलभिद्, पाकशासन, गोत्रभिद्, पुरंदर, शतक्रतु, जिष्णु, नमुचिसूदन &c. (see Ak.I.1.44.47). The Heaven of Indra is Svarga; its capital, Amarāvatī; his garden, Nandana; his elephant, Airāvata; his horse, Uchchaiśravas; his bow, the rain-bow, and his sword, Paranja.].
    -Comp. -अग्निः the fire produced from the contact of clouds; ˚धूमः frost, snow; ˚देवता the 16th lunar mansion.
    -अनुजः, -अवरजः an epithet of Viṣṇu and of Nārāyaṇa (उपेन्द्र); तस्थौ भ्रातृसमीपस्थः शक्रस्येन्द्रानुजो यथा Rām.6.91.4.
    -अरिः an Asura or demon.
    -अवसानः a desert.
    -अशनः 1 hemp (dried and chewed).
    -2 the shrub which bears the seed used in jeweller's weight, (गुंजावृक्ष).
    -आयुधम् Indra's weapon, the rainbow; इन्द्रा- युधद्योतिततोरणाङ्कम् R.7.4,12.79; K.127.
    (-ध) 1 N. of the horse in Kādambarī (i. e. Kapiñjala changed into a horse).
    -2 a horse marked with black about the eyes.
    -3 a diamond. (
    -धा) a kind of leech.
    -आसनम् 1 the throne of Indra.
    -2 a throne in general.
    -3 a foot of five short syllables.
    -इज्यः N. of बृहस्पति the preceptor of gods.
    -ईश्वरः one of the forms of Śiva-liṅga.
    -उत्सवः a festival honouring Indra.
    - ऋषभ a. having Indra as a bull, or impregnated by Indra, an epithet of the earth. इन्द्रऋषभा द्रविणे नो दधातु Av.12.1.6.
    -कर्मन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu (performing Indra's deeds).
    -कान्तः A class of the four-storeyed buildings. (Mānasāra 21.6-68).
    -कीलः 1 N. of the mountain मन्दर.
    -2 a rock.
    (-लम्) 1 the banner of Indra.
    -2 A pin, nail, bolt फालका भाजनोर्ध्वे तु तदूर्ध्वे चेन्द्रकीलकम् (Mānasāra 12.126). cf. also Kau. A.2.3.
    -कुञ्जरः Indra's elephant, Airāvata.
    -कूटः N. of a mountain
    -कृष्ट a. 'ploughed by Indra', growing exuberantly or in a wild state. (
    -ष्टः) a kind of corn produced by rain-water.
    -केतुः Indra's banner.
    -कोशः, -षः, -षकः, -ष्ठः 1 a couch, sofa, which is generally made up of covering pieces of perforated wooden planks; cf. अट्टालक- प्रतोलीमध्ये त्रिधानुष्काधिष्ठानं-इन्द्रकोशं कारयेत् Kau. A.2.3.
    -2 a platform.
    -3 a projection of the roof of a house.
    -4 A pin or bracket projecting from the wall (नागदन्त). A projection of the roof of a house forming a kind of balcony; Kau. A.24.
    -गिरिः the महेन्द्र mountain.
    -गुरुः, -आचार्यः the teacher of Indra; i. e. बृहस्पति.
    -गोपः, -गोपकः [इन्द्रो गोपो रक्षको$स्य, वर्षाभवत्वात्तस्य] a kind of insect of red or white colour; Śukra.4.157; K.1.
    -चन्दनम् the white sandal wood.
    -चापम्, -धनुस् n.
    1 a rainbow; विद्युत्वन्तं ललितवनिताः सेन्द्रचापं सचित्राः Me.64; Śi.7.4.
    -2 the bow of Indra
    -चिर्भटा A mild variety of Colocynth. The leaf is tripartite, rough and wrinkled. (Mar. कंवडळ, applied often as इन्द्रावण in the sense of vile, malignant, dark and hateful.)
    -च्छदः A neck- lace of pearls having 18 strings.
    -च्छन्दस् n. [इन्द्र इव सहस्रनेत्रेण सहस्रगुच्छेन च्छाद्यते] a necklace consisting of 1 strings.
    -जः N. of Vālī.
    -जतु n. Bitumen (Mar. शिलाजित).
    -जननम् Indra's birth.
    -जननीय a. treating of Indra's birth (as a work).
    -जा a. Ved. born or arising from Indra. Av.4.3.7.
    -जालम् [इन्द्रस्य परमेश्वरस्य जालं मायेव]
    1 the net of Indra. तेनाह- मिन्द्रजालेनामूंस्तमसाभि दधामि सर्वान् Av.8.8.8.
    -2 a weapon used by Arjuna; a stratagem or trick in war.
    -3 deception, cheating.
    -4 conjuring, jugglery, magical tricks; इन्द्रजालं च मायां वै कुहका वा$पि भीषणा Mb.5.16.55. स्वप्नेन्द्रजालसदृशः खलु जीवलोकः Śānti.2.2; K.15.
    -जालिक a. [इन्द्रजाल-ठन्] deceptive, unreal, delusive. (
    -कः) a juggler, conjurer.
    -जित् m. 'conqueror of Indra', N. of a son of Rāvaṇa who was killed by Lakṣmaṇa. [Indrajit is another name of Meghanāda a son of Rāvaṇa. When Rāvaṇa warred against Indra in his own heaven, his son Meghanāda was with him, and fought most valiantly. During the combat, Meghanāda, by virtue of the magical power of becoming invisible which he had obtained from Śiva, bound Indra, and bore him off in triumph to Laṅkā. Brahmā and the other gods hurried thither to obtain his release, and gave to Meghanāda the title of Indrajit, 'conqueror of Indra'; but the victor refused to release his prisoners unless he were promised immortality. Brahmā refused to grant this extravagant demand, but he strenuously persisted, and achieved his object. In the Rāmāyaṇa he is repre- sented to have been decapitated by Lakṣmaṇa while he was engaged in a sacrifice]. ˚हन्तृ or विजयिन् m. N. of Lakṣmaṇa.
    -ज्येष्ठ a. Ved. led by Indra.
    -तापनः the thundering of clouds.
    -तूलम्, -तूलकम् a flock of cotton.
    -दमनः the son of Bāṇāsura.
    -दारुः the tree Pinus Devadāru.
    -द्युति Sandal
    -द्रुः, -द्रुमः 1 the plant Termi- nalia Arjuna (अर्जुन).
    -2 The plant कुटज.
    -द्वीपः, -पम् one of the 9 Dvīpas or Divisions of the continent (of India).
    -धनुः N. of Indra's bow, the rainbow; स एकव्रा- त्यो$भवत्स धनुरादत्त तदेवेन्द्रधनुः Av.15.1.6.
    -ध्वजः 1 a flag raised on the 12th day of the bright half of Bhādra.
    -2 Indra's weapon; विस्रस्ताकल्पकेशस्रगिन्द्रध्वज इवापतत् Bhāg.1.44.22.
    -नक्षत्रम् Indra's lunar mansion फल्गुनी.
    -नेत्रम् 1 the eye of Indra.
    -2 the number one thousand.
    -नीलः [इन्द्र इव नीलः श्यामः] a sapphire; परीक्षाप्रत्ययैर्यैश्च पद्मरागः परीक्ष्यते । त एव प्रत्यया दृष्टा इन्द्रनीलमणेरपि ॥ Garuḍa. P.; R.13.54;16.69; Me.48,79.
    -नीलकः an emerald.
    -पत्नी 1 Indra's wife, शची.
    -पर्णी, -पुष्पा N. of a medicinal plant (Mar. कळलावी).
    -पर्वतः 1 the महेन्द्र mountain.
    -2 a blue mountain.
    -पुत्रा N. of अदिति.
    -पुरोगम, -पुरःसर, -श्रेष्ठ a. led or preceded by Indra, having Indra at the head.
    -पुरोहितः N. of बृहस्पति. (
    -ता) the asterism Puṣya.
    -प्रमतिः N. of the pupil of Paila and the author of some ṛiks of the Rv.
    -प्रस्थम् N. of a city on the Yamunā, the residence of the Paṇḍavas (identified with the modern Delhi); इन्द्रप्रस्थगमस्तावत्कारि मा सन्तु चेदयः Śi.2.63.
    -प्रहरणम् Indra's weapon, the thunderbolt.
    -भगिनी N. of Pārvatī.
    -भेषजम् dried ginger.
    -मखः a sacrifice in honour of Indra.
    -महः 1 a festival in honour of Indra.
    -2 the rainy season; ˚कामुकः a dog.
    -मादन a. animating or delighting Indra; ये वायव इन्द्रमादनासः Rv.7.92.4.
    -मेदिन् a. Ved. whose friend or ally is Indra; इन्द्रमेदी सत्वनो नि ह्वयस्व Av.5.2-.8.
    -यज्ञः (See इन्द्रमह and इन्द्रमख) श्वो$स्माकं घोषस्योचित इन्द्रयज्ञो नामोत्सवः भविष्यति Bālacharita I.
    -यवः, -वम् seed of the Kutaja tree.
    -लुप्तः, -प्तम्, -लुप्तकम् 1 excessive bald- ness of the head.
    -2 loss of beard.
    -लोकः Indra's world, Svarga or Paradise.
    -लोकेशः 1 lord of Indra's world, i. e. Indra.
    -2 a guest (who, if hospitably received, confers paradise on his host).
    -वंशा, -वज्रा N. of two metres, see Appendix.
    -वल्लरी, -वल्ली N. of a plant (पारिजात) or of इन्द्रवारुणी.
    -वस्तिः [इन्द्रस्य आत्मनः वस्तिरिव] the calf (of the leg).
    -वाततम a. Ved. desired by Indra. अस्मे ऊतीरिन्द्रवाततमाः Rv.1.6.6.
    -वानकम् A variety of diamonds. Kau. A.2.11.
    -वायू (du.) Indra and Vāyu. इन्द्रवायू उभाविह सुहवेह हवामहे Av.3.2.6.
    -वारुणी, -वारुणिका Colocynth, a wild bitter gourd cucumis colocynthis. (Mar. मोठी कंवडळ) किमिन्द्रवारुणी राम सितया कटुकीयते Laghu Yoga- vāsiṣṭha-sāra X. सौवर्चलं हरिद्रा च पिप्पली चेन्द्रवारुणिः । मूत्र- कृच्छ्रे प्रशंसन्ति पिण्डो$यं वाजिनां हितः ॥ शालिहोत्र of भोज 33.
    -वाह् a. carrying Indra.
    -वृक्षः the Devadāru tree.
    -वृद्धा a kind of abscess.
    -वैडूर्यम् a kind of precious stone.
    -व्रतम् Indra's rule of conduct; one of the duties of a king (who is said to follow इन्द्रव्रत when he distri- butes benefits as Indra pours down rain); वार्षिकांश्चतुरो मासान् यथेन्द्रो$प्यभिवर्षति । तथाभिवर्षेत्स्वं राष्ट्रं कामैरिन्द्रव्रतं चरन् ॥ Ms.9.34.
    -शक्तिः f. Indrāṇī, the wife of Indra, or his energy personified.
    -शत्रुः 1 an enemy or destroyer of Indra (when the accent is on the last syllable), an epithet of प्रह्लाद; इन्द्रशत्रो विवर्धस्व मा चिरं जहि विद्विषम् Bhāg.6.9.12. बलिप्रदिष्टां श्रियमाददानं त्रैविक्रमं पादमिवेन्द्रशत्रुः R.7.35.
    -2 [इन्द्रः शत्रुः यस्य] one whose enemy is Indra, an epithet of वृत्र (when the accent is on the first syllable). (This refers to a legend in the Śat. Br., where it is said that Vṛitra's father intended his son to become the destroyer of Indra, and asked him to say इन्द्रशत्रुर्वधस्व &c. but who, through mistake, accented the word on the first syllable, and was killed by Indra; cf. Śik.52; मन्त्रो हीनः स्वरतो वर्णतो वा मिथ्याप्रयुक्तो न तमर्थमाह । स वाग्वज्रो यजमानं हिनस्ति यथेन्द्रशत्रुः स्वरतो$पराधात् ॥
    -शलभः a kind of insect (इन्द्रगोप).
    -संजयम् N. of a sāman. Arṣeya Br.
    -संधा connection or alliance with Indra. तयाहमिन्द्रसंधया सर्वान् देवानिह हुव Av.11.1.9.
    -सारथिः 1 N. of Mātali.
    -2 an epi- thet of Vāyu, driving in the same carriage with Indra; Rv.4.46.2.
    -सावर्णिः N. of the fourteenth Manu.
    -सुतः, -सूनुः 1 N. of (a) Jayanta; (b) Arjuna; (c) Vāli, the king of monkeys.
    -2 N. of the अर्जुन tree.
    -सुरसः, -सुरा a shrub the leaves of which are used in discutient applications (निर्गुंडी).
    -सेनः N. of several men; of Bali; of a mountain; Bhāg.8.2.23.
    -सेना 1 Indra's missile or host.
    -2 Indra's army; Rv.1.12.2.
    -सेनानीः the leader of Indra's armies, epithet of Kārtikeya.
    -स्तुत् m.
    -स्तोमः 1 praise of Indra; N. of a particular hymn addressed to Indra in certain ceremonies.
    -2 a sacrifice in honour of Indra.
    -हवः invocation of Indra; भद्रान् कृण्वन्निन्द्रहवान्त्सखिभ्य Rv.9.96.1.
    -हस्तः a kind of medicament.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > इन्द्रः _indrḥ

  • 111 AF

    of
    * * *
    prep. w. dat.
    I. Of place:
    1) off, from;
    G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;
    ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;
    Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;
    Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;
    hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;
    Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;
    tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;
    bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;
    hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;
    vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;
    muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;
    rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;
    vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;
    lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;
    vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;
    2) out of;
    verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;
    gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;
    Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.
    Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.
    II. Of time; past, beyond:
    af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;
    ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;
    þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;
    var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.
    III. In various other relations:
    1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;
    hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;
    vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;
    féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;
    þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;
    þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;
    ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;
    2) off, of;
    höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;
    vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;
    þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;
    absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;
    fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;
    3) of, among;
    hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;
    4) with;
    hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;
    fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;
    5) of (= ór which is more frequent);
    húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;
    6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;
    hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;
    7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;
    ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;
    kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;
    8) by, of (after passive);
    ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;
    ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;
    9) on account of, by reason of, by;
    úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;
    ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;
    af ástæld hans, by his popularity;
    af því, therefore;
    af hví, wherefor why;
    af því at, because;
    10) by means of, by;
    framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;
    af sínu fé, by one’s own means;
    absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;
    11) with adjectives, in regard to;
    mildr af fé, liberal of money;
    góðr af griðum, merciful;
    12) used absol. with a verb, off away;
    hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;
    ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;
    sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.
    * * *
    prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in loco—á, í, við, and ad locum—á, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in loco—á, or in locum— til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.
    A. Loc.
    I. With motion, off, from:
    1. prop. corresp. to á,
    α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.
    β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.
    γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.
    δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.
    ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.
    ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).
    2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).
    II. WITHOUT MOTION:
    1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.
    2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.
    β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.
    γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.
    3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.
    β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.
    4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.
    B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:
    1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.
    2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.
    3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.
    C. In various other relations:
    I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.
    1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.
    2. where an object is taken by force:
    α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.
    β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.
    γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.
    3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.
    β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.
    II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.
    β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.
    γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.
    2. with the notion of—among; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.
    β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.
    γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.
    δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.
    3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.
    III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.
    2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.
    IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:
    1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.
    β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.
    2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.
    β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.
    V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:
    1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.
    2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.
    VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:
    1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.
    β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.
    2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.
    β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.
    3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.
    4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.
    5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.
    VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:
    1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.
    β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.
    2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.
    VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.
    IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.
    β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;
    γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.
    δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.
    X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.
    2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.
    XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).
    D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:
    I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.
    II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AF

  • 112 Á

    * * *
    a negative suffix to verbs, not;
    era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.
    * * *
    1.
    á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]
    With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.
    WITH DAT.
    A. Loc.
    I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.
    II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.
    2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).
    3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.
    4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.
    III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).
    B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:
    I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.
    II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.
    III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.
    IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.
    C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:
    I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.
    2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.
    3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.
    II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.
    III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.
    IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’
    2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.
    V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.
    VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.
    VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.
    VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.
    WITH ACC.
    A. Loc.
    I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.
    2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.
    3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.
    II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:
    1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.
    2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.
    III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.
    IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.
    V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.
    VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.
    VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.
    B. TEMP.
    I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.
    II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.
    III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.
    IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.
    V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.
    VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.
    VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.
    C. Metaph. and in various relations:
    I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.
    β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.
    II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:
    1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.
    2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.
    3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.
    β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.
    III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.
    IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:
    1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.
    2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.
    3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.
    V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.
    VI. connected with nouns,
    1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.
    2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.
    3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.
    VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.
    2.
    f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.
    COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á

  • 113 FALLA

    * * *
    (fell; féll, féllum; fallinn), v.
    eigi fellr tré við fyrsta högg, a tree falls not with the first stroke;
    falla af baki, to fall from horse back;
    falla á kné, to fall on one’s knees;
    falla áfram (á bak aptr), to fall forwards (backwards);
    falla flatr, to fall prostrate;
    falla til jarðar, to fall to the ground;
    refl., láta fallast (= sik falla), to let oneself fall (þá lét Loki falla í kné Skaða);
    2) to drop down dead, be killed, fall (in battle);
    3) to die of plague (féllu fátœkir menn um alit land);
    4) to flow, run (of water, stream, tide);
    særinn fell út frá landi, ebbed;
    féll sjór fyrir hellismunnann, the sea rose higher than the cave-mouth;
    síðan féll sjór at, the tide rose;
    þeir sá þá ós mikinn falla í sjóinn, fall into the sea;
    á fél (a river flowed) við skála Ásólfs;
    var skipit svá hlaðit, at inn féll um söxin, that the sea rushed in at the prow;
    5) of clothes, hair, to fall, hang down;
    hárit féll á herðar honum aptr, the hair fell back on his shoulders;
    létu kvennváðir um kné falla, they let women’s dress fall about hi s knees;
    6) to fall, calm down (of the wind);
    féll veðrit (the storm fell) ok gerði logn;
    7) to fail, be foiled;
    sá eiðr fellr honum til útlegðar, if he fails in taking the oath, he shall be liable to outlawry;
    falla á verkum sínum, to have been caught red-handed, to be justly slain;
    falla or fallast at máli, sókn, to fail in one’s suit;
    falla frá máli, to give it up;
    fallinn at frændum, bereft of kinsmen;
    dœmi ek fyrir dráp hans fallnar yðrar eignir, I sentence your estates to be forfieited for his slaughter;
    refl., ef gerðarmenn láta fallast, if the umpires fail to do their duty;
    þá fallust öllum Ásum orðtök ok svá hendr, then voice and hands alike failed the Gods;
    féllust þeim allar kvéðjur, their greetings died on their lips;
    vill sá eigi falust láta andsvör, he will not fail or falter in replying;
    mér féll svá gæfusamliga (it befell me so quickly), at;
    stundum kann svá at falla, at, sometimes it may so happen that;
    9) to be had or produced (þat járn fellr í firði þeim; þar fellr hveiti ok vín);
    10) with adv., e-m fellr e-t þungt, létt, a thing falls heavily, lightly upon one (þetta mun ðr þungt falla);
    féll þá keisaranum þyngra bardaginn, the battle turned against the emperor;
    e-m fellr e-t nær, it falls nigh to one, touches one nearly;
    henni féll meinit svá nær, at, the illness fell on her so sore, that;
    mér fellr eigi firr en honum, it touches me no less than him;
    hörmuliga fellr oss nú, at, it falls out sadly for us, that;
    11) to please, suit;
    kvað sér, þat vel falla til attekta, said that it suited him well for drawing revenue from;
    honum féll vel í eyru lofsorð konungs, the king’s praise was pleasant in his ears;
    jarli féllst þat vel í eyru, the earl was well pleased to hear it;
    mun mér illa falla, ef, it will displease me, if;
    féll vel á með þeim, they were on good terms;
    refl., honum féllst þat vel í skap, it suited his mind well, he was pleased with it;
    féllst hvárt öðru vel í geð, they loved each other;
    12) with preps. and advs.,
    falla af, to fall, abate (féll af vindr, byrr);
    falla á e-n, to befall one;
    þær féllu lyktir í, at, the end was, that;
    falla í e-t, to fall into;
    falla í brot, to fall in a fit;
    falla í óvit, to faint, swoon;
    falla í villu, to fall into heresy;
    falla í vald e-s, to fall into one’s power;
    féll veðrit í logn, the storm calmed down;
    falla niðr, to fall, drop;
    mitt kvæði mun skjótt niðr falla, my poem will soon be forgotten;
    féll svá niðr þeirra tal, their conversation dropped, they left off talking;
    falla saman, to fill in with, agree;
    þó at eigi félli alit saman með þeim, though they, did not agree in everything;
    falla til, to occur, happen, fall out;
    ef auðna fellr til, if luck will have it so;
    litlu síðar féll til fagrt leiði, fair wind came on;
    öll þingviti, er til falla, all the fines that may fall in, be due;
    nema þörf falli til, unless need be;
    sem sakir falla til, as the case falls;
    falla undir e-n, to fall to one’s lot (of inheritance, obligation);
    arfr fellr undir e-n, devolves upon one;
    falla út, to recede, of the tide (þá er út féll sjórinn);
    falla við árar, to fall to at the oars.
    * * *
    pret. féll, 2nd pers. féllt, mod. féllst, pl. féllu; pres. fell, pl. föllum; part. fallinn; reflex. féllsk, fallisk, etc., with the neg. suffix fellr-at, féll-at, féllsk-at, Am. 6, vide Lex. Poët. [Common to all Teut. languages except Goth. (Ulf. renders πίπτειν by drjûsan); A. S. feallan; Engl. fall; Germ. fallen; Dan. falde; Swed. falla.]
    A. to fall; as in Engl. so in Icel. falla is the general word, used in the broadest sense; in the N. T. it is therefore used much in the same passages as in the Engl. V., e. g. Matth. v. 14, vii. 25, 27, x. 29, xii. 11, xiii. 4, xxi. 44, Luke xiv. 5, John xii. 24, Rom. xi. 11, xiv. 4, 1 Cor. x. 12, 1 Tim. vi. 9, Rev. viii. 10: blómstrið fellr, James i. 11: again, the verbs hrynja and hrapa denote ruin or sudden fall, detta a light fall, hrasa stumbling; thus in the N. T. hrynja is used, Luke xxiii. 30, Rev. vi. 16; hrapa, Luke x. 18, xi. 17, xiii. 4, Matth. xxiv. 29; hrasa, Luke x. 30; detta, xvi. 21: the proverb, eigi fellr tré við hit fyrsta högg, a tree falls not by the first stroke, Nj. 163, 224; hann féll fall mikit, Bs. i. 343; hón féll geigvænliga, id.; falla af baki, to fall from horseback, 344; f. áfram, to fall forwards, Nj. 165; f. á bak aptr, to fall on the back, 9; f. um háls e-m, to fall on one’s neck, Luke xv. 20; f. til jarðar, to fall to the ground, fall prostrate, Fms. vii. 13, Pass. 5. 4: to fall on one’s face, Stj. 422. Ruth ii. 10; f. fram, to fall down, Matth. iv. 9; f. dauðr ofan, to fall down dead, Fær. 31; ok jafnsnart féll á hann dimma og myrkr, Acts xiii. 11; hlutr fellr, the lot fell (vide hlut-fall), i. 26.
    2. to fall dead, fall in battle, Lat. cadere, Nj. 31, Eg. 7, 495, Dropl. 25, 36, Hm. 159, Fms. i. 8, 11, 24, 38, 95, 173, 177, 178, ii. 318, 324, 329, iii. 5, iv. 14, v. 55, 59, 78, 85, vi. 406–421, vii–xi, passim.
    3. of cattle, to die of plague or famine, Ann. 1341.
    4. medic., falla í brot, to fall in a fit, Bs. i. 335; f. í óvit, to swoon, Nj. 210: the phrase, f. frá, to fall, die (frá-fall, death), Grág. i. 139, 401, Fms. iv. 230, vii. 275; f. í svefn, to fall asleep, Acts xx. 9.
    II. to flow, run, of water, stream, tide, etc.: of the tide, særinn féll út frá landi, ebbed, Clem. 47; féll þar sær fyrir hellismunnann, the sea rose higher than the cave’s mouth, Orkn. 428; síðan féll sjór at, the tide rose, Ld. 58; ok þá er út féll sjórinn, Þorf. Karl. 420; sjórinn féll svá skjótt á land, at skipin vóru öll á floti, Fms. iv. 65: also used of snow, rain, dew, Vsp. 19; snjó-fall, a fall of snow: of the ashes of a volcano, cp. ösku-fall, s. v. aska: of a breaker, to dash, menn undruðusk er boði féll í logni, þar sem engi maðr vissi ván til at fyrri hefði fallit, Orkn. 164: of a river, nema þar falli á sú er eigi gengr fé yfir, Grág. ii. 256; vötn þau er ór jöklum höfðu fallit, Eg. 133; á féll ( flowed) við skála Ásólfs, Landn. 50, A. A. 285; þeir sá þá ós (fors, Hb.) mikinn falla í sjóinn, Landn. 29, v. l., cp. Fms. i. 236; Markar-fljót féll í millum höfuð-ísa, Nj. 142; á fellr austan, Vsp. 42; falla forsar, 58; læk er féll meðal landa þeirra, Landn. 145: of sea water, sjár kolblár fellr at þeim, the ship took in water, Ld. 118, Mar. 98; svá at inn féll um söxin, that the tea rushed in at the stern, Sturl. iii. 66.
    2. to stream, of hair; hárit silki-bleikt er féll ( streamed) á herðar honum aptr, Fms. vii. 155.
    β. of clothes, drapery, Edda (Ht. 2) 121.
    III. to fall, of the wind; féll veðrit ok görði logn, the wind fell, Eg. 372; þá féll byrrinn, Eb. 8; ok fellr veðrit er þeir koma út at eyjum, Ld. 116; hón kvaðsk mundu ráða at veðrit félli eigi, Gullþ. 30; í því bili fellr andviðrit, Fbr. 67; þá féll af byrrinn, Fms. vi. 17.
    2. falla niðr, to fall, drop; mitt kvæði mun skjótt niðr f., my poem will soon be forgotten, Fms. vi. 198; mun þat (in the poem) aldri niðr f. meðan Norðrlönd eru bygð, 372; féll svá þeirra tal, their speech dropped, they left off talking, Fas. iii. 579; as a law term, to let a thing drop, lát niðr f., Fs. 182; féllu hálfar bætr niðr fyrir sakastaði þá er hann þótti á eiga, Nj. 166, 250, Band. 18; þat eitt fellr niðr, Grág. i. 398, Fms. vii. 137; falla í verði, to fall in price, etc.
    IV. to fail, be foiled, a law term; sá (viz. eiðr) fellr honum til útlegðar, i. e. if he fails in taking the oath he shall be liable to outlawry, N. G. L. i. 84 (eið-fall); en ef eiðr fellr, þá fari hann útlægr, K. Á. 214; fellr aldri sekt handa á milli, the fine is never cancelled, N. G. L. i. 345; f. á verkum sínum, to have been caught red-handed, to be justly slain, Eg. 736; vera fallinn at sókn, to fail in one’s suit, N. G. L. i. 166; hence metaph. fallin at frændum, failing, bereft of friends, Hðm. 5; fallinn frá minu máli, having given my case up, Sks. 554, 747; því dæmi ek fyrir dráp hans fallnar eignir ykkar, I sentence your estates to lie forfeited for his slaughter, Fs. 122; f. í konungs garð, to forfeit to the king’s treasury. Fms. iv. 227; reflex., ef honum fellsk þessor brigð, if his right of reclamation fails, Gþl. 300; ef menn fallask at því, if men fail in that, N. G. L. ii. 345; ef gerð fellsk, if the reparation comes to naught, id.; ef gerðar-menn láta fallask, if they fail to do their duty, id., cp. i. 133, 415; to fail, falter, in the phrase, e-m fallask hendr, the hands fail one; bliknaði hann ok féllusk honum hendr, Ó. H. 70; þá féllusk öllum Ásum orðtök ok svá hendr, their voice and hands alike failed them, Edda 37; en bóndum féllusk hendr, því á þeir höfðu þá engan foringja, Fms. vi. 281; féllusk þeim allar kveðjur er fyrir vóru, their greeting faltered, i. e. the greeting died on their lips, Nj. 140; vill sá eigi fallask fáta andsvör, he would not fail or falter in replying, Hkr. i. 260; féllskat saðr sviðri, her judgment did not fail, Am. 6.
    V. metaph., falla í villu, to fall into heresy, Ver. 47; f. í hórdóm, to fall into whoredom, Sks. 588; f. í vald e-s. to fall into one’s power, Ld. 166; f. í fullsælu, to drop ( come suddenly) into great wealth, Band. 31; f. í fullting við e-n, to fall a-helping one, to take one’s part, Grág. i. 24; lyktir falla á e-t, to come to a close, issue, Fms. ix. 292. xi. 326; f. á, to fall on, of misfortune, vide á-fall.
    2. falla undir e-n, to full to one’s lot, of inheritance, obligation; arfr fellr undir e-n. devolves upon one, Gþl. 215; f. frjáls á jörð to be free born, N. G. L. i. 32; f. ánanðigr á jörð, to be born a bondsman, Grág. ii. 192.
    3. falla við árar, to fall to at the oars, Fms. xi. 73, 103; Þorgeirr féll þá svá fast á árar (pulled, so bard), at af gengu báðir háirnir, Grett. 125 A; f. fram við árar, id., Fas. ii. 495 (in a verse).
    VI. to fall out, befall; ef auðna fellr til, if it so falls out by luck, Fms. iv. 148; ef auðna vildi til f. með þeim, xi. 267; litlu siðar fellr til fagrt leiði, a fair wind befell them, 426; alla hluti þá er til kunni f., Nj. 224; öll þingvíti er til f., all the fines that may fall in, be due, Gþl. 21; nema þörf falli til, unless a mishap befalls him, i. e. unless he be in a strait, 76; mér féll svá gæfusamliga, it befell me so luckily, Barl. 114; verðuliga er fallit á mik þetta tilfelli, this accident has justly befallen me, 115; sem sakir f. til, as the case falls, Eg. 89.
    2. to fall, be produced; þat (the iron) fellr í firði þeim er Ger heitir, Fas. iii. 240; þar fellr hveiti ok vín, 360.
    VII. impers. in the phrases, e-m fellr e-t þungt, létt, etc., a thing falls lightly, heavily upon, esp. of feeling; þetta mun yðr þungt f., it will fall heavily on you, Band. 18; felir þá keisaranum þyngra bardaginn, the battle fell out ill to ( turned against) the emperor, Fms. xi. 32; at oss mundi þungt f. þessi mál, Nj. 191.
    2. the phrases, e-m fellr e-t nær, it falls nigh to one, touches one nearly; svá fellr mér þetta nær um trega, Nj. 170; sjá einn var svá hlutr, at Njáli féll svá nær, at hana mátti aldri óklökvandi um tala, this one thing touched Njal so nearly, that he could never speak of it without tears, 171; mér fellr eigi firr en honum, it touches me no less than him, Blas. 41; henni féll meinit svá, nær, at …, the illness fell on her so sore, that …, Bs. i. 178; féll henni nær allt saman, she was much vexed by it all (of illness), 351; e-t fellr bágliga, hörmuliga etc. fyrir e-m, things fall out sadly for one. Vígl. 30, El. 15.
    B. Metaph. to fall in with, agree, fit, suit, Germ. gefallen:
    I. to please, suit; kvað sér þat vel falla til aftekta, said that it suited him well for drawing taxes from, Fb. ii. 122: en allt þat, er hann heyrði frá himnaguði, féll honum harla vel, pleased him very well, Fms. i. 133; honum féll vel í eyru lofsorð konungs, the king’s praise suited his ears well, tickled, pleased his fancy, Bret. 16: reflex., þat lof fellsk honum í eyru, 4; jarli fellsk þat vel í eyru, the earl was well pleased to hear it, Bjarn. 7.
    β. falla saman, to fall in with, comply, agree; en þó at eigi félli allt saman með þeim, though they did not agree in all, Bs. i. 723.
    γ. féllsk vel á með þeim, they loved one another, Fas. i. 49; féll vel á með þeim Styrkári, i. e. he and S. were on good terms, Fms. iii. 120.
    δ. honum féllsk þat vel í skap, it suited his mind well, pleased him, Fas. i. 364; féllsk hvárt öðru vel í geð, they agreed well, liked one another well, Band. 9; fallask á e-t, to like a thing; brátt kvartar að mér fellst ei á, Bb. 3. 23.
    2. to beseem, befit; heldr fellr þeim ( it befits them), at sýna öðrum með góðvilja, Str. 2.
    3. falla at e-u, to apply to, refer to; þetta eitt orð er at fellr eiðstafnum, Band. MS. 15 (Ed. 18 wrongly eiðrinn instead of eiðnum).
    4. the phrase ‘falla við’ in Luke vi. 36 (bótin af því hinu nýja fellr eigi við hið gamla) means to agree with; hence also viðfeldinn, agreeable:—but in the two passages to be cited falla við seems to be intended for falda við, to enfold; hvergi nema þar sem falli við akr eða eng, unless field or meadow be increased or improved, N. G. L. ii. 116; ekki má falla (qs. falda) við hamingju-leysi mitt, ‘tis impossible to add a fold to my bad luck, it cannot be worse than it is, Al. 110.
    II. part. fallinn; svá f., such-like, so framed; eitt lítið dýr er svá fallið, at …, a small animal is so framed, that …, Stj. 77; hví man hinn sami maðr svá fallinn, how can the same man be so framed? Fms. xi. 429:—in law phrases, such-like, as follows, svá fallinn vitnisburð, testimony as follows, Vm. 47; svo fallinn órskurð, dóm, etc., a decision, sentence … as follows, a standing phrase; þá leið fallinn, such, such-like (Germ. beschaffen), Stj. 154.
    2. fallinn vel, illa, etc., well, ill-disposed; hann var vænn maðr ok vel fallinn, Fms. xi. 422; þau vóru tröll bæði ok at öllu illa fallin, Bárð. 165; fitted, worthy, bezt til konungs fallinn, Fms. i. 58; ok er hann bezt til þess f. af þessum þremr, vi. 386; at hann væri betr til fallinn at deyja fyrir þá sök en faðir hans, that he more deserved to die than his father did, x. 3; Ólafr er betr til yfirmanns f. enn mínir synir, Ld. 84; margir eru betr til fallnir fararinnar, Ísl. ii. 327; Hallgerðr kvað hann sér vel fallinn til verkstjóra, Nj. 57; sá er til þess er f., Sks. 299; ‘worthy,’ 1 Cor. vi. 2.
    3. neut. fit; ok hætti þá er honum þótti fallit, when he thought fit, Fms. vi. 364; slík reip sem f. þykir, as seems needful, Sks. 420; væri þat vel fallit, at …, it would do well, to …, Fms. ii. 115; þat mun nú vel fallit, that will be right, that will do well, Nj. 145; kallaði vel til fallit, said it was quite right, Fms. xi. 321.
    4. of a thing, with dat. suited to one; eigi þyki mér þér sú ferð vel fallin, i. e. this journey will not do for thee, will not do thee good, Fms. vi. 200; cp. ó-fallit, unfit.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FALLA

  • 114 SINN

    I)
    (sín, sitt), poss. pron. his, her, its, their;
    1) referring to the subj. in a sentence, Hallgerðr fastnaði dóttur sína, H. betrothed her daughter;
    Hrútr var harðráðr við úvini sína, H. was stern towards his foes;
    2) referring to the object;
    hvat vill Haraldr bjóða Nóregs konungi fyrir sitt starf, what will H. offer to the king of Norway for his (viz. the latter’s) trouble? Sigurðr jarl gaf upp Orkneyingum óðul sín, their odals;
    hann þakkar honum sitt sinni, he thanks him for his help;
    3) neut. as subst.;
    kostaði hann einn allt fyrir, en bœndr ekki af sínu, nothing of their own;
    allt mun þat sínu fran fara um aldr manna, it will all go its own course to a man’s life;
    4) with sjálfr both words are declined;
    þeir báðu hana taka sjálfrar sinnar ráð, they bade her take her own counsel;
    5) with hvárr and hverr in a distributive sense;
    tók sitt langskip hvárr þeira, each of the two took a long ship;
    sinn vetr þá hvárr heimboð at öðrum, they visited each other, winter about;
    sínu sinni at hvárs búum, alternately on each other’s estates;
    sinn veg hvárr, one each way;
    þykkir nökkut sinn veg hváru, each took his own view of the matter;
    ferr sinn veg hverr um skóginn, they (all) went each his own way in the wood;
    skulu vaka sinn þriðjung nætr hverir tveir, two and two in turn.
    n. time;
    eitt sinn, einu sinni, one time, once (þat var eitt sinn, at Egill gekk til elda at verma sik);
    eitthvert sinn, einhverju sinni = eitt sinn, einu sinni;
    einhverju sinni bar svá til, at, one time it happened that;
    ekki sinn, engu sinni, never;
    aldri sinn, never more (aldri skaltu koma í mína rekkju sinn síðan);
    þat sinn, that time;
    þessu sinni, this time;
    (í) annat sinn, öðru sinni, a second time, again;
    hit fyrra sinn, the first time;
    hit þriðja sinn, for the third time;
    at sinni, for the present (þeir skilja tal sitt at sinni);
    um sinn, once (veg þú aldri meirr í inn sama knérunn en um sinn);
    for this one time (ek mun leysa þik ór vandræði þessu um sinn);
    um sinns sakir, for this once (eigi vil ek synja þér um sinns sakir þessa);
    dat. pl., sjau sinnum, seven times;
    endr ok sinnum, now and then, from time to time;
    nökkurum sinnum, several times.
    * * *
    sín, sitt, pron. possess. reflex.; the better and true form is sínn, sín, sítt, with í throughout, see the remarks on minn; [Ulf. seins, etc.]:—his, hers, its, theirs = Lat. suus, usually placed after, but also, if emphatic, before; þar sitr Sigyn um sínum ver, Vsp. 39; síns um freista frama, Hm. 2; mál síns maga, 20; síns ins heila hugar, síns ins svára sofa, 105: properly referring to the subject in a sentence, Hallgerðr fastnaði dóttur sína, H. gave away her daughter. Nj. 51; Hrútr var hagráðr við vini sína, 2; hann skipaði sínum mónnum, 50; þeir leiða hesta sína, 265; hann kvaddi Ólaf stjúpson sinn til at söðla sér hest, Ó. H. 15; síðan vóru honum öll ráð sín þungrærð ok torsótt, 195; var honum sjálfum hugr sinn bæði fyrir skjöld ok brynju, Fbr. 56 new Ed. The pronoun may also refer to the object, or, in a complex sentence, to a second person in the predicate of the sentence, hvat vill Haraldr bjóða Noregs konungi fyrir sitt starf, what will H. offer to the king of Norway for his (i. e. the Norse king’s) trouble? Fms. vi. 415; Sigurðr jarl gaf upp Orkneyingum óðul sín (their odals), Orkn. 20, cp. the Lat. ‘Syracusanis res suas restituit;’ sagði Dufþakr at Ormr skyldi hafa byrði sína, i. e. as much as O. could carry, Fb. i. 523; eigi þér at bæta prestinum rétt sinn, to the priest his due, Bs. i. 709; Eyjólfr þakkar konungi gjafir sínar ok vinmæli for his (the king’s) gifts, Lv. 112; hann þakkar honum sitt sinni, he thanks him for his help, Fas. ii. 542: so also in mod. writers, og hann gaf hann aptr sinni móður, Luke vii. 15 (Vídal.); ræn ei Guð Sínum rétti, rob thou not God of his right, Pass. 7. 11, and passim.
    II. neut. as subst.; allt mun þat sínu fram fara ( go its own course) um aldr manna, Nj. 259; ryðik hann um sitt, = Lat. pro virili, i. e. for his own part, with might and main, Fms. xi. 132: ellipt., hann segir sínar (viz. farar) eigi sléttar, Korm. 158; kom hann svá sinni (viz. ár) fyrir borð, Fas. i. 524.
    III. with sjálfr, both words are declined; skaða sjálfs síns, one’s own self’s scathe, Sks. 228 B; minni sjálfs síns, one’s own recollection, D. N. ii. 110; þeir báðu hana taka sjálfrar sinnar ráð. ‘take her own self’s rede,’ act for herself, Fms. x. 103; með höndum sjálfra sinna, Barl. 25; leggr hón í veð sjálfra sinna eignir, D. N. ii. 82; sakir óforsjó sálfra sinna, i. 107: in mod. usage both the possessive and the indeclinable forms are used, thus, sjálfs síns eignum, but if placed after, eignum sjálfs sín; the possessive however is more freq., as it also is the better form of the two.
    IV. with hvárr (dual), hverr (plur.), in a distributive sense:
    α. sinn-hverr in n purely distributive sense; tók sitt langskip ‘hvárr þeirra, they took a long ship, each of the two, Eg. 74; England ok Skotland er ein ey, ok er þó sitt hvárt konungs-ríki, England and Scotland are one island, and yet each is a separate kingdom, Symb. 14: lét sitt naut hvárr fram leiða, Eg. 506; sinn vetr þá hvúrr heimboð at öðrum, each his winter, alternately, Nj. 51; ef sinn lögsögu-mann vilja hvárir, Grág. i. 1; þeirra manna er tví-tyngðir eru ok hafa í sínum hváptinum hvára tunguna, Al. 4; hón hélt sinni hendi um háls hvárum þeirra, … liggi til sinnar handar mér hvárr ykkar, Fms. i. 9.
    β. sinn hverr (plur.), ferr sinn veg hverr um skóginn, they went each his own way in the wood, i. e. dispersed, Glúm. 329; skulu vaka sinn þriðjung nætr hverir tveir, two and two in turn, Fms. iv. 299; hann selr sína bolöxi í hendr hverjum þeirra, v. 288; hann sá þrjú hásæti ok sátu þrír menn, sinn í hverju, Edda 2; hann kastaði um öxl hverja sínum sauðum tveimr, Grett. 134 new Ed.; fór sinn veg hverr, they went each his own way, i. e. they parted; but, fór hverr sinn veg, each his (appointed) way: rarely with the possessive placed after, fóru hvárir leið sína, Nj. 34; fara hvárir til síns heima, Korm. 222. In mod. usage, when sinn is placed after hverr, it gives emphasis with the notion of one’s due, one’s own, thus, gefa hverjum sitt, to give every one his due, Lat. suum cuique; whereas ‘sitt hverjum,’ with the order reversed, is merely distributive; thus hver fékk sinn penning, Matth. xx. 9 (of wages due to each); whereas ‘fékk sinn pening hverr’ would be said of alms distributed.
    B. COMPDS: sinn-veg, sinn-eg, sinn-ig, adv. one each way; þykkir nokkut sinnveg hváru, they disagreed, Ld. 90; talaði annarr at öðrum, ok hóf sinneg; hverr, they all spoke in turn, and each began his speech differently, Fms. vii. 222. Also, sinns-ig, adv.; flýði sinnsig hverr, Fms. viii. 413, v. l.; sinnsiginn var litr hvers steins, Konr.; skildu þeir svá sínu tali, at sinnsiginn líkaði hverjum, Bs. (Laur.); segir svá Gregorius papa, at sinnsig á hvern á at minna, each has to be admonished in his own way, one this way, another that, 655 xi. 2.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > SINN

  • 115 TAKA

    * * *
    I)
    (tek; tók, tókum; tekinn), v.
    1) to take, catch, seize (tóku þeir laxinn ok otrinn ok báru með sér);
    G. tók inni vinstri hendi spjótit á lopti, G. caught the spear with his left hand;
    man hón taka fé okkart allt með ráni, she will take all our goods by force;
    taka e-n höndum, to seize one, take captive;
    tökum vápn vár, let us take to our weapons;
    2) fig., taka trú, to take the faith, become a Christian;
    taka skírn, to be baptized;
    taka hvíld, to take a rest;
    taka flótta, to take to flight;
    taka rœðu, umrœðu, to begin a parley;
    taka ráð, to take a counsel (= taka til ráðs);
    taka e-n orðum, to address one;
    taka sættir or sættum, to accept terms;
    taka þenna kost, to take this choice;
    taka stefnu, to fix a meeting;
    taka boði, to accept an offer;
    taka sótt, to be taken ill;
    taka úgleði, to get out of spirits;
    taka konung, to take, elect a king;
    taka konu, to take a wife;
    taka úkunna stigu, to take to unknown ways;
    taka e-n or e-m vel, to receive one well;
    taka e-t þvert, to take a thing crossly, deny flatly;
    taka upp höndum, to raise the hands;
    3) to reach, stretch forth, touch;
    fremri hyrnan tók viðbeinit, the upper horn caught the collar bone;
    því at ek tek eigi heim í kveld, for I shall not reach home to-night;
    hárit tók ofan á belti, the hair came down to her waist;
    4) to reach and take harbour (þeir tóku land á Melrakka-sléttu);
    5) to take, hold, of a vessel (ketill, er tók tvær tunnur);
    6) to be equivalent to, be worth (hringrinn tók tólf hundruð mórend);
    7) with infin., to begin (hann tók at yrkja, þegar er hann var ungr);
    nú taka öll húsin at lóga, now the whole house began to blaze;
    impers., þá tók at lægja veðrit, then the wind began to fall;
    8) to touch, regard, concern (þat allt, sem leikmenn tekr);
    9) to catch (up), come up with (hann var allra manna fóthvatastr, svá at engi hestr tók hann á rás);
    10) to start, rush (Eirikr tók út or stofunni, en konungr bað menn hlaupa eptir honum);
    taka á rás, taka frá, to take to running, run away (svá illt sem nú er frá at taka, þá mun þó síðarr verra);
    11) impers. it is taken;
    þá tók af veðrit (acc.) then the storm abated;
    kom á fótinn, svá at af tók, the stroke came on his leg, so that it was cut off;
    sýnina tekr frá e-m, one becomes blind;
    tók út skip Þangbrands, Th.’s ship drifted out;
    um várit er sumarhita tók, when the summer heat set in;
    12) with preps, and advs., taka e-n af lífi, lífdögum, taka e-n af, to take one’s life, put to death;
    taka e-n af nafni ok veldi, to deprive one of his title and power;
    taka e-t af e-m, to take a thing from one, deprive one of (er vér tókum seglit af honum, þá grét hann);
    taka af sér ópit, to cease weeping;
    taka e-t af e-m, to get frotn one (tekr hann af öllu fólki mikil lof);
    taka mikinn (mikil), lítinn (lítil) af e-u, to make (say) much, little of;
    hón tók lítil af öllu, she said little about it, took it coldly;
    øngan tek ek af um liðveizlu við þik, I will not pledge myself as to helping thee;
    taka e-t af, to choose, take;
    G. bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir engi af taka, G. made thee good offers, but thou wouldst take none of them;
    fara sem fœtr mega af taka, at the top of one’s speed;
    hann sigldi suðr sem af tók, as fast as possible;
    to abolish, do away with (lagði á þat allan hug al taka af heiðni ok fornar venjur);
    taka e-t aptr, to take back, render void (taka aptr þat, er ek gef); to recall (taka aptr orð, heil sín);
    taka á e-u, to touch (hón tók á augum hans);
    taka vel, auðvelliga, lítt, illa á e-u, to take (a thing) well, in good part, ill, in ill part (fluttu þeir þetta fyrir jarli, en hann tók vel á);
    taka e-t á sik, to take upon oneself (kvaðst heldr vilja taka þat á sik at gefa honum annát augat);
    tóku þeir á sik svefn mikinn, they fell fast asleep;
    taka arf eptir e-n, to inherit one;
    taka e-t eptir, to get in return;
    með því at þú gerir svá, sem ek býð þér, skaltu nökkut eptir taka, thou shalt have some reward;
    taka e-t frá e-m, to take a thing away from one (þeir tóku spjótin frá þeim ok báru út á ána);
    taka e-n frá e-u, to deprive one of (taka e-n frá landi, ríki);
    taka e-t fyrir e-t, to take in return for (hann keypti sveinana ok tók fyrir þá vesl gott ok slagning); to take for, look upon as (lökum vér þat allt fyrir satt; því tek ek þat fyrir gaman);
    taka fyrir e-t, to refuse (tók E. eigi fyrir útanferð at sumri);
    taka hendi í e-t, to thrust one’s hand into;
    taka í hönd e-m, to shake hands with one;
    taka í móti, to offer resistance (þeir brendu víða bygðina, en bœndr tóku ekki í móti);
    taka niðr, to pull down, demolish (taka niðr til grundvallar allt þat verk); to graze a little, = taka til jarðar (þeir láta nú taka niðr hesta sína);
    taka ofan, to take down (Högni tekr ofan atgeirinn); to pull down (hann hafði látil taka ofan skála sinn);
    taka í sundr, to cut asunder;
    impers., slœmdi sverðinu til hans, svá at í sundr tók manninn, so that the man was cleft asunder;
    taka til e-s, to take to (tóku þá margir til at níða hann);
    taka til máls (orðs, orða), to begin to speak;
    nú er þar til máls at taka, at, now we must take up the story at this point, that;
    taka til varnar, to begin the defence;
    taka til e-s, to have recourse to, resort to (taka e-t til ráðs, bragðs); to concern (þetta mál, er til konungs tók);
    láta e-t til sín taka, to let it concern oneself, meddle with (Gísli lét fátt til sín taka);
    taka e-n til e-s, to choose, elect (Ólafr var til konungs tekinn um allt land);
    absol., taka til, to begin (hann hélt allt austr um Svínasund, þá tók til vald Svíakonungs);
    taka e-t til, to take to, do;
    ef hann tekr nökkut illt til, if he takes to any ill;
    taka um e-t, to take hold of, grasp (nú skaltu taka um fót honum);
    taka e-t undan, to take away;
    impers., undan kúnni tók nyt alla, the cow ceased to give milk;
    taka undan, to run away, escape (B. tók undan með rás);
    hann tók undir kverkina ok kyssti hana, he took her by the chin and kissed her;
    to undertake, take upon oneself;
    H. kvaðst ekki taka mundu undir vandræði þeira, H. said he would have nothing to do with their troubles;
    taka undir e-t með e-m, to back, help one in a thing (vil ek, at þér takit undir þetta mál með mér);
    þau tóku undir þetta léttiliga, they seconded it readily;
    hann tók seinliga undir, he was slow to answer;
    taka undir, to echo, resound (fjöllin tóku undir);
    taka e-t undir sik, to take on hand (Gizurr tók undir sik málit); to lay hold of (hann tekr undir sik eignir þær, er K. átti í Noregi);
    taka e-t upp, to pick up (S. tók upp hanzka sinn);
    taka upp fé fyrir e-m, to seize on, confiscate;
    taka upp borð, to set up the tables before a meal, but also to remove them after a meal;
    taka upp bygð sína, to remove one’s abode;
    hón tekr mart þat upp, er fjarri er mínum vilja, she takes much in hand that is far from my will;
    drykk ok vistir, svá sem skipit tók upp, as the ship could take;
    taka upp ný goðorð, to establish new priesthoods;
    taka upp verknað, to take up work;
    taka upp stœrð, to take to pride;
    taka upp sök, to take up a case;
    taka upp draum, to interpret a dream;
    taka e-t upp, to choose (seg nú skjótt, hvern kost þú vill upp taka);
    absol., taka upp, to extend, rise (rekkjustokkr tekr upp á millum rúma okkarra);
    taka út, to run out (E. tók út ór stofunni);
    taka við e-u, to receive (A. hafði tekit við föðurarf sínum);
    taka vel við e-m, to receive one well, give one a hearty welcome;
    taka við trú, to take the faith;
    þeir tóku vel við, they made a bold resistance;
    tók við hvárr af öðrum, one took up where the other left off;
    taka yfir e-t, to extend over (hann skal eignast af Englandi þat, sem uxahúð tekr yfir);
    impers. to come to an end, succeed (kveðst nú vænta, at nú mundi yfir taka);
    þeir munu allt til vinna at yfir taki við oss, to get the better of us;
    13) refl., takast;
    f.
    1) taking, capture, of a fortress, prisoner;
    2) taking, seizing, of property;
    * * *
    pres. tek, tekr; tökum, takit, taka; pret. tók, tókt (tókst), tók, pl. tóku; subj. tæki (tœki); imperat. tak, taktú; part. tekinn: with neg. suff. tek’k-at ek, I take not, Kristni S. (in a verse); tak-a-ttu, take thou not, Fas. i. (in a verse); tekr-at, Grág. (Kb.) i. 9: [Ulf. têkan, pret. taitok = απτεσθαι; Swed. take; Dan. tage, sounded tā, ‘du tar det ikke, vil du ta det;’ Engl. take is a word borrowed from the Dan., which gradually displaced the Old Engl. niman.]
    A. To take hold of, seize, grasp; taka sér alvæpni, Eg. 236; tóku menn sér þar byrðar ok báru út, Egill tók undir hönd sér mjöð-drekku, 237; nú taki hest minn, ok skal ek ríða eptir honum, 699; tóku þeir skíð sín ok stigu á, 545; hann tók inni vinstri hendi spjótið ok skaut, Nj. 42; lauk upp kistu ok tók upp góð kvennmanna-klæði, Ld. 30; hann tekr nú bogann, … tekr nú kaðal einn, Fas. ii. 543; taka upp net, K. Þ. K. 90; hross skal maðr taka ok teyma ok hepta, þótt heilagt sé, id.
    2. to seize; þeir tóku þar herfang mikit, Nj. 43; tóku skipit ok allt þat er á var, Fms. vii. 249; þeir tóku þar skútu, viii. 438; tóku skip hans, landtjald, klæði, ix. 275; taka fé okkat allt með ráni, Nj. 5; engi maðr skal fyrir öðrum taka, Gþl. 473; hann leiddi þik til arfs … munu taka óvinir þínir ef þú kemr eigi til, Nj. 4; þeir tóku bæinn, seized, Sturl. ii. 149; kona hafði tekit ( stolen) … ok vildi hann refsa henni, Fms. vii. 330.
    3. to catch; Skotar munu hafa tekit njósnir allar, Nj. 126; standi menn upp ok taki hann, 130; hann skyldi taka hundinn, 114; þeir tóku á sundi mann einn, Fms. vii. 225; gröf, at taka í dýr, Flóv. 33; taka höndum, to lay hold of, take captive, Nj. 114, 275; in a good sense, Fms. x. 314.
    4. taka e-n af lífi, to take one from life, Fms. x. 3, Eg. 70; taka e-n af lífdögum, id., Fms. vii. 204: ellipt., taka af (af-taka), to take one off, put to death, Js. 23; taka e-n af nafni ok veldi, to deprive of …, Eg. 268; tóku þeir af eignum jarla konungs, Fms. i. 6: taka af e-m, to take a thing from one, x. 421, Nj. 103, 131, Eg. 120, Ld. 288; taka frá e-m, to take from, off, Nj. 253, K. Þ. K. 48; taka ofan, to take down, pull down, Nj. 119, 168; taka ór, to set apart, 232; taka undir sik, to take under oneself, subject, Fms. x. 24: to take charge of, Nj. 110, Eg. 725: taka upp, to take up, pick up, assume, 23.
    5. to take, grasp; taka í hönd e-m, to shake hands, Nj. 129; taka á lopti, to interrupt, Fms. x. 314; taka í ketil, of the ordeal, Grág. i. 381, Gkv. 3. 7; taka í jörð, to graze, of an animal, Bs. i. 338; jó lætr til jarðar taka, Skm. 15; skulu þér láta taka niðr hesta yðra, to graze a little, Band. 14 new Ed.; tók einn þeirra niðr í sinn klæðsekk, Stj.
    II. metaph., taka upphaf, to begin, Hom. 49; taka vöxt ok þroska, to increase, Rb. 392; taka konungdóm, Eg. 646; taka ráð, 49; taka skírn, 770; taka trú, to take the faith, become a Christian, Nj. 273; taka hvíld, to take rest, 43, 115; taka á sik svefn, 252; taka ræðu, to begin a parley, Eg. 578; taka umræðu, id., Nj. 146; þau taka þá tal, Ld. 72, Fms. ii. 254; taka nærri sér, see nær l. 2; taka á sik göngu, Fbr. 101 new Ed.; taka á sik svefn, Nj.; taka eld, to light a fire, 199; taka e-n orðum, to address; taka í sætt, to receive into reconciliation, Eg. 168; taka sættir, to accept terms, id. (also taka sættum, id.); taka þenna kost, 280; taka samheldi, Fms. ix. 344; ok tóku þat fastliga, at friðr skyldi standa, declared firmly that, x. 40, v. l.; taka stefnu, to fix a meeting, xi. 400; tóku þeir stefnu í milli sín, 402; nú er svá tekið um allt landit, at …, fixed by law that …, Gþl. 275; þeir tóku fastmælum sín í milli, at …, Bret. 82; taki í lög, to take into fellowship, Fms. xi. 96; lög-taka, cp. lófa-tak, vápna-tak; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð enn þú vildir engi af taka, thou wouldst accept none of them, Nj. 77; tók hann þann kost af, at leggja allt á konungs vald, Fms. iv. 224; ok þat tóku þeir af, ix. 367; Ólafr kvaðsk þat mundu af taka, Ld. 72; taka e-t til ráðs, or taka ráðs, bragðs, to resort to, Nj. 75, 124, 199: also, taka e-t til, to resort to, 26, Fms. xi, 253, passim (til-tæki); taka mót, to receive, Edda 15; taka e-t við, to receive in return, Fms. ii. 269; taka bætr fyrir e-t, xi. 253; með því þú görir sem ek býð þér, skaltú nökkuð eptir taka, take some reward for it, Ld. 44; þat er bæði at vér róum hart, enda mun nú mikit eptir taka, a great reward, Finnb. 232 (eptir-tekja); taka fæðu, to take food; taka corpus Domini, Mar.; taka samsæti, Fms. ii. 261; taka arf, Eg. 34; taka erfð, Gþl. 241; taka fé eptir föður sinn, Fms. xi. 47; taka laun, Nj. 68; taka veizlu, to take, receive a veizla (q. v.), Fms. xi. 239; konungr … hann tekr ( receives) af mörgum, skal hann því mikit gefa, 217; taka mikit lof, x. 367; taka helgun af Guði, Rb. 392; taka heilsu, to recover, Stj. 624; ek skal taka hæði-yrði af þér, Nj. 27; taka af honum rán ok manntjón, Ld. 64; taka úskil af íllum mönnum, Greg. 44; taka píslir ok dauða, 656 B. 30; drap hann þar menn nökkura, þótti mönnum hart at taka þat af útlendum manni, Bs. i. 19; þeir tóku mikinn andróða, Fms. viii. 438; taka andviðri, Eg. 87; þeir tóku norðan-veðr hörð, were overtaken by, Nj. 124; taka sótt, to be taken sick or ill (North E. to take ill), 29, Fms. xi. 97, Eg. 767; taka þyngd. id., Ísl. ii. 274; taka fótar-mein, Nj. 219; taka úgleði, to get out of spirits, Eg. 322; hann tók þá fáleika ok úgleði, Fms. vii. 103; hann tók langt kaf, 202; taka arftaki, to adopt, Grág. i. 232; taka konung, to take, elect a king, Fms. ix. 256; taka konu, to take a wife, x. 397; hann kvángaðisk ok tók bróður-dóttur þess manns er Finnr hét, 406; tók Magnús konungr Margrétu, 413; taka konu brott nauðga, to carry off a woman, Grág. i. 353; tók hann þá til háseta, he hired them, Eg. 404; taka far or fari, Landn. 307, Grág. ii. 406 (far, ii. 3); taka úkunna stigu, to take to unknown ways, Fms. viii. 30; taka ferð, to start, Stj.; taka til konungs, or the like, Eg. 367, 400, Fms. vii. 252; taka til siðar, Sks. 313; taka e-n vel, to receive well; ok taki ér, herra, vel þá Hjalta ok Gizur, Bs. i. 19; tók Skota-konungr hann vel, Fms. xi. 419; taka e-t þvert, to take a thing crossly, deny flatly, Nj. 26; taka fyrir e-t, to stop, interrupt, refuse, Fms. x. 251.
    III. to reach, stretch forth, touch; hann beit skarð, allt þat er tennr tóku, Eg. 605; eigi djúpara enn þeim tók undir hendr, Ld. 78; skurðrinn tók á framan-verðan bakkann, Krók.; hyrnan tók andlitið, Nj. 253; rödd tekr eyru, Skálda 175; döggskórinn tók niðr akrinn upp-standanda, Fas. i. 173; hafði flóð tekit þær, swept them away, Fms. xi. 393; spjót langskept svá at vel taki skipa meðal, Sks. 385; nef hans tók austr til landsenda … véli-fjarðar tóku norðr í Finnabú, Fms. viii. 10; tekr mörkin náliga allt it efra suðr, Eg. 58; þvíat ekki tek ek heim í kveld, Nj. 275; mun ek taka þangat í dag? Hbl.; bóndans bót tekr fyrir ( encompasses) konu, hans ok börn ok hjón, N. G. L. i. 341; taka niðri, to take the ground, of a ship or thing floating, Fas. iii. 257; svá at upp tekr um klaufir, Boll. 336; at eigi tæki hann (acc.) regnit, Stj. 594; skulu vér varask, at eigi taki oss þau dæmi, Hom. 70; svá mikit er uxa-húð tekr yfir, Fas. i. 288; nær því er þú sér at taka mun en ekki ór hófi, Sks. 21; hundr bundinn svá at taki eigi til manna, Grág. ii. 119; taka höndum upp, to lift up hands, Bs. i. 735, Edda 22; ek sé fram undir brekkuna, at upp taka spjóts-oddar fimtán, Finnb. 286; þetta smíði (Babel) tók upp ór veðrum, Edda 146 (pref.); hárit tók ofan á belti, Nj. 2; stöpul er til himins tæki, 645. 71; hér til tekr en fyrsta bók, reaches here, 655 vii. 4; taka mátti hendi til fals, Eg. 285; þeir tóku fram árum, took the oars, Fms. vii. 288; smeygði á sik ok tók út höndunum, 202; þeir tóku undun, to escape, viii. 438: to reach, land, take harbour, gaf honum vel byri ok tóku Borgarfjörð, Nj. 10; tóku þeir Friðar-ey, 268; þeir tóku land á Melrakka-sléttu, Ísl. ii. 246; byrjaði vel ok tóku Noreg, Ld. 72, 310; tóku þar land sem heitir Vatnsfjörðr, Landn. 30: ellipt., hann tók þar sem nú heitir Herjólfs-höfn, id.; þeir tóku fyrir sunnan land, 175.
    2. to take, hold, of a vessel; ketill or tók tvær tunnur, Fb. i. 524; lands þess er tæki ( of the value of) fjóra tigi hundraða, Sturl. i. 98, v. l.; hringrinn tók tólf hundruð mórend, Nj. 225: so in the phrase, það tekr því ekki, it is not worth the while; þann enn eina grip er hann átti svá at fé tæki, the sole object of value he had, Bs. i. 636.
    3. spec. usages; fara sem fætr mega af taka, Finnb. 288; konur æpa sem þær megu mest af taka, Al. 47, (aftak, aftaka-veðr, q. v.), Karl. 109, 196; fóru hvárir-tveggju sem af tók, went as fast as possible, Fms, iv. 304; hann sigldi suðr sem af tók, Eg. 93: in the phrase, taka mikinn, lítinn … af e-u, to make much, little of, take it to heart or lightly; mikit tekr þú af þessu, thou takest it much to heart, Lv. 10; öngan tek ek af um liðveizlu við þik, I will not pledge myself as to helping thee, Ld. 105; eigi töku vér mikit af at tortryggva þá bók, þótt mart sé undarligt í sagt, we will not strongly question the truth of the book, although many wonders are told therein, Sks. 78; Óspakr kvað hana mikit af taka, said he used very strong language, Ld. 216; mikinn tekr þú af, segir konungr, thou settest much by it, said the king, Fms. vi. 206: munda ek sýnu minna hafa af tekit ef ek væra údrukkinn, I would have kept a better tongue, xi. 112; Þórvarðr tók eigi af fyrir útanferð sína, did not quite refuse the going abroad, Sturl. iii. 244; hann kvaðsk eigi taka mega af því hvat mælt væri, he did not much mind what folks said, Nj. 210; hón tók lítið af öllu, said little about it, took it coolly, Eg. 322; tók hann minna af enn áðr við Íslendinga, he spoke not so strongly of them as he used to do, Glúm. 328; ok er sendi-menn kómu tók hann lítið af, Fms. x. 101; Flosi svaraði öllu vel, en tók þó lítið af, F. gave a civil but reserved answer, Nj. 180.
    IV. with prepp.; taka af hesti, to take (the saddle) off a horse, Nj. 4, 179; taka af sér ópit, to cease weeping, Ölk. 35; taka skriðinn af skipinu, Fms. ii. 305; taka e-t af, to abolish, vii. 1, x. 152, Ísl. ii. 258:—taka á e-u, to touch (á-tak), Nj. 118; þegar sem nær þeim er komit ok á þeim tekit, Stj. 76; sá er tekr fyrst á funa, Gm.; þat er ok, áðr þeir taki á dómum sinum ( ere they deliver sentence), at þeir skolu eið vinna áðr, Grág. i. 64; taka vel, auðvelliga, lítt, ekki vel, ílla … á e-u, to take a thing so and so, take it well, in good part, ill, in ill part, etc., Ld. 50, 248, Fms. xi. 124, Nj. 206, 265; Gunnarr talaði fátt um ok tók á öngu úlíkliga, 40; tak glaðan á ( cheerfully) við konunginn, Fms. xi. 112; þeir höfðu sagt hversu hann hafði á tekit þeim feðgum, Rd. 284; Leifr tekr á þessu eigi mjök, Fb. ii. 397; tók Börkr (á) því seinliga, Eb. 15 new Ed.:—taka eptir, to notice, observe, Sturl. i. 2 (eptir-tekt):—taka móti, to withstand, resist, Nj. 261, Fms. ix. 307, 513 (mót-tak):—taka með, to reserve, accept, iv. 340, xi. 427 (með-taka): taka við, hann tókþar ok við mörg önnur dæmi, bæði konunga æfi, he tacked to it many records, the lives of kings, etc., Ó. H. (pref.): this isolated phrase has led editors (but wrongly) to substitute hann ‘jók’ þar við:—taka aptr, to take back, render void, undo, Bs. i. 631, Nj. 191, Sks. 775; eigi má aptr taka unnit verk, a saying, Fms. ii. 11: to recall, unsay, mun ek þau orð eigi aptr taka, Ld. 42, Fms. ii. 253:—taka í, to pull off; taktu í hann, to pull his stocking off:—taka um, to take hold of, grasp, Eg. 410, Hkr. ii. 322:—taka upp, to pick up, assume; niðr at fella ok upp at taka, 625. 68, Eg. 23; taka upp borð, to put up the tables before a meal; tekr upp borð ok setr fyrir þá Butralda, Fbr. 37; vóru borð upp tekin um alla stofuna ok sett á vist, Eg. 551: but also to remove them after a meal (= taka borð ofan), 408, Hkr. ii. 192, Fms. i. 41, Orkn. 246 (see borð II); taka upp vist, to put food on the table, Vm. 168; taka upp bygð sína, to remove one’s abode, passim; taka upp, of a body, to take up, disinter, Hkr. ii. 388; taka upp, to seize on, confiscate, Nj. 73, 207, Ld. 38, Eg. 73; þeir tóku upp ( laid waste) þorp þat er heitir Tuma-þorp, Fms. i. 151; var þá tekin upp bygð Hrolleifs, Fs. 34; hón tekr þat mart upp er fjarri er mínum vilja, Nj. 6l; at þú gefir ró reiði ok takir þat upp er minnst vandræði standi af, 175; taka upp verknað, to take up work, Ld. 34; taka upp stærð, to take to pride, Fms. x. 108; halda upp-teknu efni, i. 263; taka upp sök, mál, to take up a case, Nj. 31, 71, 231: to interpret, eigi kann ek öðruvís at ráða þenna draum … glíkliga er upp tekit, Sturl. iii. 216; ok skal svá upp taka ‘síks glóð,’ þat er ‘gull,’ Edda 127; kvæði, ef þau eru rétt kveðin ok skynsamliga upp tekin, Hkr. (pref.); tók hann svá upp, at honum væri eigi úhætt, Fms. ix. 424; drykk ok vistir svá sem skipit tók upp, as the ship could take, iv. 92; er þat skip mikit, ok mun þat taka oss upp alla, Nj. 259; þat hjóna er meira lagði til félags skal meira upp taka, Gþl. 220; þótti þeim í hönd falla at taka upp land þetta hjá sér sjálfum, Ld. 210; skal sá sem at Kálfafelli býr taka upp vatn at sínum hlut, Vm. 168; taka upp giptu hjá Dana-konungi, Fms. xi. 426; taka upp goðorð, Nj. 151, 168, Grág. i. 24; taka upp þing. Ann. 1304 ( to restore); tókusk þá upp lög ok landsréttr, Fs. 27; taka upp vanda, Fms. vii. 280:—taka til, to take to; hefna svá at ekki fýsi annan slík firn til at taka, 655 xiii. A. 3; tóku margir þá til at níða hann, Bs. i; taka til ráða, ráðs, bragðs, Nj. 19, 75, 124; hann tók til ráða skjótt, 19; enn þó munu vér þat bragðs taka, 199; hvat skal nú til ráða taka, 124; ef hann tekr nökkut íllt til, 26; hverja úhæfu er hann tekr til, Fms. xi. 253; taka til máls, to take to talking, Nj. 16, 71; taka til orðs, or orða, 122, 230, 264; hann tók nú til at segja söguna, to take to telling a story; taka til varnar, to begin the defence, Grág. i. 60, Nj. 271; nú er þar til at taka, at …, 74; er blót tóku til, Landn. 111; þá tók til ríki Svía-konungs, Fms. iv. 118; um Slésvík þar sem Dana-ríki tók til, xi. 417: to concern, þat mun taka til yðar, Hom. 150; þetta mál er til konungs tók, Fms. xi. 105; láta til sín taka, to let it concern oneself, meddle with, Band. 23 new Ed.; Gísl lét fátt til sín taka, Fms. vii. 30; vil ek nú biðja þik at þú létir ekki til þín taka um tal várt, Nj. 184: to have recourse to, þú tekr eigi til þeirra liðsinnis ef ekki þarf, Fms. vii. 17, Grág. i. 41; taka til segls, Eg. 573, Fms. ix. 22; taka til sunds, 24; taka til e-s, to note, mark, with dislike:—taka undir, to take under a thing; hann tók undir kverkina, took her by the chin, Nj. 2; þá tók Egill undir höfða-hlut Skalla-grími, Eg. 398: to undertake, þat mál er þeir skyldi sjálfir undir taka, Hkr. i. 266; þá skal hann taka undir þá sömu þjónostu, Ó. H. 120: to back, second, hann kvaðsk ekki mundu taka undir vandræði þeirra, Nj. 182; undir þann kviðling tók Rúnolfr goði, ok sótti Hjalta um goðgá, Bs. i. 17: ek mun taka undir með þér ok styðja málit, Fms. xi. 53; hann tók ekki undir þat ráð, Fb. ii. 511; þau tóku undir þetta léttliga, seconded it readily, Ld. 150; hann tók seinliga undir, Nj. 217; hann hafði heyrt tal þeirra ok tók undir þegar, ok kvað ekki saka, Ld. 192: göra tilraun hversu þér tækit undir þetta, Fb. i. 129: to echo, blésu herblástr svá at fjöllin tóku undir, Fas. i. 505; taka undir söng, to accompany singing:—taka við, to receive; nú tóktú svá við sverði þessu, Fms. i. 15; siðan hljópu menn hans, enn hann túk við þeim, 105; jörð tekr við öldri, Hm.; til þess er akkerit tók við, grappled, took hold, Dan. holde igen, Fms. x. 135. v. l.; þar til er sjár tók við honum, Edda 153 (pref.); taka við ríki, Eg. 241, Fms. i. 7; taka við trú, Nj. 158, 159; taka við handsölum á e-u, 257; ef maðr görr við at taka við dæmdum úmaga, Grág. i. 258; taka vel við e-m, to receive well, Nj. 5; ekki torleiði tekr við yðr, no obstacle stops you, Al. 120; þeir tóku við vel ok vörðusk, made a bold resistance, Fms. i. 104; eggjuðu sumir at við skyldi taka, vii. 283; at þeir skyldi verja landit, en þeir vildu eigi við taka, xi. 386; ganga fram á mel nökkurn, ok segir Hrútr at þeir mundu þar við taka, Ld. 62; þar stóð steinn einn mikill, þar bað Kjartan þá við taka, 220; seg þú æfi-sögu þína, Ásmundr, en þá skal Egill við taka, tell thy life’s tale, Asmund, and then shall Egil take his turn, Fas. iii. 374; tók við hvárr af öðrum, one took up where the other left off:—taka yfir, hann vildi eigi til ráða nema hann ætlaði at yfir tæki, Fms. iv. 174; þeir munu allt til vinna, at yfir taki með oss, Nj. 198; at eyrendi þeirra skyldi eigi lyktuð né yfir tekin, Fms. iv. 224.
    V. to take to, begin:
    1. with infin., tóku menn at binda sár sín, Eg. 93; hann tók at yrkja þegar er hann var ungr, 685; hans afli tók at vaxa, Fms. viii. 47; á þeim veg er ek tæka ganga, Sks. 3; taka at birtask, 568; tekr at dimma, birta … rigna, it gets dim, takes to darken … rain; allt þat er hann tekr at henda, Nj. 5; þá tók at lægja veðrit, 124; tók þá at morna, 131; tók þá at nátta, Fms. ix. 54; kvölda tekr = Lat. vesperascit, Luke xxiv. 29.
    2. in other phrases, taka á rás, to take to running, to run, Nj. 253, Eg. 216, 220, Eb. 62 (hófu á rás, 67 new Ed.), Hrafn. 7: ellipt., tók bogmaðr ok hans menn á land upp undan, they took to the inland and escaped, Fms. ix. 275; tók hann þegar upp um brú, viii. 169; svá íllt sem nú er frá at taka (to escape, shun), þá mun þó síðarr verr, Fs. 55; taka flótta, to take to flight, Hm. 30; Eirekr tók út ór stofunni, took out of the room, ran out, Sturl. ii. 64; þeir tóku út eitt veðr allir, stood out to sea with the same wind, Fb. ii. 243.
    VI. with dat., to take to, receive (perh. ellipt. for taka við- e-u); jarl tók vel sendi-mönnum ok vináttu-málum konungs, Fms. i. 53; konungr tók honum vel ok blíðliga, vii. 197; tekit mundu vér hafa kveðju þinni þóttú hefðir oss fyrri fagnat, Ld. 34; Grímr tók því seinliga, Eg. 764; Sigurðr tók því máli vel, 38, Fms. x. 2; konungr tók þá vel orðum Þórólfs, Eg. 44; hann tók því þakksamliga, Fms. i. 21; taka vel þeirra eyrendum, x. 33; Barði tók þessu vel, Ld. 236; Hákon tók því seinliga, Fms. i. 74; eigi mun konungr taka því þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, Eg. 59; tók Brynjólfr þá sættum fyrir Björn, 168; Njáll átti hlut at, at þeir skyldi taka sættum, Nj. 120; taka handsölum á fé, 257; taka heimildum á e-u, Fms. x. 45; taka fari, Grág. ii. 399, Nj. 111, 258 (see far); taka bóli, to take a farm (on lease), Gþl. 328, 354; mun ek máli taka fyrir alla Íslenzka menn þá er á skipi eru, speak for them, Bs. i. 421.
    VII. impers. it is taken; hann brá upp hendinni ok tók hana af honum ok höfuðit af konunginum, Nj. 275; ok tók af nasarnar, Fms. x. 135, v. l.; þá tók af veðrit (acc.), the weather ‘took up’ (as is said in North of England), the storm abated. Fas. i. 157; svá at þar tæki af vega alla, all roads were stopped, Fms, iii. 122; af þeim tók málit ok görask úfærir, Fas. ii. 549; kom á höndina fyrir ofan úlflið svá at af tók, Nj. 84; kom á fótinn svá at af tók, 123; þá tók efa af mörgum manni, Fms. iii. 8; sýnina tekr frá e-m, to become blind, x. 339; undan kúnni tók nyt alla, Eb. 316; jafnskjótt tók ór verkinn allan, Fms. iv. 369; tók út skip Þangbrands ór Hitará, she drifted out, Bs. i. 15; í þat mund dags er út tók eykðina, when the time of ‘eykð’ was nearly passed, Fms. xi. 136; um várit er sumar-hita tók, when the summer heat set in, Fs. 67; réru svá skjótt at ekki tók (viz. þá) á vatni, Fms. vii. 344.
    2. as a naut. term, to clear, weather a point; veðr var litið ok tók þeim skamt frá landi, the weather was still, and they kept close in shore, Fms. vi. 190: hence the mod. naut. phrase, e-m tekr, to clear, weather; mér tók fyrir nesit, I cleared, weathered the ness; vindr þver, svo að þeim tekr ekki.
    3. þar er eigi of tekr torf eðr grjót, where neither is at hand, Grág. ii. 262; þau dæmi tekr til þessa máls, the proofs of this are, that when …, Hom. 127.
    B. Reflex., takask mikit á hendr, to take much in hand, Band. 3, Nj. 228, Fms. i. 159; tókumk ek þat á hendr, xi. 104; láta af takask, to let oneself be deprived of, Eg. 296; takask e-n á hendr.
    2. to be brought about, take effect, succeed; cp. þykkir mikit í hættu hversu þér teksk, Ld. 310; þat tóksk honum, he succeeded, Bárð. 167; tekst þá tveir vilja, it succeeds when two will, i. e. joint efforts prevail, a saying:—takask til, to happen; Ásgrími tóksk svá til (it so happened to A.), sem sjaldan var vant, at vörn var í máii hans, Nj. 92; ef svá vill til takask. Fas. i. 251; svá erviðliga sem þeim hafði til tekizk at herja á þá feðga, Fms. i. 184; mér hefir úgiptuliga tekizk, Ld. 252; þætti mér allmiklu máli skipta at þér tækisk stórmannliga, that thou wouldst behave generously, Hkr. ii. 32; hefir þetta svá tekizk sem ván var at, er hann var barn at aldri, 268.
    3. to take place, begin; tóksk orrosta, Nj. 8; teksk þar orrosta, 122; ráð takask, of a marriage; en ef þá takask eigi ráðin, if the wedding takes not place then, Grág. i. 311; lýkr svá at ráðin skyldi takask, 99; ráð þau skyldi takask at öðru sumri, Eg. 26, Fms. x. 40: to be realised, hvatamaðr at þessi ferð skyldi takask, Ld. 240; síðan er mægð hafdi tekizk með þeim, since they had intermarried, Eg. 37; takask með þeim góðar ástir, they came to love one another much, of newly-married people, passim; féráns dómr teksk, Grág. i. 95; takask nú af heimboðin, to cease, Ld. 208; ok er allt mál at ættvíg þessi takisk af, 258.
    II. recipr., takask orðum, to speak to one another, Fms. xi. 13; ok er þeir tókusk at orðum, spurði hann …, Eg. 375; bræðr-synir takask arf eptir, entreat one another, Gþl. 241; ef menn takask fyrir árar eða þiljur, take from one another, 424: takask á, to wrestle, Bárð. 168; takask fangbrögðum, Ld. 252, Ísl. ii. 446: takask í hendr, to shake hands, Grág. i. 384, Nj. 3, 65.
    III. part. tekinn; vóru þá tekin ( stopped) öll borgar-hlið ok vegar allir, at Norðmönnum kæmi engi njósn, Fms. vi. 411: Steinþórr var til þess tekinn, at …, S. was particularly named as …, Eb. 32, 150; hann var til þess tekinn, at honum var verra til hjóna en öðrum mönnum, Grett. 70 new Ed. (cp. mod. usage, taka til e-s, to wonder at): lá hann ok var mjök tekinn, very ill, Sturl. i. 89: Álfhildr var þungliga tekin, ok gékk henni nær dauða, Fms. iv. 274; hann var mjök tekinn ok þyngdr af líkþrá, ii. 229; þú ert Ílla at tekin fyrir vanheilsu sakir, vii. 244; ú-tekin jörð, an untaken, unclaimed estate, Sturl. iii. 57, Gþl. 313.
    2. at af teknum þeim, except, Fms. x. 232; at af teknum úvinum sínum, 266, (Latinism.)

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > TAKA

  • 116 guardar

    v.
    1 to keep.
    guarda el vestido en el armario she keeps the dress in the wardrobe
    ¡guarda los juguetes! put your toys away!
    guardo muy buenos recuerdos de mi infancia I have very good memories of my childhood
    Manolo guarda las fotos Manolo keeps the pictures.
    La beata guarda el día santo The pious woman keeps the holy day.
    2 to save.
    guarda un poco de pastel para tu hermano leave o save a bit of cake for your brother
    3 to keep watch over.
    4 to observe (observar) (ley, norma, fiesta).
    guardar cama to stay in bed
    guardar silencio to keep quiet
    guardar las apariencias to keep up appearances
    5 to save (computing).
    6 to put away, to store, to tuck away.
    Ricardo guardó los juguetes Richard put away the toys.
    7 to shut in.
    Ricardo guardó el licor Richard shut the liquor in.
    8 to guard, to watch over.
    La policía guarda el edificio The police guards the building.
    * * *
    1 (cuidar) to keep, watch over, keep an eye on
    2 (conservar) to keep, hold
    3 (la ley) to observe, obey; (un secreto) to keep
    4 (poner en un sitio) to put away
    5 (reservar) to save, keep
    6 (proteger) to protect, save
    ■ ¡Dios salve al rey! God save the King!
    7 INFORMÁTICA to save
    8 guardarse de (precaverse, evitar) to guard against, avoid, be careful not to
    \
    guardar cola to queue up, US wait in line
    guardar conexión con to be connected with
    guardar la derecha to keep to the right
    guardar las formas to be polite
    guardar parecido con to be similar to
    guardar relación con to be related to
    guardar rencor to harbour resentment (a, against)
    guardársela a alguien figurado to have it in for somebody
    * * *
    verb
    2) keep
    •
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) [+ objetos]
    a) (=meter) [en un lugar] to put; [en su sitio] to put away

    si no vas a jugar más, guarda los juguetes — if you're not going to play any more, put the toys away

    b) (=conservar) to keep

    no tira nunca nada, todo lo guarda — he never throws anything away, he hangs on to o keeps everything

    guardar algo para sí — to keep sth for o.s.

    c) (=reservar) to save

    te guardaré un poco de tarta para cuando vengas — I'll save o keep you a bit of cake for when you come

    guárdame un par de entradas — hold o save me a couple of tickets, put aside a couple of tickets for me

    ¿puedes guardarme el sitio en la cola? — can you keep my place in the queue?

    puedo guardarle la habitación solo hasta mañana — I can only keep o hold the room for you till tomorrow

    d) (Inform) [+ archivo] to save
    2) (=mantener) [+ promesa, secreto] to keep; [+ recuerdo] to have

    • guardar el anonimato — to remain anonymous

    • guardar la calma — [en crisis, desastre] to keep calm; [ante una provocación] to remain composed

    • guardar las formas — to keep up appearances

    • guardar la línea — (=mantenerla) to keep one's figure; (=cuidarla) to watch one's figure

    • guardar en secreto — [+ objeto, documento] to keep in secret, keep secretly; [+ actividad, información] to keep secret

    cama 1), silencio 1., 1)
    3) (=tener) [+ relación] to bear; [+ semejanza] to have
    4) (=sentir) [+ rencor] to bear, have; [+ respeto] to have, show

    no le guardo rencor — I have no ill feeling towards him, I bear him no resentment

    5) (=cumplir) [+ ley] to observe
    6) (=cuidar) to guard

    • guardar a algn de algo — to protect sb from sth

    • ¡ Dios guarde a la Reina! — God save the Queen!

    ¡Dios os guarde! — †† may God be with you!

    2.
    VI

    ¡guarda! — Arg, Chile * look out!, watch out!

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) ( reservar) to save

    guarda esa botella para Navidad — keep o save that bottle for Christmas

    2)
    a) ( poner en un lugar) <juguetes/libros> to put... away
    b) (conservar, mantener en un lugar) to keep
    3) (liter) (defender, proteger)
    4) < secreto> to keep
    5)
    a) (mostrar, manifestar)
    b) <leyes/fiestas> to observe
    2.
    guardarse v pron
    1) ( quedarse con) to keep
    2) ( reservar) to save, keep
    4) ( cuidarse)

    guardarse de + inf — to be careful not to + inf

    * * *
    = file, house, keep, save, store, store away, guard (against), pack up, lodge, stand + guard over, squirrel away, put away, stow, stash, have in + store, pack, stash away, cache.
    Ex. File boxes can be used and filed on shelves, if appropriate, interfiled with the books.
    Ex. The shared systems are run on an IBM 4341 computer housed at BLCMP.
    Ex. Guard book or scrapbook type arrangement, with possibly a loose-leaf format, is suitable for organising and keeping cuttings, letters and other small items.
    Ex. Whenever this code is entered, the system saves the document or list of documents being displayed and displays a summary of the documents saved up to that point.
    Ex. The records in a computer data base are structured in order to suit the information that is being stored for various applications.
    Ex. This chain will not be processed, but will be stored away for later use.
    Ex. The article 'Sealing criminal history records: shall we let the fox guard the henhouse in the name of privacy?' has once again raised the debate on the consequences of allowing press and public to view such data.
    Ex. Unless the distance was short, the books travelled in sheets, unbound, packed up in chests or barrels.
    Ex. The actual report has been lodged at the British Library but has not been published.
    Ex. Librarians are doomed if they are seen by their patrons as standing guard over information and seemingly barring access to it.
    Ex. The more which can be digitized, and the more rapidly, the more which then can be squirreled away into atmospherically-controlled & inexpensive archives.
    Ex. She took all photos, sorted them out, stuffed them into boxes, and put them away in storage.
    Ex. It is a matter of basic safety for everyone on board, before casting off in the morning for that next heavenly anchorage, to see that everything be properly stowed and secured.
    Ex. When I went to the little boys/girls room to relieve myself I was suprised to see the amount of loo rolls stashed in the corner.
    Ex. The killing was committed in the traditional and extremely gruesome way Islam has in store for women accused of adultery: she was stoned to death.
    Ex. After various selection processes, the books are sorted into broad general categories and packed into consignments of up to 5,000 books.
    Ex. Almost everybody we know had their treasures or some of their personal items stashed away in an old cigar box.
    Ex. Previous studies in which squirrels were provisioned with an abundant supply of food found a reduction in the rate of caching.
    ----
    * ¡el Cielo nos guarde! = heaven forbid.
    * acción de guardar documentos = save.
    * ¡el Cielo nos guarde! = God forbid.
    * fiesta de guardar = holiday of obligation.
    * guardar Algo para otra vez = save for + a rainy day.
    * guardar bajo llave = keep under + lock and key.
    * guardar celosamente = guard + zealously.
    * guardar como un tesoro = treasure.
    * guardar con mucho cariño = treasure.
    * guardar correspondencia = bear + correspondence (to).
    * guardar en reserva = keep in + reserve, hold in + reserve.
    * guardar en secreto = keep + confidential, keep + Nombre + under wraps.
    * guardar la compostura = keep + a stiff upper lip.
    * guardar las apariencias = preserve + appearance, keep up + appearances.
    * guardar las formas = keep up + appearances.
    * guardar los resultados de una búsqueda en un fichero = store + search results + in disc file.
    * guardar muchas esperanzas = get + Posesivo + hopes up.
    * guardar paralelismo = have + parallel.
    * guardar relación con = bear + relation to, stand in + relation to, stand in + relationship to, bear + relationship to, be commensurate with.
    * guardar rencor = bear + a grudge, harbour + resentment, carry + a chip on + Posesivo + shoulder.
    * guardar rencor (hacia) = bear + ill will (toward).
    * guardar resentimiento = carry + a chip on + Posesivo + shoulder.
    * guardarse = keep for + Reflexivo, be on guard (against).
    * guardarse Algo para Uno Mismo = keep + Nombre + to + Reflexivo.
    * guardarse de = beware (of/that), be shy of + Gerundio.
    * guardárselas a Alguien = hold + it against.
    * guardar silencio = keep + silent, keep + silence.
    * guardar sorpresas = hold + surprises.
    * guardar una búsqueda en disco = save + Posesivo + search + to disc.
    * guardar una relación directamente proporcional = vary + proportionately.
    * guardar una relación inversamente proporcional = vary + inversely.
    * guardar un secreto = keep + a secret.
    * hacer guardar silencio = shush.
    * no guardar relación con = be incommensurate with.
    * porche para guardar el coche = car port.
    * que guarde relación con = in keeping with.
    * quien guarda, halla = waste not, want not.
    * sin guardar una correlación = uncorrelated.
    * volver a guardar = rehouse [re-house].
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) ( reservar) to save

    guarda esa botella para Navidad — keep o save that bottle for Christmas

    2)
    a) ( poner en un lugar) <juguetes/libros> to put... away
    b) (conservar, mantener en un lugar) to keep
    3) (liter) (defender, proteger)
    4) < secreto> to keep
    5)
    a) (mostrar, manifestar)
    b) <leyes/fiestas> to observe
    2.
    guardarse v pron
    1) ( quedarse con) to keep
    2) ( reservar) to save, keep
    4) ( cuidarse)

    guardarse de + inf — to be careful not to + inf

    * * *
    = file, house, keep, save, store, store away, guard (against), pack up, lodge, stand + guard over, squirrel away, put away, stow, stash, have in + store, pack, stash away, cache.

    Ex: File boxes can be used and filed on shelves, if appropriate, interfiled with the books.

    Ex: The shared systems are run on an IBM 4341 computer housed at BLCMP.
    Ex: Guard book or scrapbook type arrangement, with possibly a loose-leaf format, is suitable for organising and keeping cuttings, letters and other small items.
    Ex: Whenever this code is entered, the system saves the document or list of documents being displayed and displays a summary of the documents saved up to that point.
    Ex: The records in a computer data base are structured in order to suit the information that is being stored for various applications.
    Ex: This chain will not be processed, but will be stored away for later use.
    Ex: The article 'Sealing criminal history records: shall we let the fox guard the henhouse in the name of privacy?' has once again raised the debate on the consequences of allowing press and public to view such data.
    Ex: Unless the distance was short, the books travelled in sheets, unbound, packed up in chests or barrels.
    Ex: The actual report has been lodged at the British Library but has not been published.
    Ex: Librarians are doomed if they are seen by their patrons as standing guard over information and seemingly barring access to it.
    Ex: The more which can be digitized, and the more rapidly, the more which then can be squirreled away into atmospherically-controlled & inexpensive archives.
    Ex: She took all photos, sorted them out, stuffed them into boxes, and put them away in storage.
    Ex: It is a matter of basic safety for everyone on board, before casting off in the morning for that next heavenly anchorage, to see that everything be properly stowed and secured.
    Ex: When I went to the little boys/girls room to relieve myself I was suprised to see the amount of loo rolls stashed in the corner.
    Ex: The killing was committed in the traditional and extremely gruesome way Islam has in store for women accused of adultery: she was stoned to death.
    Ex: After various selection processes, the books are sorted into broad general categories and packed into consignments of up to 5,000 books.
    Ex: Almost everybody we know had their treasures or some of their personal items stashed away in an old cigar box.
    Ex: Previous studies in which squirrels were provisioned with an abundant supply of food found a reduction in the rate of caching.
    * ¡el Cielo nos guarde! = heaven forbid.
    * acción de guardar documentos = save.
    * ¡el Cielo nos guarde! = God forbid.
    * fiesta de guardar = holiday of obligation.
    * guardar Algo para otra vez = save for + a rainy day.
    * guardar bajo llave = keep under + lock and key.
    * guardar celosamente = guard + zealously.
    * guardar como un tesoro = treasure.
    * guardar con mucho cariño = treasure.
    * guardar correspondencia = bear + correspondence (to).
    * guardar en reserva = keep in + reserve, hold in + reserve.
    * guardar en secreto = keep + confidential, keep + Nombre + under wraps.
    * guardar la compostura = keep + a stiff upper lip.
    * guardar las apariencias = preserve + appearance, keep up + appearances.
    * guardar las formas = keep up + appearances.
    * guardar los resultados de una búsqueda en un fichero = store + search results + in disc file.
    * guardar muchas esperanzas = get + Posesivo + hopes up.
    * guardar paralelismo = have + parallel.
    * guardar relación con = bear + relation to, stand in + relation to, stand in + relationship to, bear + relationship to, be commensurate with.
    * guardar rencor = bear + a grudge, harbour + resentment, carry + a chip on + Posesivo + shoulder.
    * guardar rencor (hacia) = bear + ill will (toward).
    * guardar resentimiento = carry + a chip on + Posesivo + shoulder.
    * guardarse = keep for + Reflexivo, be on guard (against).
    * guardarse Algo para Uno Mismo = keep + Nombre + to + Reflexivo.
    * guardarse de = beware (of/that), be shy of + Gerundio.
    * guardárselas a Alguien = hold + it against.
    * guardar silencio = keep + silent, keep + silence.
    * guardar sorpresas = hold + surprises.
    * guardar una búsqueda en disco = save + Posesivo + search + to disc.
    * guardar una relación directamente proporcional = vary + proportionately.
    * guardar una relación inversamente proporcional = vary + inversely.
    * guardar un secreto = keep + a secret.
    * hacer guardar silencio = shush.
    * no guardar relación con = be incommensurate with.
    * porche para guardar el coche = car port.
    * que guarde relación con = in keeping with.
    * quien guarda, halla = waste not, want not.
    * sin guardar una correlación = uncorrelated.
    * volver a guardar = rehouse [re-house].

    * * *
    guardar [A1 ]
    vt
    A
    (reservar): guárdale un pedazo de pastel save him a piece of cake
    guarda esa botella para Nochevieja keep o save that bottle for New Year's Eve, put that bottle aside for New Year's Eve
    guárdame un sitio save me a seat, keep me a place
    si pido la excedencia, no me guardan el puesto if I ask for leave of absence, they won't keep o hold my job open for me
    B
    1 (poner en un lugar) to put … away
    guarda los juguetes put your toys away
    los guardé en un sitio seguro I put them (away) in a safe place
    ya he guardado toda la ropa de invierno I've already put away all my winter clothes
    guarda todos los recibos she keeps o ( colloq) hangs on to all her receipts
    2 (conservar, mantener en un lugar) to keep
    guardo los huevos en la nevera I keep the eggs in the fridge
    lo tuvo guardado durante años she kept it for years
    los tengo guardados en el desván I've got them stored away o I've got them in the attic
    siempre guarda las medicinas bajo llave she always keeps the medicines locked away o under lock and key
    los tesoros que guarda el mar ( liter); the treasures which lie hidden beneath the waves ( liter)
    C ( liter)
    (defender, proteger): la muralla que guarda el castillo the walls which defend o protect the castle
    los perros guardaban la entrada a la mansión the dogs were guarding the entrance to the mansion
    Dios guarde al rey ( fr hecha); God save the King
    Dios guarde a Vd muchos años ( frml); ≈ yours respectfully ( frml), may God preserve you ( arch)
    D ‹secreto› to keep
    no le guardo ningún rencor I don't bear a grudge against o feel any resentment toward(s) him
    guardo muy buenos recuerdos de aquel viaje I have very good memories of that trip
    ¡ésta se la guardo! ( fam); I'll remember this!, I won't forget this!
    E
    1
    (mostrar, manifestar): le guardaron el debido respeto he was treated with due respect
    hay que guardar la debida compostura en la Iglesia you must show proper respect when in church
    guardar las apariencias to keep up appearances
    2 ‹leyes/fiestas› to observe fiesta
    A (quedarse con) to keep
    guárdate tus consejos keep your advice to yourself
    B ( enf) (reservar) to save, keep
    C
    (poner en un lugar): se guardó el cheque en el bolsillo he put the check (away) in his pocket
    guárdatelo bien put it somewhere safe o look after it carefully
    D (cuidarse) guardarse DE + INF to be careful not to + INF
    se guardó mucho de mostrarles el documento she was very careful not to show them the document
    ya te guardarás de contar lo que pasó you'd better not tell anyone o you'd better make sure you don't tell anyone what happened
    * * *

     

    guardar ( conjugate guardar) verbo transitivo
    1 ( reservar) to save, keep;
    ◊ guarda algo para después save o keep sth for later

    2
    a) ( poner en un lugar) ‹juguetes/libros› to put … away;


    b) (conservar, mantener) to keep;


    guardar las apariencias to keep up appearances
    c) ‹ secreto› to keep;

    ‹ rencor› to bear, harbor( conjugate harbor);

    guardarse verbo pronominal
    1


    2 ( poner en un lugar):

    guardar verbo transitivo
    1 (preservar) to keep: ¿puedes guardármelo?, can you look after it for me?
    todavía guardo sus cosas, I still keep his things
    2 (un secreto, recuerdo) to keep: guardaron silencio, they remained silent
    guardemos un minuto de silencio, let's observe a minute's silence
    guarden silencio, por favor, be quiet, please
    3 (en un sitio) to put away: guarda las tazas en ese armario, put the cups away in that cupboard
    4 (reservar) to keep
    5 Inform to save
    ♦ Locuciones: guardar cama, to stay in bed
    ' guardar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    apariencia
    - apartar
    - arca
    - archivar
    - ayuno
    - cama
    - conservar
    - continencia
    - forma
    - recoger
    - rencor
    - reposo
    - reservar
    - rincón
    - secreta
    - secreto
    - callar
    - compostura
    - dejar
    - huevera
    - panera
    - separar
    - silencio
    English:
    aside
    - commensurate
    - cookie jar
    - counsel
    - distance
    - file
    - hold
    - hold against
    - house
    - keep
    - lay up
    - leave out
    - lock away
    - maintain
    - observe
    - pack away
    - pertinent
    - reminiscent
    - retain
    - save
    - secret
    - set aside
    - silent
    - skeleton
    - stay
    - storage space
    - store
    - stow
    - treasure
    - wrap
    - appearance
    - bread
    - cake
    - convenient
    - face
    - guard
    - hang
    - harbor
    - holy
    - leave
    - lock
    - mind
    - put
    - reserve
    - set
    - storage
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [conservar] to keep;
    guarda el vestido en el armario she keeps the dress in the wardrobe;
    esta caja guarda documentos muy antiguos this box contains some very old documents;
    guardo muy buenos recuerdos de mi infancia I have very good memories of my childhood
    2. [poner en su sitio] to put away;
    ¡guarda los juguetes! put your toys away!
    3. [vigilar] to keep watch over;
    [proteger] to guard;
    guarda un rebaño de ovejas he tends a flock of sheep;
    el perro guarda la casa the dog guards the house;
    guarda a tu hijo del peligro keep your child away from danger;
    ¡Dios guarde al rey! God save the King!
    4. [mantener] [secreto, promesa] to keep;
    guardó su palabra she kept her word;
    guardar cama to stay in bed;
    guardar silencio to keep quiet;
    guardar las apariencias to keep up appearances;
    también Fig
    guardar las distancias to keep one's distance
    5. [reservar, ahorrar] to save (a o para alguien for sb);
    ¿me guardas un sitio? will you save a place for me?;
    guarda un poco de pastel para tu hermano leave o save a bit of cake for your brother;
    he guardado parte de la paga para las vacaciones I've put by o saved part of my wages for my Br holidays o US vacation;
    el carnicero siempre me guarda la mejor carne the butcher always saves o keeps the best meat for me
    6. [observar] [ley, norma, fiesta] to observe
    7. Informát to save;
    guardar cambios to save changes
    * * *
    v/t
    1 keep;
    guardar silencio remain silent, keep silent
    2 poner en un lugar put (away)
    3 recuerdo have
    4 apariencias keep up
    5 INFOR save
    6
    :
    guardar cama stay in bed
    * * *
    1) : to guard
    2) : to maintain, to preserve
    3) conservar: to put away
    4) reservar: to save
    5) : to keep (a secret or promise)
    * * *
    1. (en general) to keep [pt. & pp. kept]
    ¿sabes guardar un secreto? can you keep a secret?
    2. (recoger) to put away [pt. & pp. put]
    3. (meter) to put
    4. (reservar) to save / to keep
    ¿me guardas un sitio? will you save me a seat?
    guardar rencor a alguien to bear somebody a grudge [pt. bore; pp. borne]

    Spanish-English dictionary > guardar

  • 117 salir

    v.
    1 to go out (ir fuera).
    ¡sal aquí fuera! come out here!
    salir de to go/come out of
    ¿salimos al jardín? shall we go out into the garden?
    Yo salí I went out.
    2 to go out (ser novios).
    están saliendo they are going out (together)
    3 to turn out.
    ha salido muy estudioso he has turned out to be very studious
    ¿qué salió en la votación? what was the result of the vote?
    salir elegida actriz del año to be voted actress of the year
    salir premiado to be awarded a prize
    salir bien/mal to turn out well/badly
    salir ganando/perdiendo to come off well/badly
    me ha salido mal it didn't go very well; (examen, entrevista) it didn't turn out very well; (plato, dibujo) I got the wrong result (cuenta)
    ¿qué tal te ha salido? how did it go?
    4 to go out.
    salen mucho a cenar they eat out a lot
    5 to come out (surgir) (luna, estrellas, planta).
    le ha salido un sarpullido en la espalda her back has come out in a rash
    El plan me salió mal The plan came out bad.
    6 to come out (aparecer) (publicación, producto, traumas).
    ¡qué bien sales en la foto! you look great in the photo!
    ha salido en los periódicos/en la tele it's been in the papers/on TV
    salir de (Cine & Teatro) to appear as
    7 to come up.
    8 to turn up, to come along (presentarse) (ocasión, oportunidad).
    9 to work out.
    10 to lead.
    te toca salir a ti it's your lead
    11 to come out.
    la mancha de vino no sale the wine stain won't come out
    12 to get out, to escape.
    Me salió una espinilla I got a pimple.
    13 to slip out.
    Se me salió una imprudencia Something improper slipped out.
    14 to get away.
    El chico salió The boy got away.
    15 to step out, to pull out, to step outside.
    Ellos salieron con dificultad They pulled out with difficulty.
    16 to come up against, to encounter.
    Nos salió un problema We encountered a problem [came up against a problem]
    17 to be out, to come out.
    La luna sale a veces The moon comes out sometimes.
    18 to appear to.
    Nos salió un fantasma A ghost appeared to us.
    19 to work out for.
    20 to match.
    * * *
    Present Indicative
    salgo, sales, sale, salimos, salís, salen.
    Future Indicative
    Conditional
    Present Subjunctive
    Imperative
    sal (tú), salga (él/Vd.), salgamos (nos.), salid (vos.), salgan (ellos/Vds.).
    * * *
    verb
    1) to go out, get out
    2) depart, leave
    3) come out, appear
    5) become, be elected
    •
    * * *
    Para las expresiones salir adelante, salir ganando, salir perdiendo, salir de viaje, ver la otra entrada.
    1. VERBO INTRANSITIVO
    1) (=partir) [persona] to leave; [transportes] to leave, depart frm; (Náut) to leave, sail

    • salir [de] — to leave

    ¿a qué hora sales de la oficina? — what time do you leave the office?

    • salir [para] — to set off for

    2) (=no entrar) (=ir fuera) to go out; (=venir fuera) to come out; [a divertirse] to go out

    salió a la calle a ver si venían — she went outside {o} she went out into the street to see if they were coming

    -¿está Juan? -no, ha salido — "is Juan in?" - "no, I'm afraid he's gone out"

    ¿vas a salir esta noche? — are you going out tonight?

    la pelota salió fuera — (Ftbl) the ball went out (of play)

    • salió [corriendo] (del cuarto) — he ran out (of the room)

    • salir [de], nos la encontramos al salir del cine — we bumped into her when we were coming out of the cinema

    ¿de dónde has salido? — where did you appear {o} spring from?

    • salir de [paseo] — to go out for a walk

    salir de pobre —

    3) [al mercado] [revista, libro, disco] to come out; [moda] to come in

    acaba de salir un disco suyo — an album of his has just come out {o} been released

    4) [en medios de comunicación]

    la noticia salió en el periódico de ayer — the news was {o} appeared in yesterday's paper

    salir por la televisión — to be {o} appear on TV

    5) (=surgir) to come up

    cuando salga la ocasión — when the opportunity comes up {o} arises

    ¡ya salió aquello! — we know all about that!

    salirle algo a algn: le ha salido novio/un trabajo — she's got herself a boyfriend/a job

    6) (=aparecer) [agua] to come out; [sol] to come out; [mancha] to appear
    7) (=nacer) [diente] to come through; [planta, sol] to come up; [pelo] to grow; [pollito] to hatch
    8) (=quitarse) [mancha] to come out, come off

    el anillo no le sale del dedo — the ring won't come off her finger, she can't get the ring off her finger

    9) (=costar)

    • salir [a], sale a ocho euros el kilo — it works out at eight euros a kilo

    salimos a 10 libras por persona — it works out at £10 each

    • salir [por], me salió por 1.000 pesos — it cost me 1,000 pesos

    10) (=resultar)

    ¿cómo salió la representación? — how did the performance go?

    ¿qué número ha salido premiado en la lotería? — what was the winning number in the lottery?

    tenemos que aceptarlo, salga lo que salga — we have to accept it, whatever happens

    • salir [bien], el plan salió bien — the plan worked out well

    ¿salió bien la fiesta? — did the party go well?

    ¿cómo te salió el examen? — how did your exam go?

    • salir [mal], salió muy mal del tratamiento — the treatment wasn't at all successful

    ¡qué mal me ha salido el dibujo! — oh dear! my drawing hasn't come out very well!

    11)

    salirle algo a algn —

    a) (=poder resolverse)
    b) (=resultar natural)
    c) (=poder recordarse)
    12)

    • salir [a] — [calle] to come out in, lead to

    esta calle sale a la plaza — this street comes out in {o} leads to the square

    13)

    • salir [a] algn — (=parecerse) to take after sb

    14)

    • salir [con] algn — to go out with sb

    15)

    • salir [con] algo — [al hablar] to come out with sth

    16)

    • salir [de] — [proceder] to come from

    17)

    • salir [por] algn — (=defender) to come out in defence of sb, stick up for sb; [económicamente] to back sb financially

    cuando hubo problemas, salió por mí — when there were problems, she stuck up for me {o} came out in my defence

    18) (Teat) to come on

    "sale el rey" — [acotación] "enter the king"

    19) (=empezar) (Dep) to start; (Ajedrez) to have first move; (Naipes) to lead
    20) (Inform) to exit
    21) (=sobresalir) to stick out
    22) (=pagar)

    salir a los gastos de algn — to meet {o} pay sb's expenses

    2.
    See:
    SALIR Para precisar la forma de salir Aunque salir (de ) se suele traducir por come out (of ) o por go out (of) según la dirección del movimiento, cuando se quiere especificar la forma en que se realiza ese movimiento, estos verbos se pueden reemplazar por otros como run out, rush out, jump out, tiptoe out, climb out {etc}: Se vio a tres hombres enmascarados salir del banco corriendo Three masked men were seen running out of the bank Salió del coche con un salto He jumped out of the car Salió de puntillas de la habitación He tiptoed out of the room Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) ( partir) to leave

    ¿a qué hora sale tu tren/tu vuelo? — what time is your train/flight?

    salió corriendo or disparada — (fam) she was off like a shot (colloq)

    ¿de qué andén sale el tren? — what platform does the train leave from?

    no puedo salir, me he quedado encerrado — I can't get out, I'm trapped in here

    salir de algo — to come out/get out of something

    ¿tú de dónde has salido? — where have you sprung from?

    ¿de dónde salió este dinero? — where did this money come from?

    salió por la puerta de atrás — he went out o left by the back door

    salir a algo: salieron al balcón/al jardín they went out onto the balcony/into the garden; salir a + inf to go out/come out to + inf; ¿sales a jugar? are you coming out to play?; salió a hacer las compras — she's gone out (to do the) shopping

    ¿a qué hora sales de clase? — what time do you get out of class o finish your class?

    ¿cuándo sale del hospital? — when is he coming out of (the) hospital?

    4)
    a) ( como entretenimiento) to go out
    b) ( tener una relación) to go out

    ¿estás saliendo con alguien? — are you going out with anyone?

    5) (a calle, carretera)

    ¿por aquí se sale a la carretera? — can I get on to the road this way?

    ¿esta calle sale al Paseo Colón? — does this street come out onto the Paseo Colón?

    6) clavo/tapón to come out; anillo to come off
    7) (aparecer, manifestarse)
    a) cana/sarpullido to appear; (+ me/te/le etc)

    me salieron granos — I broke out o (BrE) come out in spots

    ¿te sale sangre? — are you bleeding o is it bleeding?

    b) sol ( por la mañana) to rise, come up; ( de detrás de una nube) to come out
    c) ( surgir) tema/idea to come up

    yo no se lo pedí, salió de él — I didn't ask him to do it, it was his idea o he offered

    ya salió aquello — you (o he etc) had to bring that up; (+ me/te/le etc)

    le salió así, espontáneamente — he just came out with it quite spontaneously

    me salió en alemán — it came o I said it in German

    d) carta ( en naipes) to come up

    ¿ha salido ya el 15? — have they called number 15 yet?

    8)
    a) ( tocar en suerte) (+ me/te/le etc)
    9) mancha ( aparecer) to appear; ( quitarse) to come out
    10)
    a) revista/novela to come out; disco to come out, be released
    b) (en televisión, el periódico) to appear

    salió por or en (la) televisión — she was o appeared on television

    c) ( en una foto) to appear; (+ compl)

    sale de pastor — he plays o he is a shepherd

    11) (expresando irritación, sorpresa)

    salir con algo: mira con qué sale éste ahora! did you hear what he just said?; no me salgas ahora con eso — don't give me that (colloq)

    12) ( expresando logro) (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿te salió el crucigrama? — did you finish the crossword?

    ahora mismo no me sale su nombre — (fam) I can't think of her name right now

    13) ( resultar)

    ¿a ti te da 40? a mí me sale 42 — how do you get 40? I make it 42; (+ compl)

    sale muy caro — it works out o is very expensive

    ¿qué número salió premiado? — what was the winning number?

    salir bien/mal en un examen — (Chi fam) to pass/fail an exam; (+ me/te/le etc)

    no lo hagas deprisa que te va a salir todo mal — don't try to do it too quickly, you'll do it all wrong

    ¿cómo te salió el examen? — how did you get on o do in the exam?

    14) (de situación, estado)

    salir de algo: para salir del apuro in order to get out of an awkward situation; está muy mal, no sé si saldrá de ésta she's very ill, I don't know if she'll pull through; no sé cómo vamos a salir de ésta I don't know how we're going to get out of this one; me ayudó a salir de la depresión he helped me get over my depression; (+ compl) salió bien de la operación she came through the operation well; salieron ilesos del accidente they were not hurt in the accident; salió airosa del trance she came through it with flying colors; salir adelante negocio to stay afloat, survive; propuesta to prosper; fue una época muy dura, pero lograron salir adelante — it was a difficult period but they managed to get through it

    a) salir a ( parecerse a) to take after
    b) salir con (Col) ( combinar con) to go with
    c) salir de (Col, Ven) ( deshacerse de) to get rid of
    2.
    salirse v pron
    1)
    a) (de recipiente, límite)

    cierra el grifo, que se va a salir el agua — turn off the faucet (AmE) o (BrE) tap, the water's going to overflow

    salirse de algo: el camión se salió de la carretera the truck came/went off the road; el río se salió de su cauce the river overflowed its banks; la pelota se salió del campo de juego the ball went into touch o out of play; procura no salirte del presupuesto try to keep within the budget; te estás saliendo del tema — you're getting off the point

    b) (por orificio, grieta) agua/tinta to leak (out), come out; gas to escape, come out

    salirse de algo: se está saliendo el aire del neumático the air's coming o leaking out of the tire; se me salió el hilo de la aguja — the needle's come unthreaded

    c) (Chi, Méx) pluma/recipiente to leak
    2) ( soltarse) to come off; (+ me/te/le etc)

    se le salían los ojos de las órbitas — his eyes were popping out of his head

    3) ( irse) to leave

    salirse de algo — de asociación to leave something

    salirse con la suya — to get one's (own) way

    * * *
    = come out, debouch, depart, exit, go out of, make + departure, march off, quit, take + departure, leave, issue out, start out, go out and about, go out, pop, head out, socialise [socialize, -USA], be out and about, get out and about, go forth.
    Ex. Maybe it's the frustrated library school professor in him crying to come out -- whatever it is, give him a chance to show you what he knows.
    Ex. As they debouched into the street and hurried back to the library, Jergens thanked Meek for being someone she could share her concerns with.
    Ex. He smiled again, waved goodbye, and departed.
    Ex. Enter the lesson number you wish, or press the letter 'X' to exit the tutorial.
    Ex. In all 20 per cent of visitors went out of the bookshop with a book they had intended to buy, 15 per cent went out with a book they had not intended to buy and 67 went out with both intended and unintended purchases.
    Ex. Before making his departure, however, a few hints upon the methods of examining bibliographic compilations are necessary.
    Ex. Do not march off full-tilt in front of the readers.
    Ex. If you decide not to send or save the message, replace the question mark in front of ' Quit' with another character.
    Ex. 'I'm sure we'll be in touch a lot this week!' Suttie took her departure, repeating the offer.
    Ex. 'Do you ever let anyone leave without inspecting their bags?' Carpozzi asked as she sidled up to the checker.
    Ex. He bade her good day and issued out into the street.
    Ex. He went back into the house, addressing his Maker in low agonized tones, changed, and started out again.
    Ex. Thursday 22 August is your opportunity to go out and about - seeing at first hand the great variety of library and information centres located in the Central Belt of Scotland.
    Ex. They decided one day to take it upon themselves without his knowledge to go out and solicit funds from some of the large corn processors and farm equipment manufacturers.
    Ex. The azaleas are popping, the redbuds are in their finest attire, and the dogwoods are lacy jewels at the edge of the wood.
    Ex. It's tempting to splurge on a new hi-fi system or head out on a shopping spree, but the smart option might be to pay off an existing debt.
    Ex. She is married and has a family, but does not spend much time in the director's office or socialize with her.
    Ex. But if you' re out and about like I am, here's where I'll be over the next few nights, and feel free to say hi if you're going to be in the same area.
    Ex. Use the links below for ideas to get out and about.
    Ex. Finally six men agreed to go forth in their underclothes and nooses around their necks in hopeful expectation that their sacrifice would satisfy the king's bloodlust and he would spare the rest of the citizens.
    ----
    * acabar de salir de = be fresh out of.
    * a lo que salga = come what may.
    * a veces las cosas salen mal = shit happens.
    * a veces sales jodido = shit happens.
    * aventurarse a salir = venture forth.
    * ayudar a Alguien a salir adelante = help + Nombre + get on + Posesivo + feet.
    * cosas + salir bien = things + work out.
    * dejar que Alguien se salga con la suya = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.
    * entrar y salir = come and go, drift in and out, wander in and out, go into and out of.
    * entrar y salir corriendo = run in and out.
    * estar saliendo con alguien = be in a dating relationship.
    * evitar que + salir = keep + Nombre + in.
    * hacer salir = push out, flush out.
    * imposibilitado para salir de casa = housebound [house-bound], homebound [home-bound].
    * invitar a Alguien a salir = ask + Nombre + out.
    * invitar a salir = take + Nombre + out.
    * no salir mal parado por = be none the worse for (that), be none the worse for wear.
    * obligar a salir = drive out + with a pitchfork, push out.
    * obligar a salir de = force from.
    * personas que no pueden salir de casa = homebound, the.
    * por un lado entra + Nombre + y por otro sale + Nombre = in go + Nombre + at one end, and out come + Nombre + at the other.
    * que puede salir en préstamo = loanable.
    * salir a = propagate out to, crash to, be out to.
    * salir a borbotones = gush out, spurt.
    * salir a chorros = gush out, spurt.
    * salir a comer = eat out.
    * salir a dar una vuelta = go out.
    * salir a dar una vuelta en coche = go out for + a drive.
    * salir a dar un paseo = go out for + a walk.
    * salir adelante = make + ends meet, keep + the wolves from the door, get + unstuck.
    * salir adelante a duras penas = eke out + a living, scratch (out) + a living, scrape + a living, eke out + an existence.
    * salir adelante en la vida, = get on in + life.
    * salir adelante por uno mismo = pull + Reflexivo + up(wards) by + Posesivo + (own) bootstraps.
    * salir adelante sin la ayuda de nadie = pull + Reflexivo + up(wards) by + Posesivo + (own) bootstraps.
    * salir a echarse un cigarro = go out for + a smoke.
    * salir a flote = make + ends meet.
    * salir a fumarse un cigarro = go out for + a smoke.
    * salir a hurtadillas = steal away.
    * salir airoso = pass + muster, pass with + flying colours.
    * salir airoso de = ride out.
    * salir a la calle = go out, hit + the streets.
    * salir a la calle en avalancha = spill (out) into + the streets.
    * salir a la luz = come to + light, go + live.
    * salir a la palestra = come out in + the open.
    * salir a las mil maravillas = work + a treat, come up + a treat, go down + a treat.
    * salir a la superficie = surface.
    * salir ampollas = blister.
    * salir a pasear en coche = go out for + a drive.
    * salir a pedir de boca = come up + roses, go off without + a hitch.
    * salir apresuradamente = dash off, shoot off.
    * salir a subasta = come up for + auction.
    * salir a toda prisa = make + a hasty exit.
    * salir a tomar una copa = go out for + a drink.
    * salir bien = go + well.
    * salir bien al final = turn out + right in the end.
    * salir bramando = roar out of.
    * salir con estupideces = talk + nonsense.
    * salir corriendo = leg it, run off, run away, bolt, make + a bolt for, dash off, take off, shoot off, take off + running, take to + Posesivo + heels.
    * salir corriendo a la calle = run into + the street.
    * salir de = get out of, walk out of, climb out of, break out of, break through, strike out from.
    * salir de casa = leave + home.
    * salir de copas = go out for + a drink.
    * salir de donde menos Uno se lo espera = come out of + the woodwork.
    * salir de fiesta = party.
    * salir de Guatemala para meterse en Guatapeor = out of the fire and into the frying pan.
    * salir de jarana = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.
    * salir de juerga = go out + boozing, paint + the town red, go out on + the town.
    * salir de la cárcel = release from + jail.
    * salir de la miseria = haul + Reflexivo + out of + Posesivo + bog.
    * salir del armario = come out of + the closet.
    * salir de la rutina tradicional = break out of + the traditional mould.
    * salir de la situación = extricate + Reflexivo.
    * salir del cascarón = come out of + Posesivo + shell.
    * salir del círculo = break out of + circle.
    * salir del trabajo = clock off + work.
    * salir de marcha = paint + the town red, party, go out on + the town.
    * salir de nuevo = come back out.
    * salir de parranda = go out + boozing, paint + the town red, go out on + the town.
    * salir de paseo = go out for + a walk.
    * salir de paseo en coche = go out for + a drive.
    * salir de perlas = come up + a treat, go down + a treat.
    * salir de + Posesivo + escondite = raise + Posesivo + head above the parapet.
    * salir de + Posesivo + refugio = raise + Posesivo + head above the parapet.
    * salir de quién sabe dónde = come out of + the woodwork.
    * salir desapercibido = sneak out of.
    * salir desde = set out from.
    * salir de una situación difícil = haul + Reflexivo + out of + Posesivo + bog.
    * salir de un impás = circumvent + impasse.
    * salir disparado = bolt, make + a bolt for, shoot off, dash off, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.
    * salir disparado de = shoot out of.
    * salir echando leches = bolt, take off, make + a bolt for, dash off, shoot off.
    * salir el tiro por la culata = backfire, misfire.
    * salir en desbandada = stampede.
    * salir en estampida = stampede.
    * salir en forma radial de = radiate from.
    * salir enojado dando zapatazos = stomp out of.
    * salir en pareja con = date.
    * salir en tropel = stampede.
    * salir escaldado = get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue.
    * salir fatal = go + pear-shaped.
    * salir fuera = be out and about, get out and about.
    * salir ganando = make + a profit, win, compare + favourably, be better off, win + the day, win out, be better served by, come out on + top.
    * salir grietas = develop + cracks.
    * salir horriblemente mal = go + horribly wrong.
    * salir huyendo = make off, do + a bunk.
    * salir ileso = escape + injury, leave without + a scratch.
    * salir impune = get away with it, get away with + murder, get away + scot-free.
    * salir inadvertidamente = sneak out of.
    * salir juntos = be an item.
    * salir los dientes = cut + Posesivo + teeth.
    * salir mal = go + wrong, go + awry, misfire, backfire.
    * salir malparado = get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue.
    * salir perdiendo = victimise [victimize, -USA], come off + worst, lose out, compare + unfavourably, lose + neck, be a little worse off.
    * salir perjudicado = pay + the price, pay + the penalty.
    * salir pitando = take off, bolt, make + a bolt for, dash off, shoot off, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.
    * salir por los cerros de Ubeda = go off on + a tangent, go off at + a tangent, fly off on + a tangent.
    * salir por piernas = make + a hasty exit.
    * salir por pies = take off + running, leg it, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.
    * salir resueltamente = sally forth.
    * salir rugiendo = roar out of.
    * salir sangre = draw + blood.
    * salirse con la de Uno = have + Posesivo + way (with), get away with it.
    * salirse con las de Uno = get + Posesivo + (own) way, have + Posesivo + own way, get away with + murder, get away + scot-free.
    * salirse de = depart from, opt out of, step out of, spill out of.
    * salirse de convencionalismos = think out(side) + (of) the box.
    * salirse de la carretera = go off + the road.
    * salirse del molde = think out(side) + (of) the box.
    * salir según lo planeado = go off + as planned.
    * salir según lo previsto = go off + as planned.
    * salirse por la tangente = go off + the track, get off + the track, fly off on + a tangent, go off on + a tangent, go off at + a tangent, wander off + track, wander off + topic.
    * salir sigilosamente = steal away, slither out of.
    * salir sin ganar ni perder = break + even.
    * salir sin ser visto = sneak out of, slip out, steal away.
    * salir sin un rasguño = leave without + a scratch.
    * salir sobre ruedas = go off without + a hitch.
    * salir todo bien = land on + Posesivo + (own two) feet.
    * salir todo redondo = land on + Posesivo + (own two) feet.
    * salir una gotera = spring + a leak.
    * salir un momento a = pop down to.
    * salir un poco perjudicado = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.
    * salir volando = bolt, make + a bolt for, dash off, shoot off.
    * salir y caer = fall out (of).
    * salir zumbando = bolt, make + a bolt for.
    * si no aguantas el calor, sal de la cocina = if you can't stand the heat, get out of the kitchen.
    * sol + salir por = sun + rise on.
    * volver a salir = come back out.
    * volver a salir a la superficie = resurface.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) ( partir) to leave

    ¿a qué hora sale tu tren/tu vuelo? — what time is your train/flight?

    salió corriendo or disparada — (fam) she was off like a shot (colloq)

    ¿de qué andén sale el tren? — what platform does the train leave from?

    no puedo salir, me he quedado encerrado — I can't get out, I'm trapped in here

    salir de algo — to come out/get out of something

    ¿tú de dónde has salido? — where have you sprung from?

    ¿de dónde salió este dinero? — where did this money come from?

    salió por la puerta de atrás — he went out o left by the back door

    salir a algo: salieron al balcón/al jardín they went out onto the balcony/into the garden; salir a + inf to go out/come out to + inf; ¿sales a jugar? are you coming out to play?; salió a hacer las compras — she's gone out (to do the) shopping

    ¿a qué hora sales de clase? — what time do you get out of class o finish your class?

    ¿cuándo sale del hospital? — when is he coming out of (the) hospital?

    4)
    a) ( como entretenimiento) to go out
    b) ( tener una relación) to go out

    ¿estás saliendo con alguien? — are you going out with anyone?

    5) (a calle, carretera)

    ¿por aquí se sale a la carretera? — can I get on to the road this way?

    ¿esta calle sale al Paseo Colón? — does this street come out onto the Paseo Colón?

    6) clavo/tapón to come out; anillo to come off
    7) (aparecer, manifestarse)
    a) cana/sarpullido to appear; (+ me/te/le etc)

    me salieron granos — I broke out o (BrE) come out in spots

    ¿te sale sangre? — are you bleeding o is it bleeding?

    b) sol ( por la mañana) to rise, come up; ( de detrás de una nube) to come out
    c) ( surgir) tema/idea to come up

    yo no se lo pedí, salió de él — I didn't ask him to do it, it was his idea o he offered

    ya salió aquello — you (o he etc) had to bring that up; (+ me/te/le etc)

    le salió así, espontáneamente — he just came out with it quite spontaneously

    me salió en alemán — it came o I said it in German

    d) carta ( en naipes) to come up

    ¿ha salido ya el 15? — have they called number 15 yet?

    8)
    a) ( tocar en suerte) (+ me/te/le etc)
    9) mancha ( aparecer) to appear; ( quitarse) to come out
    10)
    a) revista/novela to come out; disco to come out, be released
    b) (en televisión, el periódico) to appear

    salió por or en (la) televisión — she was o appeared on television

    c) ( en una foto) to appear; (+ compl)

    sale de pastor — he plays o he is a shepherd

    11) (expresando irritación, sorpresa)

    salir con algo: mira con qué sale éste ahora! did you hear what he just said?; no me salgas ahora con eso — don't give me that (colloq)

    12) ( expresando logro) (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿te salió el crucigrama? — did you finish the crossword?

    ahora mismo no me sale su nombre — (fam) I can't think of her name right now

    13) ( resultar)

    ¿a ti te da 40? a mí me sale 42 — how do you get 40? I make it 42; (+ compl)

    sale muy caro — it works out o is very expensive

    ¿qué número salió premiado? — what was the winning number?

    salir bien/mal en un examen — (Chi fam) to pass/fail an exam; (+ me/te/le etc)

    no lo hagas deprisa que te va a salir todo mal — don't try to do it too quickly, you'll do it all wrong

    ¿cómo te salió el examen? — how did you get on o do in the exam?

    14) (de situación, estado)

    salir de algo: para salir del apuro in order to get out of an awkward situation; está muy mal, no sé si saldrá de ésta she's very ill, I don't know if she'll pull through; no sé cómo vamos a salir de ésta I don't know how we're going to get out of this one; me ayudó a salir de la depresión he helped me get over my depression; (+ compl) salió bien de la operación she came through the operation well; salieron ilesos del accidente they were not hurt in the accident; salió airosa del trance she came through it with flying colors; salir adelante negocio to stay afloat, survive; propuesta to prosper; fue una época muy dura, pero lograron salir adelante — it was a difficult period but they managed to get through it

    a) salir a ( parecerse a) to take after
    b) salir con (Col) ( combinar con) to go with
    c) salir de (Col, Ven) ( deshacerse de) to get rid of
    2.
    salirse v pron
    1)
    a) (de recipiente, límite)

    cierra el grifo, que se va a salir el agua — turn off the faucet (AmE) o (BrE) tap, the water's going to overflow

    salirse de algo: el camión se salió de la carretera the truck came/went off the road; el río se salió de su cauce the river overflowed its banks; la pelota se salió del campo de juego the ball went into touch o out of play; procura no salirte del presupuesto try to keep within the budget; te estás saliendo del tema — you're getting off the point

    b) (por orificio, grieta) agua/tinta to leak (out), come out; gas to escape, come out

    salirse de algo: se está saliendo el aire del neumático the air's coming o leaking out of the tire; se me salió el hilo de la aguja — the needle's come unthreaded

    c) (Chi, Méx) pluma/recipiente to leak
    2) ( soltarse) to come off; (+ me/te/le etc)

    se le salían los ojos de las órbitas — his eyes were popping out of his head

    3) ( irse) to leave

    salirse de algo — de asociación to leave something

    salirse con la suya — to get one's (own) way

    * * *
    = come out, debouch, depart, exit, go out of, make + departure, march off, quit, take + departure, leave, issue out, start out, go out and about, go out, pop, head out, socialise [socialize, -USA], be out and about, get out and about, go forth.

    Ex: Maybe it's the frustrated library school professor in him crying to come out -- whatever it is, give him a chance to show you what he knows.

    Ex: As they debouched into the street and hurried back to the library, Jergens thanked Meek for being someone she could share her concerns with.
    Ex: He smiled again, waved goodbye, and departed.
    Ex: Enter the lesson number you wish, or press the letter 'X' to exit the tutorial.
    Ex: In all 20 per cent of visitors went out of the bookshop with a book they had intended to buy, 15 per cent went out with a book they had not intended to buy and 67 went out with both intended and unintended purchases.
    Ex: Before making his departure, however, a few hints upon the methods of examining bibliographic compilations are necessary.
    Ex: Do not march off full-tilt in front of the readers.
    Ex: If you decide not to send or save the message, replace the question mark in front of ' Quit' with another character.
    Ex: 'I'm sure we'll be in touch a lot this week!' Suttie took her departure, repeating the offer.
    Ex: 'Do you ever let anyone leave without inspecting their bags?' Carpozzi asked as she sidled up to the checker.
    Ex: He bade her good day and issued out into the street.
    Ex: He went back into the house, addressing his Maker in low agonized tones, changed, and started out again.
    Ex: Thursday 22 August is your opportunity to go out and about - seeing at first hand the great variety of library and information centres located in the Central Belt of Scotland.
    Ex: They decided one day to take it upon themselves without his knowledge to go out and solicit funds from some of the large corn processors and farm equipment manufacturers.
    Ex: The azaleas are popping, the redbuds are in their finest attire, and the dogwoods are lacy jewels at the edge of the wood.
    Ex: It's tempting to splurge on a new hi-fi system or head out on a shopping spree, but the smart option might be to pay off an existing debt.
    Ex: She is married and has a family, but does not spend much time in the director's office or socialize with her.
    Ex: But if you' re out and about like I am, here's where I'll be over the next few nights, and feel free to say hi if you're going to be in the same area.
    Ex: Use the links below for ideas to get out and about.
    Ex: Finally six men agreed to go forth in their underclothes and nooses around their necks in hopeful expectation that their sacrifice would satisfy the king's bloodlust and he would spare the rest of the citizens.
    * acabar de salir de = be fresh out of.
    * a lo que salga = come what may.
    * a veces las cosas salen mal = shit happens.
    * a veces sales jodido = shit happens.
    * aventurarse a salir = venture forth.
    * ayudar a Alguien a salir adelante = help + Nombre + get on + Posesivo + feet.
    * cosas + salir bien = things + work out.
    * dejar que Alguien se salga con la suya = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.
    * entrar y salir = come and go, drift in and out, wander in and out, go into and out of.
    * entrar y salir corriendo = run in and out.
    * estar saliendo con alguien = be in a dating relationship.
    * evitar que + salir = keep + Nombre + in.
    * hacer salir = push out, flush out.
    * imposibilitado para salir de casa = housebound [house-bound], homebound [home-bound].
    * invitar a Alguien a salir = ask + Nombre + out.
    * invitar a salir = take + Nombre + out.
    * no salir mal parado por = be none the worse for (that), be none the worse for wear.
    * obligar a salir = drive out + with a pitchfork, push out.
    * obligar a salir de = force from.
    * personas que no pueden salir de casa = homebound, the.
    * por un lado entra + Nombre + y por otro sale + Nombre = in go + Nombre + at one end, and out come + Nombre + at the other.
    * que puede salir en préstamo = loanable.
    * salir a = propagate out to, crash to, be out to.
    * salir a borbotones = gush out, spurt.
    * salir a chorros = gush out, spurt.
    * salir a comer = eat out.
    * salir a dar una vuelta = go out.
    * salir a dar una vuelta en coche = go out for + a drive.
    * salir a dar un paseo = go out for + a walk.
    * salir adelante = make + ends meet, keep + the wolves from the door, get + unstuck.
    * salir adelante a duras penas = eke out + a living, scratch (out) + a living, scrape + a living, eke out + an existence.
    * salir adelante en la vida, = get on in + life.
    * salir adelante por uno mismo = pull + Reflexivo + up(wards) by + Posesivo + (own) bootstraps.
    * salir adelante sin la ayuda de nadie = pull + Reflexivo + up(wards) by + Posesivo + (own) bootstraps.
    * salir a echarse un cigarro = go out for + a smoke.
    * salir a flote = make + ends meet.
    * salir a fumarse un cigarro = go out for + a smoke.
    * salir a hurtadillas = steal away.
    * salir airoso = pass + muster, pass with + flying colours.
    * salir airoso de = ride out.
    * salir a la calle = go out, hit + the streets.
    * salir a la calle en avalancha = spill (out) into + the streets.
    * salir a la luz = come to + light, go + live.
    * salir a la palestra = come out in + the open.
    * salir a las mil maravillas = work + a treat, come up + a treat, go down + a treat.
    * salir a la superficie = surface.
    * salir ampollas = blister.
    * salir a pasear en coche = go out for + a drive.
    * salir a pedir de boca = come up + roses, go off without + a hitch.
    * salir apresuradamente = dash off, shoot off.
    * salir a subasta = come up for + auction.
    * salir a toda prisa = make + a hasty exit.
    * salir a tomar una copa = go out for + a drink.
    * salir bien = go + well.
    * salir bien al final = turn out + right in the end.
    * salir bramando = roar out of.
    * salir con estupideces = talk + nonsense.
    * salir corriendo = leg it, run off, run away, bolt, make + a bolt for, dash off, take off, shoot off, take off + running, take to + Posesivo + heels.
    * salir corriendo a la calle = run into + the street.
    * salir de = get out of, walk out of, climb out of, break out of, break through, strike out from.
    * salir de casa = leave + home.
    * salir de copas = go out for + a drink.
    * salir de donde menos Uno se lo espera = come out of + the woodwork.
    * salir de fiesta = party.
    * salir de Guatemala para meterse en Guatapeor = out of the fire and into the frying pan.
    * salir de jarana = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.
    * salir de juerga = go out + boozing, paint + the town red, go out on + the town.
    * salir de la cárcel = release from + jail.
    * salir de la miseria = haul + Reflexivo + out of + Posesivo + bog.
    * salir del armario = come out of + the closet.
    * salir de la rutina tradicional = break out of + the traditional mould.
    * salir de la situación = extricate + Reflexivo.
    * salir del cascarón = come out of + Posesivo + shell.
    * salir del círculo = break out of + circle.
    * salir del trabajo = clock off + work.
    * salir de marcha = paint + the town red, party, go out on + the town.
    * salir de nuevo = come back out.
    * salir de parranda = go out + boozing, paint + the town red, go out on + the town.
    * salir de paseo = go out for + a walk.
    * salir de paseo en coche = go out for + a drive.
    * salir de perlas = come up + a treat, go down + a treat.
    * salir de + Posesivo + escondite = raise + Posesivo + head above the parapet.
    * salir de + Posesivo + refugio = raise + Posesivo + head above the parapet.
    * salir de quién sabe dónde = come out of + the woodwork.
    * salir desapercibido = sneak out of.
    * salir desde = set out from.
    * salir de una situación difícil = haul + Reflexivo + out of + Posesivo + bog.
    * salir de un impás = circumvent + impasse.
    * salir disparado = bolt, make + a bolt for, shoot off, dash off, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.
    * salir disparado de = shoot out of.
    * salir echando leches = bolt, take off, make + a bolt for, dash off, shoot off.
    * salir el tiro por la culata = backfire, misfire.
    * salir en desbandada = stampede.
    * salir en estampida = stampede.
    * salir en forma radial de = radiate from.
    * salir enojado dando zapatazos = stomp out of.
    * salir en pareja con = date.
    * salir en tropel = stampede.
    * salir escaldado = get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue.
    * salir fatal = go + pear-shaped.
    * salir fuera = be out and about, get out and about.
    * salir ganando = make + a profit, win, compare + favourably, be better off, win + the day, win out, be better served by, come out on + top.
    * salir grietas = develop + cracks.
    * salir horriblemente mal = go + horribly wrong.
    * salir huyendo = make off, do + a bunk.
    * salir ileso = escape + injury, leave without + a scratch.
    * salir impune = get away with it, get away with + murder, get away + scot-free.
    * salir inadvertidamente = sneak out of.
    * salir juntos = be an item.
    * salir los dientes = cut + Posesivo + teeth.
    * salir mal = go + wrong, go + awry, misfire, backfire.
    * salir malparado = get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue.
    * salir perdiendo = victimise [victimize, -USA], come off + worst, lose out, compare + unfavourably, lose + neck, be a little worse off.
    * salir perjudicado = pay + the price, pay + the penalty.
    * salir pitando = take off, bolt, make + a bolt for, dash off, shoot off, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.
    * salir por los cerros de Ubeda = go off on + a tangent, go off at + a tangent, fly off on + a tangent.
    * salir por piernas = make + a hasty exit.
    * salir por pies = take off + running, leg it, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.
    * salir resueltamente = sally forth.
    * salir rugiendo = roar out of.
    * salir sangre = draw + blood.
    * salirse con la de Uno = have + Posesivo + way (with), get away with it.
    * salirse con las de Uno = get + Posesivo + (own) way, have + Posesivo + own way, get away with + murder, get away + scot-free.
    * salirse de = depart from, opt out of, step out of, spill out of.
    * salirse de convencionalismos = think out(side) + (of) the box.
    * salirse de la carretera = go off + the road.
    * salirse del molde = think out(side) + (of) the box.
    * salir según lo planeado = go off + as planned.
    * salir según lo previsto = go off + as planned.
    * salirse por la tangente = go off + the track, get off + the track, fly off on + a tangent, go off on + a tangent, go off at + a tangent, wander off + track, wander off + topic.
    * salir sigilosamente = steal away, slither out of.
    * salir sin ganar ni perder = break + even.
    * salir sin ser visto = sneak out of, slip out, steal away.
    * salir sin un rasguño = leave without + a scratch.
    * salir sobre ruedas = go off without + a hitch.
    * salir todo bien = land on + Posesivo + (own two) feet.
    * salir todo redondo = land on + Posesivo + (own two) feet.
    * salir una gotera = spring + a leak.
    * salir un momento a = pop down to.
    * salir un poco perjudicado = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.
    * salir volando = bolt, make + a bolt for, dash off, shoot off.
    * salir y caer = fall out (of).
    * salir zumbando = bolt, make + a bolt for.
    * si no aguantas el calor, sal de la cocina = if you can't stand the heat, get out of the kitchen.
    * sol + salir por = sun + rise on.
    * volver a salir = come back out.
    * volver a salir a la superficie = resurface.

    * * *
    salir [ I29 ]
    ■ salir (verbo intransitivo)
    A partir
    B salir al exterior
    C
    1 habiendo terminado algo
    2 Informática
    D
    1 como entretenimiento
    2 tener una relación
    E a una calle, carretera
    F salir: clavos, tapones etc
    A
    1 aparecer, manifestarse
    2 salir: sol
    3 surgir
    4 en naipes
    B
    1 tocar en suerte
    2 en un reparto
    C salir: manchas
    D
    1 salir: revista, novela etc
    2 en televisión, el periódico
    3 en una foto
    4 desempeñando un papel
    E expresando irritación, sorpresa
    A expresando logro
    B resultar
    C de una situación, un estado
    D parecerse a
    E salir con, combinar con
    F salir de, deshacerse de
    ■ salirse (verbo pronominal)
    A
    1 de un recipiente, un límite
    2 por un orificio, una grieta
    3 salirse: recipientes etc
    B soltarse
    C irse
    vi
    A (partir) to leave
    ¿a qué hora sale el tren/tu vuelo? what time does the train/your flight leave?, what time is your train/flight?
    salieron a toda velocidad they went off at top speed, they sped off
    ¿está Marcos? — no, ha salido de viaje can I speak to Marcos? — I'm afraid he's away at the moment
    salió corriendo or pitando or disparada ( fam); she was off like a shot ( colloq), she shot off ( colloq)
    salir DE algo to leave FROM sth
    ¿de qué andén sale el tren? what platform does the train leave from?
    salgo de casa a las siete I leave home at seven
    salir PARA algo to leave FOR sth
    los novios salieron para las Bahamas the newlyweds left for the Bahamas
    B (al exterior — acercándose al hablante) to come out; (— alejándose del hablante) to go out
    no salgas sin abrigo don't go out without a coat
    ha salido she's gone out, she's out
    ya puedes salir que te he visto you can come on out now, I can see you
    no puedo salir, me he quedado encerrado I can't get out, I'm trapped in here
    salir DE algo to come out/get out OF sth
    ¡sal de ahí! come out of there!
    ¡sal de aquí! get out of here!
    sal de debajo de la mesa come out from under the table
    no salió de su habitación en todo el día he didn't come out of o leave his room all day
    sal ya de la cama get out of bed
    de aquí que no salga ni una palabra not a word of this to anyone
    ¿tú de dónde has salido? where have you sprung from?
    ¿de dónde salió este dinero? where did this money come from?
    nunca ha salido de España/del pueblo he's never been out of Spain/the village
    está en libertad bajo fianza y no puede salir del país she's out on bail and can't leave the country
    para impedir que salgan más capitales del país to prevent more capital flowing out of o leaving the country
    salir POR algo to leave BY sth
    tuvo que salir por la ventana she had to get out through the window
    acaba de salir por la puerta de atrás he's just left by the back door, he's just gone out the back door
    salir A algo:
    salieron al balcón/al jardín they went out onto the balcony/into the garden
    salen al mar por la noche they go out to sea at night
    ¿quién quiere salir a la pizarra? who wants to come up to the blackboard?
    el equipo salió al terreno de juego the team took the field o came onto the field
    ¿quién te salió al teléfono? who answered (the phone)?
    salir A + INF to go out/come out to + INF
    ¿sales a jugar? are you coming out to play?
    ha salido a hacer la compra she's gone out (to do the) shopping
    C
    no salgo de trabajar hasta las siete I don't finish o leave work until seven
    empezó a trabajar aquí recién salido de la escuela he started working here just after he left school
    ¿a qué hora sales de clase? what time do you come out of class o get out of class o finish your class?
    ¿cuándo sale del hospital/de la cárcel? when is he coming out of (the) hospital/(the) prison?
    2 ( Informática) (del sistema) to log off, log out; (de una aplicación) to quit
    D
    estuvo castigado un mes sin salir he wasn't allowed to go out for a month
    salieron a cenar fuera they went out for dinner, they had dinner out
    hace tiempo que salen juntos they've been going out together for a while
    salir CON algn to go out WITH sb
    ¿estás saliendo con alguien? are you going out with anyone?, are you seeing anyone? ( AmE)
    E
    (a una calle, carretera): ¿por aquí se sale a la carretera? can I get on to the road this way?
    ¿esta calle sale al Paseo Colón? will this street take me to the Paseo Colón?, does this street come out onto the Paseo Colón?
    F «clavo/tapón» to come out; «anillo» to come off
    el anillo no me sale my ring won't come off, I can't get my ring off
    A (aparecer, manifestarse)
    1 «cana/sarpullido» to appear
    (+ me/te/le etc): ya me empiezan a salir canas I'm starting to go gray, I'm getting gray hairs
    ya le han salido los dientes de abajo she's already got o she's already cut her bottom teeth, her bottom teeth have already come through
    me ha salido una ampolla I've got a blister
    le salió un sarpullido he came out in a rash
    le ha salido un chichón en la frente a bump's come up on her forehead
    si como chocolate me salen granos if I eat chocolate I break out o ( BrE) come out in spots
    a ver ¿te sale sangre? let's have a look, are you bleeding o is it bleeding?
    me sale sangre de la nariz my nose is bleeding
    a la planta le están saliendo hojas nuevas the plant's putting out new leaves, the plant has some new leaves coming out
    2 «sol» (por la mañana) to rise, come up; (de detrás de una nube) to come out
    parece que quiere salir el sol it looks as though the sun's trying to come out
    3 (surgir) «tema/idea» to come up
    ¿cómo salió eso a la conversación? how did that come up in the conversation?
    yo no se lo pedí, salió de él I didn't ask him to do it, it was his idea o he offered
    (+ me/te/le etc): le salió así, espontáneamente he just came out with it quite spontaneously
    me salió en alemán it came out in German, I said it in German
    no me salió nada mejor nothing better came up o turned up
    ¿has visto el novio que le ha salido? ( fam); have you seen the boyfriend she's found herself? ( colloq)
    no voy a poder ir, me ha salido otro compromiso I'm afraid I won't be able to go, something (else) has come up o cropped up
    4 «carta» (en naipes) to come up
    el as de diamantes todavía no ha salido the ace of diamonds hasn't come up yet
    ¿ya ha salido el 15? have they called number 15 yet?, has number 15 gone yet?
    B
    1 (tocar en suerte) (+ me/te/le etc):
    me salió un tema que no había estudiado I got a subject I hadn't studied
    me salió un cinco I got a five
    2 ( Esp) (en un reparto) salir A algo; to get sth
    salimos a dos pastelitos cada uno we get two cakes each, it works out as two cakes each
    son tres hermanos, así que salen a tres mil cada uno there are three brothers, so they each end up with o get three thousand
    C «mancha» (aparecer) to appear; (quitarse) to come out
    D
    1 «revista» to come out; «novela» to come out, be published; «disco» to come out, be released
    un producto que acaba de salir al mercado a new product which has just come on to the market
    2 (en televisión, el periódico) to appear
    la noticia salió en primera página the news appeared on the front page
    salió por or en (la) televisión she was o appeared on television
    ayer salió mi primo en or por la televisión my cousin was on (the) television yesterday
    3 (en una foto) to appear
    no sale en esta foto he doesn't appear in o he isn't in this photograph
    (+ compl): ¡qué bien saliste en esta foto! you've come out really well in this photograph, this is a really good photograph of you
    4
    (desempeñando un papel): ¿tú sales en la obra de fin de curso? are you in the end-of-term play?
    sale de pastor he plays o he is a shepherd
    me salió de testigo en el juicio ( RPl); he testified on my behalf
    le salí de testigo cuando se casó ( RPl); I was a witness at her wedding
    E (expresando irritación, sorpresa) salir + GER:
    y ahora sale diciendo que no lo sabía and now he says he didn't know
    salir CON algo:
    ¡mira con qué sale éste ahora! did you hear what he just said?
    no me salgas ahora con eso don't give me that ( colloq)
    y ahora me sale con que no quiere ir and now he tells me he doesn't want to go!
    ¡a veces sale con cada cosa más graciosa! sometimes she comes out with the funniest things!
    A (expresando logro) (+ me/te/le etc):
    ¿te salió el crucigrama? did you finish the crossword?
    no me sale esta ecuación/cuenta I can't do this equation/sum
    ¿me ayudas con este dibujo que a mí no me sale? can you help me with this drawing? I can't get it right
    no te sale el acento mexicano you're not very good at the Mexican accent, you haven't got the Mexican accent right
    ahora mismo no me sale su nombre ( fam); I can't think of her name right now
    estaba tan entusiasmado que no le salían las palabras he was so excited he couldn't get his words out
    B
    (resultar): de aquí no va a salir nada bueno no good is going to come of this
    van a lo que salga, nunca hacen planes they just take things as they come, they never make plans
    ¿a ti te da 40? a mí me sale 42 how do you get 40? I make it 42
    (+ compl): las cosas salieron mejor de lo que esperábamos things turned out/worked out better than we expected
    tenemos que acabarlo salga como salga we have to finish it, no matter how it turns out
    no ha salido ninguna de las fotos none of the photographs has come out
    la foto ha salido movida the photograph has come out blurred
    mandarlo certificado sale muy caro sending it registered mail works out o is very expensive
    salió elegido tesorero he was elected treasurer
    ¿qué número salió premiado? what was the winning number?
    salió beneficiado en el reparto he did well out of the division o ( BrE) share-out
    (+ me/te/le etc): el postre no me salió bien the dessert didn't come out right
    las cosas no nos han salido bien things haven't gone right for us
    no lo hagas deprisa que te va a salir todo al revés don't try to do it too quickly, you'll do it all wrong
    si lo haces sin regla te va a salir torcido if you do it without a ruler it'll come out crooked
    así te va a salir muy caro it'll work out very expensive for you that way
    ¿cómo te salió el examen? how did you get on o do in the exam?, how did the exam go?
    el niño les salió muy inteligente their son turned out (to be) really bright
    C (de una situación, un estado) salir DE algo:
    para salir del apuro in order to get out of an awkward situation
    está muy mal, no sé si saldrá de ésta she's very ill, I don't know if she'll make it o if she'll pull through
    no sé cómo vamos a salir de ésta I don't know how we're going to get out of this one
    luchan por salir de la miseria en que viven they struggle to escape from the poverty in which they live
    me ayudó a salir de la depresión he helped me get over my depression
    a este paso no vamos a salir nunca de pobres the way we're going we're never going to stop being poor
    (+ compl): salió bien de la operación she came through the operation well
    salieron ilesos del accidente they were not hurt in the accident
    salió airosa del trance she came through it with flying colors*
    salir bien/mal en un examen ( Chi) ( Educ) to pass/fail an exam
    salir adelante: fue una época muy dura, pero lograron salir adelante it was a difficult period but they managed to get through it
    para que el negocio salga adelante if the business is to stay afloat o survive
    paso1 (↑ paso (1))
    D salir a (parecerse a) to take after
    es gordita, sale a la madre she's chubby, she takes after her mother
    ¡tiene a quien salir! you can see who she takes after!
    en lo tozudo sale a su padre he gets his stubbornness from his father
    E salir con ( Col) (combinar con) to go with
    F salir de ( Col) (deshacerse de) to get rid of
    no han podido salir de él they haven't been able to get rid of him
    A
    1
    (de un recipiente, un límite): cierra el grifo, que se va a salir el agua turn off the faucet ( AmE) o ( BrE) tap, the water's going to overflow
    vigila que no se salga la leche don't let the milk boil over
    salirse DE algo:
    el camión se salió de la carretera the truck came/went off the road, the truck left the road
    el río se salió de su cauce the river overflowed its banks
    no te salgas de las líneas keep inside the lines
    la pelota se salió del campo de juego the ball went out of play o into touch
    procura no salirte del presupuesto try to keep within the budget
    te estás saliendo del tema you're getting off the point
    2 (por un orificio, una grieta) «agua/tinta» to leak, leak out, come out; «gas» to escape, come out
    está rajado y se sale el aceite it's cracked and the oil leaks out
    salirse DE algo:
    se está saliendo el aire del neumático the air's coming o leaking out of the tire*
    se me ha salido el hilo de la aguja the needle's come unthreaded
    3 (Chi, Méx) «recipiente/pluma» to leak
    B (soltarse) to come off
    se ha salido el pomo de la puerta the knob has come off the door
    (+ me/te/le etc): estos zapatos se me salen these shoes are too big for me
    se le ha salido una rueda it's lost a wheel, one of the wheels has come off
    se le salían los ojos de las órbitas his eyes were popping out of his head o were out on stalks
    C (irse) to leave salirse DE algo ‹de una asociación› to leave sth
    se salió del cine a la mitad de la película she walked out halfway through the movie
    salirse con la suya to get one's (own) way
    * * *

     

    salir ( conjugate salir) verbo intransitivo
    1 ( partir) to leave;
    ◊ ¿a qué hora sale el tren? what time does the train leave?;

    el jefe había salido de viaje the boss was away;
    salió corriendo (fam) she was off like a shot (colloq);
    salir de algo to leave from sth;
    ¿de qué andén sale el tren? what platform does the train leave from?;
    salgo de casa a las siete I leave home at seven;
    salir para algo to leave for sth
    2 ( al exterior — acercándose al hablante) to come out;
    (— alejándose del hablante) to go out;

    no puedo salir, me he quedado encerrado I can't get out, I'm trapped in here;
    salir de algo to come out/get out of sth;
    ¡sal de ahí/de aquí! come out of there/get out of here!;
    ¿de dónde salió este dinero? where did this money come from?;
    nunca ha salido de España he's never been out of Spain;
    salir por la ventana/por la puerta to get out through the window/leave by the door;
    salieron al balcón/al jardín they went out onto the balcony/into the garden;
    ¿por aquí se sale a la carretera? can I get on to the road this way?;
    salió a hacer las compras she's gone out (to do the) shopping
    3 ( habiendo terminado algo) to leave;
    ◊ ¿a qué hora sales de clase? what time do you get out of class o finish your class?;

    ¿cuándo sale del hospital? when is he coming out of (the) hospital?
    4



    salir con algn to go out with sb
    5 [clavo/tapón/mancha] to come out;
    [ anillo] to come off
    1 (aparecer, manifestarse)
    a) [cana/sarpullido] to appear;

    (+ me/te/le etc)

    le están saliendo los dientes she's teething;
    me salió una ampolla I've got a blister;
    le salió un sarpullido he came out in a rash;
    me salieron granos I broke out o (BrE) came out in spots;
    me sale sangre de la nariz my nose is bleeding;
    a la planta le están saliendo hojas nuevas the plant's putting out new leaves

    ( de detrás de una nube) to come out
    c) ( surgir) [tema/idea] to come up


    2
    a) [revista/novela] to come out;

    [ disco] to come out, be released;

    b) (en televisión, en el periódico) to appear


    (+ compl)

    1 ( expresando logro) (+ me/te/le etc):

    ahora mismo no me sale su nombre (fam) I can't think of her name right now;
    no le salían las palabras he couldn't get his words out
    2

    ◊ sale más barato/caro it works out less/more expensive

    b) ( resultar):

    ◊ todo salió bien everything turned out o worked out well;

    salió tal como lo planeamos it turned out just as we planned;
    no salió ninguna de las fotos none of the photographs came out;
    ¿qué número salió premiado? what was the winning number?;
    salir bien/mal en un examen (Chi fam) to pass/fail an exam;

    (+ me/te/le etc)

    3 (de situación, estado) salir de algo ‹ de apuro› to get out of sth;
    ‹ de depresión› to get over sth;

    salir adelante [ negocio] to stay afloat, survive;

    [ propuesta] to prosper;
    ◊ lograron salir adelante they managed to get through it

    4 ( con preposición)
    a)


    b)


    salirse verbo pronominal
    1
    a) (de borde, límite) [ agua] to overflow;

    [ leche] to boil over;
    salirse de algo ‹ de carretera› to come/go off sth;
    ‹ de tema› to get off sth;

    procura no salirte del presupuesto try to keep within the budget
    b) (por orificio, grieta) [agua/tinta] to leak (out), come out;

    [ gas] to escape, come out
    2 ( soltarse) [pedazo/pieza] to come off;
    (+ me/te/le etc)

    3 ( irse) to leave;
    salirse de algo ‹ de asociación› to leave sth;
    ◊ salirse con la suya to get one's (own) way

    salir verbo intransitivo
    1 (de un lugar) to go out: nunca ha salido de su país, he's never been out of his country
    el ladrón salió por la ventana, the burglar got out through the window
    (si el hablante está fuera) to come out: ¡sal de la habitación, por favor! please, come out of the room!
    2 Inform to exit
    (de un sistema) to log off
    3 (partir) to leave: salí de casa a mediodía, I left home at noon
    nuestro avión sale a las seis, our plane departs at six
    4 (para divertirse) to go out: siempre sale los viernes, she always goes out on Friday
    5 (tener una relación) to go out: está saliendo con Ana, he's going out with Ana
    6 Dep to start
    (en juegos) to lead
    7 (manifestarse, emerger) le ha salido un grano en la cara, he has got a spot on his face
    me salió sangre de la nariz, my nose was bleeding
    (un astro) to rise: la Luna sale al atardecer, the moon comes out in the evening
    (retoñar, germinar) to sprout
    8 (surgir) la idea salió de ti, it was your idea
    9 (aparecer) mi hermana salía en (la) televisión, my sister appeared on television
    (un libro, un disco, etc) to come out
    10 salir a (parecerse) ha salido a su hermano, he takes after his brother
    (costar) el almuerzo sale a 800 pesetas cada uno, lunch works out at 800 pesetas a head
    11 (resultar) su hija le ha salido muy estudiosa, her daughter has turned out to be very studious
    salió premiado el número 5.566, the winning number was 5,566
    (una operación matemática) a él le da 20, pero a mí me sale 25, he gets 20, but I make it 25
    12 (costar) nos sale barato, it works out cheap
    13 (superar una situación, una gran dificultad) to come through, get over: estuvo muy enfermo, pero salió de esa, he was very ill, but he pulled through
    14 (ser elegido por votación) salió alcalde, he was elected mayor
    ♦ Locuciones: salir con, (manifestación inesperada) no me salgas ahora con estupideces, stop talking nonsense
    ' salir' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    acampada
    - ahora
    - airosa
    - airoso
    - al
    - asomarse
    - atusar
    - boca
    - cabronada
    - casa
    - con
    - concebir
    - contraluz
    - coscorrón
    - cuenta
    - dar
    - dejar
    - desalojar
    - desfilar
    - desorbitar
    - dimanar
    - echar
    - entrar
    - estar
    - gatas
    - grabar
    - gracia
    - gustar
    - hondura
    - irse
    - niqui
    - palestra
    - para
    - parada
    - parado
    - paso
    - pico
    - pierna
    - pitar
    - portazo
    - puntilla
    - quite
    - rana
    - relucir
    - revés
    - rodada
    - rodado
    - salida
    - sangrar
    - señora
    English:
    after
    - appear
    - as
    - ask out
    - average out at
    - back out
    - be
    - blow off
    - boomerang
    - bootstrap
    - break
    - break out
    - break through
    - call away
    - can
    - check out
    - chicken out
    - clean up
    - climb
    - come away
    - come off
    - come on
    - come out
    - come up
    - crowd
    - dash off
    - dash out
    - date
    - depart
    - discipline
    - do
    - doll
    - doubtfully
    - downpour
    - draw out
    - drive-through
    - emerge
    - even
    - exit
    - fancy
    - flounce
    - forward
    - genie
    - get about
    - get along
    - get away
    - get away with
    - get off
    - get out
    - go
    * * *
    ♦ vi
    1. [ir fuera] to go out;
    [venir fuera] to come out;
    ¡sal aquí fuera! come out here!;
    no pueden salir, están atrapados they can't get out, they're trapped;
    ¿salimos al jardín? shall we go out into the garden?;
    salieron al balcón they went out onto the balcony;
    salió a la puerta she came/went to the door;
    salir a escena [actor] to come/go on stage;
    salir a pasear/tomar el aire to go out for a walk/for a breath of fresh air;
    salir a hacer la compra/de compras to go shopping;
    salir de to go/come out of;
    me lo encontré al salir del cine I met him as I was coming out of the cinema;
    ¡sal de aquí! get out of here!;
    ¡sal de ahí! come out of there!;
    salimos por la escalera de incendios/la puerta trasera we left via the fire escape/through the back door;
    Fam
    porque me sale/no me sale de las narices because I damn well feel like it/damn well can't be bothered;
    muy Fam
    porque me sale/no me sale de los huevos because I bloody well feel like it/because I can't be arsed
    2. [marcharse] to leave ( para for);
    cuando salimos de Quito/del país when we left Quito/the country;
    salí de casa/del trabajo a las siete I left home/work at seven;
    ¿a qué hora o [m5] cuándo sale vuestro vuelo? when does your flight leave?;
    ¿a qué hora o [m5] cuándo sales de trabajar? what time do you leave o finish work?;
    salir corriendo to run off;
    Fam
    salir pitando to leg it;
    salir de vacaciones to go (away) on Br holiday o US vacation;
    salir de viaje to go away (on a trip)
    3. [ser novios] to go out ( con with);
    están saliendo they are going out (together);
    ¿desde cuándo llevan saliendo? how long have they been going out (together)?
    4. [ir a divertirse] to go out;
    suelo salir el fin de semana I usually go out at the weekend;
    salen mucho a cenar they eat out a lot
    5. [librarse]
    salir de la droga to get off drugs;
    Marisa ha salido de la depresión Marisa has got over o come through her depression;
    salir de la miseria to escape from poverty;
    salir de un apuro to get out of a tight spot;
    le he ayudado a salir de muchos líos I've helped him out of a lot of tricky situations;
    no sé si podremos salir de ésta I don't know how we're going to get out of this one;
    con este dinero no vamos a salir de pobres this money isn't exactly enough for us never to have to work again
    6. [desembocar] [calle, sendero, carretera]
    ¿a dónde sale esta calle? where does this street come out?
    7. [separarse]
    este anillo sale fácilmente this ring comes off easily;
    este corcho no sale this cork won't come out
    8. [resultar] to turn out;
    ha salido muy estudioso he's turned out to be very studious;
    ¿cómo salió la fiesta? how did the party go?;
    ¿qué salió en la votación? what was the result of the vote?;
    a mí me sale un total de 35.000 pesos I've got a total of 35,000 pesos, I make it 35,000 pesos in total;
    salió (como) senador por California he was elected (as) senator for California;
    salió elegida actriz del año she was voted actress of the year;
    salió herido/ileso del accidente he was/wasn't injured in the accident;
    salir premiado to be awarded a prize;
    salir bien/mal [examen, entrevista] to go well/badly;
    [plato, dibujo] to turn out well/badly;
    ¿qué tal te ha salido? how did it go?;
    me ha salido bien/mal [examen, entrevista] it went well/badly;
    [plato, dibujo] it turned out well/badly; [cuenta] I got it right/wrong;
    normalmente me sale a la primera I normally get it right first time;
    a mí la paella no me sale tan bien como a ti my paella never turns out as well as yours does;
    ¿te salen las cuentas? do all the figures tally?;
    salir ganando/perdiendo to come off well/badly
    9. [en sorteo, juego] [número, nombre] to come up;
    no me ha salido un as en toda la partida I haven't got o had a single ace in the whole game
    10. [proceder]
    salir de to come from;
    el vino sale de la uva wine comes from grapes;
    salió de él (lo de) regalarte unas flores it was his idea to get you the flowers
    11. [surgir, brotar] [luna, estrellas] to come out;
    [sol] to rise; [flores, hojas] to come out; [dientes] to come through;
    le han salido varias flores al rosal the rose bush has got several flowers now;
    le están saliendo canas he's getting grey hairs, he's going grey;
    le están saliendo los dientes her teeth are starting to come through, she's teething;
    me salen los colores con tanto cumplido all these compliments are making me blush;
    le ha salido un sarpullido en la espalda her back has come out in a rash;
    te está saliendo sangre you're bleeding;
    me ha salido un grano en la nariz I've got a spot on my nose
    12. [aparecer] [publicación, producto, modelo] to come out;
    [disco] to come out, to be released; [moda, ley] to come in; [trauma, prejuicios] to come out; [tema, asunto] to come up;
    una revista que sale los jueves a magazine that comes out on Thursdays;
    su nuevo disco saldrá al mercado en otoño her new record comes out o will be released in the autumn;
    salieron (a relucir) todos sus miedos all his fears came out;
    ¡qué bien sales en esta foto! you look great in this photo!;
    ha salido en los periódicos/en la tele it's been in the papers/on TV;
    salir de/en [en película, serie, obra de teatro] to appear as/in;
    salía de extra en “Ben-Hur” he appeared as o was an extra in “Ben-Hur”;
    salir en defensa de alguien to come to sb's defence
    13. [presentarse, ofrecerse] [ocasión, oportunidad] to turn up, to come along;
    [puesto, empleo] to come up; [problema] to arise; [contratiempo] to occur;
    le ha salido una plaza de profesor en Tegucigalpa a job has come up for him as a teacher in Tegucigalpa;
    a lo que salga, salga lo que salga whatever happens
    14. [costar]
    salimos a 20 dólares por cabeza it came to o worked out at $20 each;
    ¿por cuánto me saldría una moto de segunda mano? how much would a second-hand motorbike cost me o come to?;
    en botella te saldrá más barata la cerveza the beer works out cheaper if you buy it bottled;
    salir caro [económicamente] to be expensive;
    [por las consecuencias] to be costly
    15. [decir u obrar inesperadamente]
    nunca se sabe por dónde va a salir you never know what she's going to come out with/do next;
    el jefe sale con cada tontería… the boss comes out with some really stupid remarks;
    salió con que era un incomprendido y nadie le hacía caso he claimed he was misunderstood and that no one ever took any notice of him;
    ¿y ahora nos sales con ésas? now you tell us!
    16. [parecerse]
    salir a alguien to take after sb;
    eres un vago, en eso has salido a tu padre you're a layabout, just like your father
    17. [en juegos] to lead;
    te toca salir a ti it's your lead;
    salió con un as she led with an ace;
    salen blancas [en damas, ajedrez] white goes first
    18. [desaparecer] to come out;
    la mancha de vino no sale the wine stain won't come out
    19. Informát [instrucción] to quit, to exit;
    salir de un programa to quit o exit a program
    20.
    salir adelante [persona, empresa] to get by;
    [proyecto, propuesta, ley] to be successful;
    la familia lo está pasando muy mal para salir adelante the family is struggling to get by o to make ends meet
    * * *
    v/i
    1 leave, go out;
    salir de (ir fuera de) leave, go out of; ( venir fuera de) leave, come out of;
    salir a Avda. América come out onto Avda. América; de calle lead to Avda. América;
    salir de apuros get out of difficulties;
    salir corriendo run off;
    salir con alguien date s.o., go out with s.o.
    2 ( aparecer) appear, come out
    3
    :
    salir a bolsa float, be floated
    4 DEP en carrera start;
    salir fuera de pelota go out
    5 INFOR de programa quit, exit
    6 ( parecerse a)
    :
    salir a alguien de bebé take after s.o.
    :
    salir bien/mal turn out well/badly;
    salió caro tb fig it worked out expensive;
    salir ileso escape unharmed;
    salir perdiendo end up losing;
    salir a 1000 colones cost 1000 colons;
    a lo que salga any old how
    8
    :
    ¡ya salió aquello! fam why did you have to bring that up?;
    salir con algo fam come out with sth;
    ¿y ahora me sales con que no tienes dinero? and you’re telling me now that you don’t have any money?
    :
    el dibujo no me sale fam I can’t get this drawing right;
    no me salió el trabajo I didn’t get the job
    10
    :
    salir por alguien stand up for s.o.
    * * *
    salir {73} vi
    1) : to go out, to come out, to get out
    salimos todas las noches: we go out every night
    su libro acaba de salir: her book just came out
    2) partir: to leave, to depart
    3) aparecer: to appear
    salió en todos los diarios: it came out in all the papers
    4) : to project, to stick out
    5) : to cost, to come to
    6) resultar: to turn out, to prove
    7) : to come up, to occur
    salga lo que salga: whatever happens
    salió una oportunidad: an opportunity came up
    8)
    salir a : to take after, to look like, to resemble
    9)
    salir con : to go out with, to date
    * * *
    salir vb
    1. (en general) to go out
    2. (partir) to leave [pt. & pp. left]
    3. (aparecer) to be
    ¿por qué no sales tú en la foto? why aren't you in the photo?
    4. (publicarse) to come out [pt. came; pp. come]
    ¿cuándo sale esa revista? when does that magazine come out?
    5. (sol amanecer) to rise [pt. rose; pp. risen]
    ¿a qué hora sale el sol? what time does the sun rise?
    6. (sol verse) to come out
    7. (surgir) to get
    si me sale este trabajo... if I get this job...
    8. (resultar) to turn out / to work out
    salir perdiendo to lose out [pt. & pp. lost]

    Spanish-English dictionary > salir

  • 118 देव _dēva

    देव a. (
    -वी f.) [दिव्-अच्]
    1 Divine, celestial; Bg.11. 11; Ms.12.117.
    -2 Shining; यज्ञस्य देवमृत्विजम् Rv.1.1.1.
    -3 Fit to be worshipped or honoured.
    -वः 1 A god, deity; एको देवः केशवो वा शिवो वा Bh.3.12.
    -2 (a) The god of rain, an epithet of Indra; as in द्वादश वर्षाणि देवो न ववर्ष; अवर्षयद्देवः Rām.1.9.18; काले च देशे च प्रववर्ष देवः Bu. Ch.2.7. (b) A cloud.
    -3 A divine man, Brāhmaṇa, as in भूदेव.
    -4 A king, ruler, as in मनुष्यदेव; तां देवसमितिं (अभ्या- गच्छत्) Mb.3.13.22.
    -5 A title affixed to the names of Bārhmaṇas; as in गोविन्ददेव, पुरुषोत्तमदेव &c.
    -6 (In dramas) A title of honour used in addressing a king, ('My lord', 'Your majesty'); ततश्च देव Ve.4; यथाज्ञापयति देवः &c.
    -7 Quicksilver.
    -8 The Supreme Spirit; हित्वा च देहं प्रविशन्ति देवं दिवौकसो द्यामिव पार्थ सांख्याः Mb.12.31.112.
    -9 A fool
    -1 A child.
    -11 A man following any particular business.
    -12 A lover.
    -13 Emulation.
    -14 Sport, play.
    -15 A husband's brother (cf. देवृ, देवर).
    -16 A lancer.
    -वम् An organ of sense; देवानां प्रभवो देवो मनसश्च त्रिलोककृत् Mb.14.41.3. [cf. L. deus; Gr. deos.].
    -Comp. -अंशः a partial incarnation of god.
    -अगारः, -रम् a temple.
    -अङ्गना a celestial damsel, an apsaras.
    -अतिदेवः, -अधिदेवः 1 the highest god.
    -2 an epithet of (1) Śiva. (2) Buddha. (3) Viṣṇu. देवातिदेवो भगवान् प्रसूतिरंशे हरिर्यस्य जगत्प्रणेता Hariv.
    -अधिपः 1 an epithet of Indra.
    -2 the supreme god.
    -अनीकम् an army of celestials.
    -अनुचरः, -अनुयायिन् m. an attendant or follower of a god; निशम्य देवानुचरस्य वाचं मनुष्यदेवः पुनरप्युवाच R.2.52.
    -अन्धस् n.,
    अन्नम् 1 the food of gods, divine food, ambrosia.
    -2 food that has been first offered to an idol; see Ms.5.7 and Kull. thereon.
    -अभीष्ट a.
    1 liked by or dear to gods.
    -2 sacred or dedicated to a deity. (
    -ष्टा) piper betel.
    -अरण्यम् the garden of gods, the Nandana gar- den; अलमुद्द्योतयामासुर्देवारण्यमिवर्तवः R.1.8.
    -अरिः a demon.
    -अर्चनम्, -ना 1 the worship of gods.
    -2 idolatry.
    -अर्पणम् 1 an offering to the god.
    -2 the Veda; पृथग्- भूतानि चान्यानि यानि देवार्पणानि च Mb.13.86.17 (see com.).
    -आवसथः a temple.
    -अश्वः an epithet of उच्चैःश्रवस्, the horse of Indra.
    -आक्रीडः 'the garden of the gods', Nandana garden.
    -आजीवः, -आजीविन् m. an attendant upon an idol.
    -2 a low Brāhmaṇa subsisting by attendance upon an idol and upon the offerings made to it.
    -आत्मन् a.
    1 consecrated, holy, sacred.
    -2 of a divine nature. (-m.)
    1 the divine soul; ते ध्यानयोगानुगता$ पश्यन् देवात्मशक्तिं स्वगुणैर्निगूढाम् Śvet. Up.1.3.
    -2 the holy fig-tree.
    -आयतनम् a temple; Ms.4.46; न देवा- यतनं गच्छेत् कदाचिद् वा$प्रदक्षिणम् । न पीडयेद् वा वस्त्राणि न देवा- यतनेष्वपि ॥ Kūrma P.
    -आयुधम् 1 a divine weapon.
    -2 rainbow.
    -आयुष्म् the life-time of a god.
    -आलयः 1 heaven.
    -2 a temple.
    -आवासः 1 heaven.
    -2 the holy fig-tree (अश्वत्थ).
    -3 a temple.
    -4 the Sumeru mountain.
    -आहारः nectar, ambrosia.
    -इज् a. (nom. sing. देवेट्-ड्) worshipping the gods.
    -इज्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, preceptor of the gods.
    -इज्जः 1 an epithet of Indra.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -इष्ट a. dear to gods. (
    -ष्टः) bdellium. (
    -ष्टा) the wild lime tree.
    -ईशः an epithet of (1) Indra. (2) Śiva. (3) Viṣṇu. (4) Brahman. (
    -शी) N. of Durgā also of Devakī mother of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -ईश्वरः N. of (1) Śiva. (2) Indra.
    -उद्यानम् 1 divine garden.
    -2 The Nandana garden.
    -3 a garden near a temple.
    -ऋषिः (देवर्षिः)
    1 a deified saint, divine sage such as अत्रि, भृगु, पुलस्त्य, अङ्गिरस् &c.; एवंवादिनि देवर्षौ Ku.6.84 (i. e. अङ्गिरस्); अथ देवऋषी राजन् संपरेतं नृपात्मजम् Bhāg.; आब्रह्मभुवनाल्लोका देवर्षिपितृमानवाः । तृप्यन्तु पितरः सर्वे मातृमातामहा- दयाः Tarpaṇamantra.
    -2 an epithet of Narada; देवर्षीणां च नारदः Bg.1.13.26.
    -ओकस् n. the mountain Meru or Sumeru.
    -कन्या a celestial damsel, a nymph; also देवकन्यका.
    -कर्दमाः sandal, aloe wood, camphor, saffron pounded together and made into a paste.
    -कर्मन् n.,
    -कार्यम् 1 a religious act or rite, divine command; अनुष्ठितदेवकार्यम् R.12.13.
    -2 the worship of gods.
    -काष्ठम् the Devadāru tree.
    -किरी N. of a Rāgiṇī; ललिता मालती गौरी नाटी देवकिरी तथा । मेघरागस्य रागिण्यो भवन्तीमाः सुमध्यमाः ॥
    -कुटम् a temple.
    -कुण़्डम् a natural spring.
    -कुलम् 1 a temple.
    -2 a race of gods.
    -3 a group of gods.
    -कुल्या the celestial Ganges.
    -कुसुमम् cloves; एलां च देवकुसुमं त्वक्पत्रं देवदारु च Śiva. B.3.14.
    -खातम्, -खातकम् 1 a natural hollow among moun- tains.
    -2 a natural pond or reservoir; Ms.4.23.
    -3 a pond near a temple. ˚बिल a cavern, chasm.
    -गणः a class of gods.
    -गणिका an apsaras; q. v.
    -गतिः the path of देवलोक; अनुज्ञातश्च रामेण ययौ देवगतिं मुनिः A. Rām. 2.1.4.
    -गन्धर्वः an epithet of Nārada. (
    -र्वम्) a particular mode of singing.
    -गर्जनम् thunder.
    -गर्भः see हिरण्यगर्भ; Rām.2.4.23.
    -गायनः a celestial choris- ter, a Gandharva.
    -गान्धारी N. of a Rāgiṇī गान्धारी देवगान्धारी मालवी श्रीश्च सारवी । रामकीर्यपि रागिण्यः श्रीरागस्य प्रिया इमाः ॥
    -गिरिः 1 N. of a mountain; cf. Me.44.
    -2 N. of a town (Daulatabad).
    -गिरी f. N. of a Rāgiṇī.
    -गुरुः 1 an epithet of Kaśyapa (the father of gods).
    -2 of Bṛihaspati (the preceptor of gods).
    -गुही an epithet of Sarasvatī or of a place situated on it.
    -गुह्यम् 1 a secret only known by gods.
    -2 death.
    -गृहम् 1 a temple.
    -2 the place of a king.
    -3 a planetary sphere.
    -ग्रहः a class of demons who causes harmless madness.
    -चरितम् the course of action or practices of the gods; न देवचरितं चरेत्.
    -चर्या the worship or service of gods.
    -चिकित्सकौ (du.) Aśvins, the twin physicians of gods.
    -छन्दः a pearl-necklace having 81, 1 or 18 strings; शतमष्टयुतं हारो देवच्छन्दो ह्यशीतिरेकयुता Bṛi. S.81.32.
    -जनः the gods collectively. ˚विद्या the science of music, dance, other arts &c.; Ch. Up.7.1.2.
    -जातम् a class of gods.
    -जामिः f. a sister of the gods; देवजामीनां पुत्रो$सि Av. 6.46.1.
    -तरुः 1 the holy fig-tree.
    -2 one of the trees of paradise. (i. e. मन्दार, पारिजात, सन्तान, कल्प and हरि- चन्दन); पञ्चैते देवतरवो मन्दारः पारिजातकः । सन्तानः कल्पवृक्षश्च पुंसि वा हरिचन्दनम् ॥ Ak.
    -3 the tree in a village (चैत्यवृक्ष) where the villagers usually meet (Mar. पार).
    -तर्पणम् offerings of water, part of the सन्ध्या ceremony.
    -ताडः 1 fire.
    -2 an epithet of Rāhu.
    -तातः 1 a sacrifice.
    -2 N. of Kaśyapa.
    -तातिः 1 a god.
    -2 divine service; स नो यक्षद् देवताता यजीयान् Rv.3.19.1.
    -तीर्थम् 1 the right moment for the worship of gods.
    -2 the tips of the fingers sacred to gods.
    -दत्त a.
    1 god-given, grant- ed by the gods.
    -2 given to the gods (as a village, &c.).
    (-त्तः) 1 N. of the conch-shell of Arjuna; देवदत्तं धनञ्जयः (दध्मौ) Bg.1.15.
    -2 a certain person (used in speaking of men indefinitely); मुक्तस्ततो यदि बन्धाद्देवदत्त उपाच्छिनत्ति Bhāg.5.14.24; देवदत्तः पचति, पिनो देवदत्तो दिवा न भुङ्क्ते &c.
    -3 one of the vital airs exhaled in yawning; देवदत्तो विजृम्भणे. ˚अग्रजः N. of Buddha.
    -दर्शन a. visiting the gods. (
    -नः) N. of Nārada; यथा प्राह नारदो देवदर्शनः Bhāg.2.8.1.
    -दारु m., n. a species of pine; गङ्गाप्रवाहोक्षित- देवदारु Ku.1.54; R.2.36.
    -दासः a servant or attendant upon a temple.
    (-सी) 1 a female in the service of gods or a temple.
    -2 a courtezan (employed as a dancer in a temple).
    -3 the wild citron tree.
    -दीपः the eye.
    -दुन्दुभिः 1 divine drum; देवदुन्दुभिनिर्घोषो पुष्पवृष्टिश्च खात् पतन् Rām.
    -2 the holy basil with red flowers.
    -3 an epi- thet of Indra.
    -दूतः a divine envoy or messenger, an angel.
    -देवः 1 an epithet of Brahman; Rām.1.43.1.
    -2 of Śiva; अयाचितारं न हि देवदेवमद्रिः सुतां ग्राहयितुं शशाक Ku.1.52.
    -3 of Viṣṇu; Bg.1.15.
    -4 of Gaṇeśa; दृष्टप्रभावो वरदो देवदेवो विनायकः Ks.2.55.
    -दैवत्य a. destined for the god; Ms.2.189.
    -द्रोणी a procession with idols.
    -धर्मः a religious duty or office.
    -धानी the city of Indra; तां देवधानीं स वरुथिनीपतिर्बहिः समन्ताद्रुरुधे पृतन्यया Bhāg. 8.15.23.
    -धान्यम् a kind of grass-grain (Mar. देवभात).
    -धिष्ण्यम् a chariot of the gods (विमान); Bhāg.1. 82.7.
    -नक्षत्रम् N. of the first 14 नक्षत्रs in the southern quarter (opp. to यमनक्षत्रम्).
    -नदी 1 the Ganges.
    -2 any holy river; Ms.2.17.
    -नन्दिन् m. N. of the door- keeper of Indra.
    -2 N. of a grammarian.
    -नागरी N. of the character in which Sanskrit is usually written.
    -नाथः Śiva.
    -निकायः 1 'residence of gods', paradise, heaven; तं तुष्टुवुर्देवनिकायकेतवः Bhāg.1.27.25.
    -2 a host or assembly of gods; Ms.1.36.
    -निन्दकः a blasphe- mer, unbeliever, heretic, atheist.
    -निन्दा heresy, athe- ism.
    -निर्माल्यम् 1 a garland remaining from a sacrifice.
    -निर्मित a. 'god-created', natural.
    -पतिः an epithet of Indra.
    -पादाः 'the royal feet or presence', an honorific term for a king; देवपादाः प्रमाणम्.
    -पथः 1 'heavenly passage', heaven, firmament दिव्यो देवपथो ह्येष नात्र गच्छन्ति मानुषाः Mb.
    -2 the milky way.
    -पशुः any animal con- secrated to a deity.
    -पात्रम् an epithet of Agni.
    -पुर्, -पुरी f. an epithet of Amarāvatī, the city of Indra.
    -पुरोहितः 1 a domestic priest of the gods.
    -2 the planet Jupiter (बृहस्पति).
    -पुष्पम् cloves.
    -पूज्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati.
    -प्रतिकृतिः f.,
    -प्रतिमा an idol, the image of a deity.
    -प्रश्नः 'consulting deities', astrology, for- tune-telling.
    -प्रसूत a. good-produced (water); Av.6. 1.2.
    -प्रियः 'dear to the gods', an epithet of Śiva; (देवानांप्रियः an irreg. comp. meaning-
    1 a goat.
    -2 a fool, idiot like a brute breast, as in ते$प्यतात्पर्यज्ञा देवानांप्रियाः K. P.
    -3 an ascetic, who renounces the world).
    -बलिः an oblation to the gods.
    -बाहुः 1 N. of a king in the Yadu race.
    -2 N. of a sage; देवबाहुः शतधनुः कृतवर्मेति तत्सुताः Bhāg.
    -ब्रह्मन् m. an epithet of Nārada.
    -ब्राह्मणः 1 a Brāhmaṇa who lives on the proceeds of a temple.
    -2 a venerable Brāhmaṇa.
    -भक्तिः worship or service of the gods.
    -भवनम् 1 the heaven.
    -2> a temple.
    -3 the holy fig-tree.
    -भागः the northern hemisphere.
    -भ m. a god; (-f.) heaven.
    -भूमिः f. heaven; पितुः प्रदेशा- स्तव देवभूमयः Ku.5.45.
    -भूतिः f. an epithet of the Ganges.
    -भूयम् divinity, godhead; विदितमेव भवतां...... परां निर्वृतिमुपेत्य देवभूयं गताः सर्वे न पूर्वपुरुषा इति Rām. Champū.
    -भृत् m. an epithet of
    1 Viṣṇu.
    -2 of Indra.
    -भोगः Pleasure of the gods, heavenly joy; अन्नन्ति दिव्यान् दिवि देवभोगान् Bg.9.2.
    -भोज्यम् nectar.
    -मणिः 1 the jewel of Viṣṇu called कौस्तुभ.
    -2 the sun.
    -3 a curl of hair on a horse's neck; आवर्तिनः शुभफल- प्रदशुक्तियुक्ताः संपन्नदेवमणयो भृतरन्ध्रभागाः (अश्वाः) Śi.5.4; N.1.58.
    -मधु n. divine honey; असौ वा आदित्यो देवमधु Ch. Up.3.1.1.
    -मातृ f. N. of Aditi, mother of gods.
    -मातृक a. 'having the god of rain or clouds as foster-mother', watered only by the clouds, depending on rain-water and not on irrigation, deprived of every other kind of water (as a country); देशो नद्यम्बुवृष्ट्यम्बु- संपन्नव्रीहिपालितः । स्यान्नदीमातृको देवमातृकश्च यथाक्रमम् ॥ Ak.; cf. also वितन्वति क्षेममदेवमातृकाः (i. e. नदीमातृकाः) चिराय तस्मिन् कुरवश्चकासते Ki.1. 17.
    -मानकः the jewel of Viṣṇu called कौस्तुभ.
    -माया the Māyā of gods; ते दुस्तराम- तितरन्ति च देवमायाम् Bhāg.
    -मार्गः the air or sky.
    -मासः the eighth month of pregnancy.
    -मुनिः a divine sage.
    -यजनम् 1 a sacrificial place, a place where a sacrifice is performed; ततस्ते देवयजनं ब्राह्मणाः स्वर्णलाङ्गलैः (कृष्ट्वा) Bhāg.1.74.12. देवयजनसंभवे सीते U.4.
    -2 a place of worship; मण्डलं देवयजनं दीक्षासंस्कार आत्मनः Bhāg.12.11.17.
    -यजि a. making oblations to gods.
    -यज्ञः a sacrifice to the superior gods made by oblations to fire, or through fire to the gods; (one of the five daily sacri- fices of a Brāhmaṇa; see Ms.3.81,85 and पञ्चयज्ञ also).
    -यज्यम्, -यज्या a sacrifice.
    -यात्रा 'an idol- procession,' any sacred festival when the idols are carried in procession; केनापि देवयात्रागतेन सिद्धादेशेन साधुना मत्समक्षमादिष्टा M.5.12-13.
    -यान bestowing मोक्ष; यज्ञस्य देवयानस्य मेध्याय हविषे नृप Bhāg.8.8.2.
    -नः the path leading to मोक्ष; सत्येन पन्था विततो देवयानः Muṇḍ.3.1.6.
    -यानम् a celestial car.
    -युगम् 1 the first of the four ages of the world; also called कृतयुग, सनत्कुमारो भगवान् पुरा देवयुगे प्रभुः Rām.1.11.11.
    -2 an age of the gods comprising four ages of men.
    -योनिः 1 a super- human being, a demigod; विद्याधरो$प्सरोयक्षरक्षोगन्धर्वकिन्नराः । पिशाचो गुह्यकः सिद्धो भूतो$मी देवयोनयः ॥ Ak.
    -2 a being of divine origin.
    -3 fuel used in kindling fire (f. also).
    -योषा an apsaras.
    -रथः a car for carrying the image of god in procession.
    -थम् a day's journey for the sun's chariot.
    -रहस्यम् a divine mystery.
    -राज्, -राजः 1 an epithet of Indra; Rām.7.6.6.
    -2 a king.
    -3 N. of Buddha.
    -रातः 1 an epithet of Parīkṣit.
    -2 a kind of swan or crane.
    -राष्ट्रम् N. of an empire in the Deccan.
    -लक्ष्मम् the Brāhmanical cord.
    -लता the Navamallikā or double jasmine plant.
    -लिङ्गम् the image or statue of a deity; Bhāg.3.17.13.
    -लोकः heaven, paradise; देवलोकस्य चर्त्विजः (प्रभुः) Ms.4.182.
    -वक्त्रम् an epithet of fire.
    -वर्त्मन् n. the sky or atmosphere.
    -वर्धकिः, -शिल्पिन् m. Viśvakarman, the architect of gods.
    -वाणी 'divine voice', a voice from heaven.
    -वाहनः an epithet of Agni.
    -विद्या 1 divine science; Ch. Up.7.1.2.
    -2 the science of Nirukta or etymology; ibid.
    -विभागः the northern hemisphere.
    -विश् f.,
    -विशा a deity.
    -वीतिः food of the gods.
    -वृक्षः the Mandāra tree.
    -व्यचस् a. Ved. occupied by the gods.
    -व्रतम् 1 a religious observance, any religious vow.
    -2 the favourite food of the gods. (
    -तः) an epithet of
    1 Bhīṣma; ततो विनशनं प्रागाद्यत्र देवव्रतो$पतत् Bhāg.1.9.1.
    -2 Kārtikeya.
    -व्रतत्वम् celibacy (ब्रह्मचारिव्रत); देवव्रतत्वं विज्ञाप्य Mb.5.172.19.
    -शत्रुः a demon; स देवशत्रूनिव देवराजः Mb.
    -शुनी an epithet of Saramā, the bitch of the gods.
    -शेखर the damanaka tree (Mar. दवणा).
    -शेषम् the remnants of a sacrifice offered to gods.
    -श्रीः m. a sacrifice. (f.) Lakṣmī.
    -श्रुतः an epithet of
    1 Viṣṇu.
    -2 Nārada.
    -3 a sacred treatise.
    -4 a god in general.
    -संसद् f. देवसभा q. v.
    -सत्यम् divine truth, established order of the gods.
    -संध a. divine.
    -सभा 1 an assembly of the gods (सुधर्मन्).
    -2 a council of a king, council-chamber.
    -3 a gambling-house.
    -सभ्यः 1 a gambler.
    -2 a fre- quenter of gaming-houses.
    -3 an attendant on a deity.
    -4 the keeper of a gambling-house.
    -सहा 1 rules of begging alms (? भिक्षासूत्र); L. D. B.
    -2 N. of a plant.
    -सायुज्यम् identification or unification with a deity, conjunction with the gods, deification.
    -सिंह an epithet of Śiva.
    -सुषिः a tube or cavity (in the heart) leading to the gods; cf. उदान, तस्य ह वा एतस्य हृदयस्य पञ्च देवसुषयः Ch. Up.3.13.1.
    -सू N. of 8 deities (अग्नि, सोम, सवितृ, रुद्र, बृहस्पति, इन्द्र, मित्र and वरुण).
    -सृष्टा an intoxicating drink.
    -सेना 1 the army of gods.
    -2 N. of the wife of Skanda; स्कन्देन साक्षादिव देवसेनाम् R.7.1. (Malli.:-- देवसेना = स्कन्दपत्नी perhaps it merely means 'the army of the gods' personified as Skanda's wife). ˚पतिः, ˚प्रियः an epithet of Kārtikeya.
    -स्वम् 'property of gods', property applicable to religious purposes or endowments; यद्धनं यज्ञशीलानां देवस्वं तद्विदु- र्बुधाः Ms.11.2,26. ˚अपहरणम् sacrilege.
    -सावर्णिः the 13th Manu; मनुस्त्रयोदशो भाव्यो देवसावर्णिरात्मवान् Bhāg. 8.13.3.
    -हविस् n. an animal offered to gods at a sacrifice.
    -हिंसकः an enemy of gods.
    -हूः the left ear; Bhāg.4.25.51.
    -हूतिः f.
    1 invocation of the gods.
    -2 N. of a daughter of Manu Svāyambhuva and wife of Kardama.
    -हेडनम् an offence against the gods.
    -हेतिः a divine weapon.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > देव _dēva

  • 119 लोकः _lōkḥ

    लोकः [लोक्यते$सौ लोक्-घञ्]
    1 The world, a division of the universe; (roughly speaking there are three lokas स्वर्ग, पृथ्वी and पाताल, but according to fuller classifica- tion the lokas are fourteen, seven higher regions rising from the earth one above the other, i. e. भूर्लोक, भुवर्लोक, स्वर्लोक, महर्लोक, जनर्लोक, तपर्लोक, and सत्यलोक or ब्रह्मलोक; and seven lower regions, descending from the earth one below the other; i. e. अतल, वितल, सुतल, रसातल, तलातल, महातल, and पाताल).
    -2 The earth, terrestrial world (भूलोक); इह- लोके in this world (opp. परत्र).
    -3 The human race, mankind, men, as in लोकातिग, लोकोत्तर &c. q. v.
    -4 The people or subjects (opp. the king); स्वसुखनिरभिलाषः खिद्यसे लोकहेतोः Ś.5.7; R.4.8.
    -5 A collection, group, class, com- pany; आकृष्टलीलान् नरलोकपालान् R.6.1; or शशाम तेन क्षितिपाल- लोकः 7.3.
    -6 A region, tract, district, province.
    -7 Common life, ordinary practice (of the world); लोकवत्तु लीलाकैवल्यम् Br. Sūt.II.1.33; यथा लोके कस्यचिदाप्तैषणस्य राज्ञः &c. S. B. (and diverse other places of the same work).
    -8 Common or worldly usage (opp. Vedic usage or idiom); वेदोक्ता वैदिकाः शब्दाः सिद्धा लोकाच्च लौकिकाः, प्रियतद्धिता दाक्षिणात्या यथा लोके वेदे चेति प्रयोक्तव्ये यथा लौकिक- वैदिकेष्विति प्रयुञ्जते Mbh. (and in diverse other places); अतो$स्मि लोके वेदे च प्रथितः पुरुषोत्तमः Bg.15.18.
    -9 Sight, looking.
    -1 The number 'seven', or 'fourteen'.
    -11 Ved. Open space; space, room.
    -12 One's own nature (निजस्वरूप); नष्टस्मृतिः पुनरयं प्रवृणीत लोकम् Bhāg.3. 31.15.
    -13 Enlightenment (प्रकाश); इच्छामि कालेन न यस्य विप्लवस्तस्यात्मलोकावरणस्य मोक्षम् Bhāg.8.3.25.
    -14 Recom- pense (फल); अग्नावेव देवेषु लोकमिच्छन्ते Bṛi. Up.1.4.15.
    -15 An object of enjoyment (भोग्यवस्तु); अथो अयं वा आत्मा सर्वेषां भूतानां लोकः Bṛi. Up 1.4.16.
    -16 Sight, the faculty of seeing (चक्षुरिन्द्रिय); अग्निर्लोकः Bṛi. Up.3.9. 1.
    -17 An object of sense (विषय); उपपत्त्योपलब्धेषु लोकेषु च समो भव Mb.12.288.11. (In compounds लोक is often translated by 'universally', 'generally', 'popularly'; as लोकविज्ञात so ˚विद्विष्ट).
    -Comp. -अक्षः space, sky.
    -अतिग a. extraordinary, supernatural.
    -अतिशय a. superior to the world, extraordinary.
    -अधिक a. ex- traordinary, uncommon; सर्वं पण्डितराजराजितिलकेनाकारि लोकाधिकम् Bv.4.44; Ki.2.47.
    -अधिपः 1 a king.
    -2 a god or deity.
    -अधिपतिः a lord of the world.
    -अनुग्रहः prosperity of mankind.
    -अनुरागः 'love of mankind', universal love, general benevolence, philanthropy.
    -अनुवृत्तम् obedience of the people.
    -अन्तरम् 'another world', the next world, future life; लोकान्तरसुखं पुण्यं तपोदानसमुद्भवम् R.1.69;6.45; लोकान्तरं गम्-प्राप् &c. 'to die'.
    -अन्तरित a. dead.
    -अपवादः public scandal, po- pular censure; लोकापवादो बलवान् मतो मे R.14.4.
    -अभि- भाविन् a.
    1 overcoming the world.
    -2 pervading the whole world (as light).
    -अभिलक्षित a. generally liked.
    -अभ्युदयः public weal or welfare.
    -अयनः N. of Nārāyaṇa.
    -अलोकः N. of a mythical mountain that encircles the earth and is situated beyond the sea of fresh water which surrounds the last of the seven conti- nents; beyond लोकालोक there is complete darkness, and to this side of it there is light; it thus divides the visible world from the regions of darkness; प्रकाशश्चा- प्रकाशश्च लोकालोक इवाचलः R.1.68; लोकालोकव्याहतं धर्मराशेः शालीनं वा धाम नालं प्रसर्तुम् Śi.16.83; Mv.5.1,45; ऊर्ध्व- मालोकयामासुः लोकालोकमिवोच्छ्रितम् Parṇāl.3.3; (for further explanation see Dr. Bhāṇḍārkar's note on l. 79 of Māl. 1th Act). (
    -कौ) the visible and the invisible world.
    -आकाशः 1 space, sky.
    -2 (with Jains) a worldly region.
    -आचारः common practice, popular or general custom, ways of the world; अपि शास्त्रेषु कुशला लोकाचारविवर्जिताः Pt.5.43.
    -आत्मन् m. the soul of the universe.
    -आदिः 1 the beginning of the world.
    -2 the creator of the world.
    - आयत a. atheistical, materialistic. (
    -तः) a materialist, an atheist, a follower of Chārvāka. (
    -तम्) materialism, atheism; (for some account see the first chapter of the Sarvadarśanasaṁgraha).
    -आयतिकः an atheist, a materialist; कच्चिन्न लोकायतिकान् ब्राह्मणांस्तात सेवसे Rām. 2.1.38.
    -ईशः 1 a king (lord of the world).
    -2 Brahman.
    -3 quick-silver.
    -उक्तिः f.
    1 a proverb, popular saying; लोके ख्यातिमुपागतात्र सकले लोकोक्तिरेषा यतो दग्धानां किल वह्निना हितकरः सेको$पि तस्योद्भवः Pt.1.371.
    -2 common talk, public opinion.
    -उत्तर a. extraordinary, uncommon, unusual; लोकोत्तरा च कृतिः Bv.1.69.7; U.2.7. (
    -रः) a king. ˚वादिन् m. pl. N. of a Buddhist school.
    -उपक्रोशनम् circulating evil reports among the people; असारस्य वाक्संतक्षणैर्लोकोपक्रोशनैः... अपवाहनम् Dk.2.2.
    -एकबन्धुः an epithet of Śākyamuni.
    -एषणा 1 desire for heaven; या वितैषणा सा लोकैषणोभे ह्येते एषणे एव भवतः Bṛi. Up.3.5.1.
    -2 desire for the good opinion of the public.
    -कण्टकः 1 a troublesome or wicked man, the curse of mankind.
    -2 an epithet of Rāvaṇa; see कण्टक.
    -कथा a popular legend, folk-tale.
    -कर्तृ, -कृत् m. the creator of the world.
    -कल्प a.
    1 resembling the world.
    -2 regarded by the world. (
    -ल्पः) a period or age of the world.
    -कान्त a. liked by the people, popular; भव पितुरनुरूपस्त्वं गुणैर्लोककान्तैः V.5.21. (
    -न्ता) a kind of medical herb (Mar. मुरुढशेंग).
    -कारणकारणः an epithet of Śiva.
    -क्षित् a. inhabiting heaven.
    -गतिः f. actions of men.
    -गाथा a song handed down among people, folk-song.
    -चक्षुस् n. the sun.
    -चारित्रम् the ways of the world.
    -जननी an epithet of Lakṣmī.
    -जित् m.
    1 an epithet of Buddha.
    -2 any conqueror of the world.
    -3 a sage. -a. winning heaven; तद्धैतल्लोकजिदेव Bṛi. Up.1.3.28.
    -ज्ञ a. knowing the world.
    -ज्येष्ठः an epithet of Buddha.
    -तत्त्वम् knowledge of mankind.
    -तन्त्रम् course of the world; निर्मितो लोकतन्त्रो$यं लोकेषु परिवर्तते Bhāg.12.11.29.
    -तुषारः camphor.
    -त्रयम्, -त्रयी the three worlds taken collectively; उत्खात- लोकत्रयकण्टकेपि R.14.73.
    -दम्भक a. cheating mankind; Ms.4.195.
    -द्वारम् the gate of heaven.
    -धर्मः 1 a worldly matter.
    -2 (with Buddhists) worldly condi- tion.
    -धातुः a particular division of the world (जम्बु- द्वीप).
    -धातृ m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -धारिणी N. of the earth.
    -नाथः 1 Brahman.
    -2 Viṣṇu.
    -3 Śiva.
    -4 a king, sovereign.
    -5 a Buddha
    -6 the sun.
    -नेतृ m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -पः, -पालः 1 a regent or guardian of a quarter of the world; ललिताभिनयं तमद्य भर्ता मरुतां द्रष्टुमनाः सलोकपालः V.2.18; R.2.75;12.89;17.78; (the lokapālas are eight; see अष्टदिक्पाल).
    -2 a king, sovereign.
    -पक्तिः f. esteem of mankind, general respectability.
    -पतिः 1 an epi- thet of Brahman.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a king, sovereign.
    -पथः, -पद्धतिः f. the general or usual way, the univer- sally accepted way.
    -परोक्ष a. hidden from the world.
    -पितामहः an epithet of Brahman.
    -प्रकाशनः the sun.
    -प्रत्ययः universal prevalence.
    -प्रवादः general rumour, current report, popular talk.
    -प्रसिद्ध a. well-known, universally known.
    -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः 1 the sun.
    -2 Śiva.
    -बाह्य, -वाह्य 1 excluded from society, excom- municated.
    -2 differing from the world, eccentric, singular; उन्मादवन्नृत्यति लोकबाह्यः Bhāg.11.2.4. (
    -ह्यः) an outcast.
    -भर्तृ a. supporter of the people.
    -भावन, -भाविन् a. promoting the welfare of the world.
    -मर्यादा an established or current custom.
    -मातृ f. an epithet of Lakṣmī.
    -मार्गः an established custom.
    -यज्ञः desire for the good opinion of the people (लोकैषणा); Mb.1. 18.5. (com. लोकयज्ञो लोकैषणा सर्वो मां साधुमेव जानात्विति वासनारूपः).
    -यात्रा 1 worldly affairs, the course of world- ly life, business of the world; तस्माल्लोकयात्रार्थी नित्यमुद्यत- दण्डः स्यात् Kau. A.1.4; Mb.3.15.31; Dk.2.8; एवं किलेयं लोकयात्रा Mv.7; यावदयं संसारस्तावत् प्रसिद्धैवेयं लोकयात्रा Ve.3.
    -2 a popular usage or custom; एषोदिता लोकयात्रा नित्यं स्त्रीपुंसयोः शुभा Ms.9.25
    -3 worldly existence, career in life; Māl.4,6.
    -4 support of life, maintenance.
    -रक्षः a king, sovereign.
    -रञ्जनम् pleasing the world, popularity.
    -रवः popular talk or report.
    -रावण a. tormentor of the people; रावणं लोकरावणम् Rām.3.33.1; Mb.3.148.12.
    -लेखः 1 a public document.
    -2 an ordi- nary letter.
    -लोचनम् the sun.
    -वचनम् a popular rumour or report.
    -वर्तनम् the means by which the world subsists.
    -वादः public rumour; common talk, popular report; मां लोकवादश्रवणादहासीः R.14.61.
    -वार्ता popular report, public rumour; कश्चिदक्षर्धूतः कलासु कवित्वेषु लोकवार्तासु चातिवैचक्षण्यान्मया समसृज्यत Dk.2.2.
    -विद्विष्ट a. disliked by men, generally or universally disliked.
    -विधिः 1 a mode of proceeding prevalent in the world.
    -2 the creator of the world.
    -विनायकाः a class of deities presiding over diseases.
    -विभ्रमः see लोकव्यवहार; हृष्यत्तनुर्विस्मृतलोकविभ्रमः Bhāg.1.71.26.
    -विरुद्ध a. op- posed to public opinion; यद्यपि शुद्धं लोकविरुद्धं नाकरणीयम् नाचरणीयम्.
    -विश्रुत a. farfamed, universally known, famous, renowned.
    -विश्रुतिः f.
    1 world-wide fame.
    -2 unfounded rumour, mere report.
    -विसर्गः 1 the end of the world; Mb.
    -2 the creation of the world; Bhāg.
    -वृत्तम् 1 the way of the world, a custom prevalent in the world; लोकवृत्तमनुष्ठेयं कृतं वो बाष्पमोक्षणम् Rām.4.25.3.
    -2 an idle talk or gossip; न लोकवृत्तं वर्तेत वृत्तिहेतोः कथंचन Ms.4.11.
    -वृत्तान्तः, -व्यवहारः 1 the course or ways of the world, general custom; Ś.5.
    -2 course of events.
    -व्यवहार a. commonly used, universally current.
    -व्रतम् general practice or way of the world.
    -श्रुतिः f.
    1 a popular report.
    -2 world-wide fame.
    -संसृतिः f.
    1 fate, destiny.
    -2 course through the world.
    -संकरः general confusion in the world.
    -संग्रहः 1 the whole universe.
    -2 the welfare of the world; लोकसंग्रहमेवापि संपश्यन् कर्तुमर्हसि Bg.3.2.
    -3 worldly experience.
    -4 propitiation of mankind.
    -संपन्न a. possessed of worldly wisdom.
    -संबाधः a throng of men, going and coming; इतस्ततः प्रवेशनिर्गमप्रवृत्तलोकसंबाधम् Dk.2.3.
    -साक्षिक a.
    1 having the world as a witness; in the face of the world; प्रत्यक्षं फलमश्नन्ति कर्मणां लोकसाक्षिकम् Mb.3.32.6.
    -2 attested by witnesses.
    -साक्षिन् m.
    1 an epithet of Brahman.
    -2 fire.
    -साधक a. creating worlds.
    -साधारण a. common (as a topic); Dk.
    -सिद्ध a.
    1 cur- rent among the people, usual, customary.
    -2 generally received or accepted.
    -सीमातिवर्तिन् a. extraordinary, supernatural.
    -सुन्दर a. generally admired.
    -स्थलम् common occurrence.
    -स्थितिः f.
    1 existence or conduct of the universe, worldly existence; the stability or perma- nence of the world; ये चैवं पुरुषाः कलासु कुशलास्तेष्वेव लोकस्थितिः Bh.2.22.
    -2 a universal law.
    -हास्य a. world-derided, the butt of general ridicule.
    -हित a. beneficial to mankind or to the world. (
    -तम्) general welfare.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > लोकः _lōkḥ

  • 120 lever

    lever [l(ə)ve]
    ➭ TABLE 5
    1. transitive verb
       a. ( = soulever) [+ poids, objet] to lift ; [+ main, bras, tête] to raise ; [+ vitre] to wind up
    • lever le camp to break camp ; ( = partir) to clear off (inf)
    • lever le siège to raise the siege ; ( = partir) to clear off (inf)
    • lever le pied ( = ralentir) to slow down
       b. ( = arrêter) [+ blocus] to raise ; [+ séance, audience] to bring to an end ; [+ obstacle, difficulté, scellés] to remove ; [+ interdiction, sanction, restriction] to lift ; [+ ambiguïté] to clear up ; [+ immunité parlementaire] to take away
    • on lève la séance ? (inf) shall we call it a day?
       c. ( = prélever) [+ impôts] to levy ; [+ fonds] to raise ; (Cards) [+ pli] to take ; [+ morceau de viande] to remove
       d. ( = chasser) [+ lapin] to start ; [+ perdrix] to flush ; [+ femme] (inf!) to pick up (inf)
       e. ( = sortir du lit) [+ enfant, malade] to get up
    2. intransitive verb
    [plante, blé] to come up [pâte] to rise
    3. reflexive verb
       a. ( = se mettre debout) to stand up
    • se lever de table/de sa chaise to get down from the table/get up from one's chair
    • levez-vous ! stand up!
       b. ( = sortir du lit) to get up
    • ce matin, il s'est levé du pied gauche he got out of bed on the wrong side this morning
    • il faut se lever de bonne heure pour le convaincre ! (inf) you'll have your work cut out to persuade him
       c. [soleil, lune] to rise ; [jour] to break ; [vent] to get up ; [brume] to lift ; [rideau, main] to go up
    4. masculine noun
    • le lever du rideau ( = commencement d'une pièce) curtain up
    * * *

    I
    1. ləve
    1) ( dresser) gén to raise

    lever la main or le doigt — ( pour parler) to put up one's hand

    lever la main sur quelqu'un — ( frapper) to raise a hand to somebody

    lever les yeux or la tête — ( regarder) to look up (sur, vers at)

    sans lever les yeux — [dire, répondre] without looking up; [travailler, étudier] without a break

    2) ( soulever) to lift [objet]; to raise [barrière]

    lever le rideau — Théâtre to raise the curtain

    lever les filets — ( à la pêche) to haul in the nets

    3) ( sortir du lit) to get [somebody] up [enfants, malade]
    4) ( mettre fin à) to lift [embargo, contrôle]; to raise [siège]; to dispel [doute, mystère]; to end [tabou, secret, audience]; to remove [obstacle, difficultés]; to close [séance]
    5) ( collecter) to raise [capitaux, fonds]; to levy [impôt]
    6) ( recruter) to levy [troupes]
    7) ( débusquer) to flush out [gibier]

    lever un lièvre — lit to start a hare


    2.
    verbe intransitif
    1) Culinaire [pâte] to rise
    2) Agriculture [semis, blé] to come up

    3.
    se lever verbe pronominal
    1) ( sortir du lit) to get up

    il faut se lever de bonne heure (colloq) pour comprendre ce qu'il dit — fig you need to be pretty (colloq) clever to understand what he says

    2) ( se mettre debout) to stand up

    ‘accusé, levez-vous!’ — Droit ‘the accused will stand’

    3) ( s'insurger) [personne, peuple] to rise up ( contre against)
    4) ( apparaître) [soleil, lune] to rise ( sur over)
    5) ( s'agiter) [vent] to rise; [brise] to get up; ( s'éclaircir) [nuages, brume] to clear; [temps] to clear up

    II ləve
    nom masculin
    •
    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    ləve
    1. vt
    1) [vitre, bras] to raise

    Levez la main si vous connaissez la réponse. — Put your hand up if you know the answer.

    2) [objet lourd] to lift, to raise

    Je n'arrive pas à le lever. — I can't lift it.

    3) [interdiction, siège] to lift, [difficulté] to remove
    4) [séance] to close
    5) [impôts, armée] to levy
    6) CHASSE, [lièvre] to start, [perdrix] to flush
    7) * [fille, garçon] to pick up, to pull *
    2. vi
    CUISINE, [pâte] to rise
    3. nm
    2) [astre]

    au lever du soleil — at sunrise, when the sun rises

    3)
    * * *
    lever verb table: lever
    A nm
    1 ( sortie du lit) au lever, boire un jus de fruit on getting up, drink some fruit juice; être là au lever des enfants to be there when the children get up;
    2 Géog ⇒ levé C.
    B vtr
    1 ( dresser) gén to raise [main, doigt, bras, poing, sourcil, jambe]; lever la main or le doigt ( pour parler) to put up one's hand; lever la main sur qn ( pour frapper) to raise one's hand to sb; lever les bras au ciel to throw up one's hands (de in); lever le pied gén to lift up one's foot; ( ralentir) lit, fig to slow down; ( partir)○ to clear off○; lève les pieds quand tu marches! pick your feet up when you walk!; lever les yeux or la tête ( regarder) to look up (sur, vers at); ne pas lever les yeux or le nez○ de qch not to look up from sth; sans lever les yeux [dire, répondre] without looking up; [travailler, étudier] without a break; lever les yeux au ciel to raise one's eyes to heaven; lever la patte○ ( uriner) [chien] to cock a leg; il a levé la patte contre l'arbre it cocked its leg up against the tree; lever son cul◑ to get off one's arse◑ GB ou ass◑ US; ⇒ doigt;
    2 ( soulever) to lift [objet]; to raise [barrière]; lever un chargement de quelques mètres to lift a load a few metresGB; lever son verre to raise one's glass (à to); lever le rideau Théât to raise the curtain; lever une vitre Aut to wind up a window; lever les filets Pêche to haul in the nets;
    3 ( sortir du lit) to get [sb] up [enfants, malade];
    4 ( mettre fin à) to lift [embargo, sanction, peine, contrôle]; to raise [siège]; to dispel [doute, malentendu, ambiguïté, mystère]; to end [tabou, secret, isolement, audience]; to remove [obstacle, difficultés, incertitude]; to close [séance];
    5 ( collecter) to raise [capitaux, fonds]; to levy [impôt];
    6 ( recruter) to levy [troupes];
    7 Fin to take up [actions, achat à terme]; lever une option to exercise an option;
    8 Chasse ( débusquer) to flush out [gibier, perdrix]; lever un lièvre lit to start a hare; fig to open a can of worms;
    9 Géog lever un plan to carry out a survey;
    10 Culin ( découper) lever un filet (de poisson) to fillet a fish; lever une cuisse de poulet to carve a chicken leg;
    11 ○( séduire) to pick up○ [homme, femme, client].
    C vi
    1 Culin [pâte] to rise;
    2 Agric, Hort [semis, blé] to come up.
    D se lever vpr
    1 ( sortir du lit) to get up; se lever tôt/la nuit to get up early/in the night; avoir du mal à se lever to find it difficult to get up; il faut se lever de bonne heure○ pour comprendre ce qu'il dit you need to be pretty clever○ to understand what he says; ⇒ gauche;
    2 ( se mettre debout) to stand up; se lever de sa chaise to rise from one's chair; il l'a aidée à se lever he helped her to her feet; se lever pour applaudir to rise to one's feet to applaud; se lever de table to get up from the table; ‘accusé, levez-vous!’ Jur ‘the accused will stand’; se lever sur ses étriers Équit to stand on one's stirrups; ‘lève-toi et marche’ ‘arise, take up thy bed and walk’;
    3 ( se dresser) [partie du corps] to rise; des mains se sont levées some hands went up; des poings se lèvent fists are being shaken;
    4 ( s'insurger) [personne, peuple] to rise up (contre against);
    5 ( apparaître) [soleil, lune] to rise (sur over); le soleil va se lever the sun is about to rise; le jour se lève it's getting light;
    6 Météo ( s'agiter) [vent] to rise; [brise] to get up; ( s'éclaircir) [nuages, brouillard, brume] to clear; [temps] to clear up;
    7 Théât le rideau se lève the curtain rises (sur on).
    lever des couleurs Mil raising of the coloursGB; lever du drapeau raising of the flag; lever du jour daybreak; au lever du jour at daybreak; lever de rideau ( début de la représentation) curtain up; ( prélude) curtain raiser; partir au/manquer le lever de rideau to leave at/to miss curtain up; en lever de rideau, match Ali-Chang as a curtain raiser, Ali vs Chang match; lever du roi Hist King's levee; assister au lever du roi to be present at the King's levee; lever du soleil sunrise; au lever du soleil at sunrise.
    I
    [ləve] nom masculin
    1. [apparition]
    le lever du jour daybreak, dawn
    2. [fait de quitter le lit]
    4. [d'un plan] survey
    II
    [ləve] verbe transitif
    A.
    1. [faire monter] to raise, to lift
    [soulever] to lift
    [redresser] to lift up
    lever l'étendard de la révolte to rise up in revolt, to raise the banner (of rebellion)
    2. [diriger vers le haut - partie du corps] to lift, to raise
    lever la tête to lift ou to raise one's head
    lever les yeux [de son livre etc.] to look up
    lever les yeux au ciel to lift up ou to raise one's eyes to heaven
    lever les bras au ciel to lift up ou to raise one's arms to heaven
    3. [sortir du lit]
    lever quelqu'un to get somebody up, to get somebody out of bed
    B.
    1. [ramasser - filets de pêche] to raise ; [ - courrier, impôt] to collect
    2. [dessiner - carte] to draw (up)
    3. CUISINE [viande] to carve
    4. [faire cesser - blocus, interdiction] to lift ; [ - séance, audience] to close ; [ - scrupules, ambiguïté] to remove ; [ - punition] to lift ; [ - obstacle] to get rid of, to remove
    6. JEUX to pick up (separable)
    lever les cartes to take ou to pick up a trick
    C.
    2. (très familier) [séduire] to pull (très familier), to pick up (très familier)
    3. MILITAIRE [mobiliser] to raise
    ————————
    [ləve] verbe intransitif
    1. [pousser - blé] to come up (inseparable)
    ————————
    se lever verbe pronominal intransitif
    1. [monter] to go up
    tous les yeux ou regards se levèrent vers elle all eyes turned towards her
    2. [se mettre debout] to stand up, to rise
    se lever de sa chaise to get up ou to rise from one's chair
    3. [sortir du lit - dormeur] to get up, to rise (littéraire) ; [ - malade] to get up
    je ne peux pas me lever le matin I can't get up ou I can't get out of bed in the morning
    pour trouver du bon pain ici, tu peux te lever de bonne heure you've got your work cut out finding ou you'll be a long time finding good bread round here
    4. [apparaître - astre] to rise ; [ - jour] to dawn, to break
    [brume] to lift, to clear
    [orage] to break
    6. (littéraire) [surgir, naître] to rise (up)

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > lever

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • One Night with the King — Movie poster for One Night with the King Directed by Michael O. Sajbel …   Wikipedia

  • The King of England and his Three Sons — is a Gypsy fairy tale collected by Joseph Jacobs in More English Fairy Tales . He listed as his source Francis Hindes Groome s In Gypsy Tents , where the informant was John Roberts, a Welsh gypsy.Joseph Jacobs, More English Fairy Tales ,… …   Wikipedia

  • The King and I (film) — Infobox Film name = The King and I caption = original film poster director =Walter Lang producer = Charles Brackett Darryl F. Zanuck (uncredited) writer =Ernest Lehman Margaret Landon (novel) Oscar Hammerstein II (play) starring =Deborah Kerr Yul …   Wikipedia

  • The King and the Clown — Infobox Korean Film name = The King and the Clown director = Lee Jun ik producer = Jeong Jin wan Lee Jun Ik writer = Choi Seok hwan (screenplay) Kim Tae wung (original play) starring = Gam Wu seong Jeong Jin yeong Kang Seong yeon Lee Jun Ki Kwon… …   Wikipedia

  • The King of Queens — From left to right: Stiller, James, and Remini Format Sitcom Created by …   Wikipedia

  • The King of Fighters Neowave — Developer(s) SNK Playmore Publisher(s) SNK Playmore, Sammy Corporation …   Wikipedia

  • The Book of Mormon and the King James Bible — The Book of Mormon contains many linguistic similarities to the King James Bible. In some cases, entire passages of scripture are duplicated in the Book of Mormon. Sometimes the source is acknowledged, as in the book of sourcetext|source=Book of… …   Wikipedia

  • The Thirteenth Son of the King of Erin — is an Irish fairy tale collected by Jeremiah Curtin in Myths and Folk lore of Ireland . [Jeremiah Curtin, Myths and Folk lore of Ireland [http://www.sacred texts.com/neu/celt/mfli/mfli09.htm The Thirteenth Son of the King of Erin ] ] Ruth Manning …   Wikipedia

  • The King of Fighters — (ザ・キング・オブ・ファイターズ, Za Kingu obu Faitāzu), officially abbreviated KOF , is a series of fighting games by SNK Playmore, formerly SNK. The series was originally developed for SNK s Neo Geo MVS arcade hardware, which served as the main platform for… …   Wikipedia

  • The Return of the King — is the third and final volume of J. R. R. Tolkien s The Lord of the Rings , following The Fellowship of the Ring and The Two Towers .TitleTolkien conceived of The Lord of the Rings as a single volume comprising six books plus extensive appendices …   Wikipedia

  • One for the Road (short story) — One for the Road Author Stephen King Country United States Language English Genre(s) Horror short story …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»